The SAGE Sociology

Selected frontlist titles now available as ebooks and in print!

We are delighted to announce Learning Matters as part of the SAGE family. Learning Matters product range includes:

• Market focused books and ebooks for professional and vocational courses

• Strengthens SAGE list in social work, nursing, policing, youth work, sport, counselling, public health, medicine and psychology

SAGE currently has over 2,000 ebook titles from across the range of our publishing programme available via aggregators and we are adding new titles all the time. We are delighted to partner with the following vendors:

Sociology

2012-2013

SALES INFORMATIONResources you cannot afford to miss!!

NEW DELHIB-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial AreaMathura Road, Post Bag 7New Delhi 110 044Tel: +(91-11) 4053 9222 Fax: +(91-11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

KOLKATAGround Floor, 59/5Prince Baktiar Shah RoadTollygungeKolkata 700 033Tel: +(91-33) 2422 0611e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAIE-1, Karthik Apartments New No. 16 (old 6) Vijayaraghava Road T NagarChennai 600 017 Tel: +(91-44) 2815 8405 2815 8406; 2815 8407 e-mail: [email protected]

HYDERABADH No: 5- 9-1037/2 Next to Madina Medical Centre Basheerbagh King Koti Road Hyderaguda, Post Box No.1031 Hyderabad 500 029 Tel: +(91-40) 2323 1447 2323 0674 e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAIOffice # 3E, 2nd FloorApeejay House5, Dinshaw Vachha RoadChurchgateMumbai 400 020Tel: +(91-22) 6636 4344Fax: +(91-22) 2202 9967e-mail: [email protected]

ww

w.s

agep

ub.in

Sunanda GhoshTel: (+91 11) 4063 9233Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]

BOOKS

NEW DELHIT S VenkateshMob: 98733 55423e-mail: [email protected]

Rahul MalhotraMob: 98117 88266e-mail: [email protected]

Devashish DhasmanaMob: 98188 99787e-mail: [email protected]

Prashant AgrahariMob: 98912 06020e-mail: [email protected]

LUCKNOWVimlesh MishraMob: 94154 68442e-mail: [email protected]

BHOPALRaj Narayan YadavMob: 98934 43507e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAIS J Premkumar Mob: 98403 46258e-mail: [email protected]

S ShreeramMob: 98402 71318e-mail: [email protected]

BANGALOREA G ChakrapaniMob: 98457 48031e-mail: [email protected]

KERALAUmasankar M NMob: 81297 88366e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAIAnand VithalkarMob: 98202 83677e-mail: [email protected]

BHUBANESWARRajendra MohapatraMob: 88959 97229e-mail: [email protected]

HYDERABADB Lohith KumarMob: 92987 02319e-mail: [email protected]

G. Venkateswara GuptaMob: 98495 43342e-mail: [email protected]

KOLKATAAjit DeMob: 98310 87661e-mail: [email protected]

Biplab BiswasMob: 94341 41743 / 98741 81444e-mail: [email protected]

GUWAHATIMrinal Kr BorahMob: 98645 07153e-mail: [email protected]

PATNAPremendra SharmaMob: 94310 20354e-mail: [email protected]

PUNESandeep NalawadeMob: 98220 43082e-mail: [email protected]

VADODARAZuzar Z SanjeliwalaMob: 98256 84415e-mail: [email protected]

CUSTOMER SERVICE – BOOKSSunil RainaTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 415Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234 e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

Saroj K SahooTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 407Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

FOR RETAIL, ONLINE AND CORPORATE ORDERSManoj V NeemkarMob: 94406 89736e-mail: [email protected]

JOURNALS

NEW DELHIMukesh JainMob: 98730 88255e-mail: [email protected]

Mohit KapoorMob: 98109 66348e-mail: [email protected]

Shashank Pratap SinghMob: 97184 84201e-mail: [email protected] KumarMob: 95820 32151e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAISameer JangamMob: 99237 72109e-mail: [email protected]

KOLKATANiladri Kumar ChakrabortyMob: 98310 18913e-mail: [email protected]

Souvik MazumderMob: 98310 23104e-mail: [email protected]

Rajkumar GhoshMob: 98310 74541e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAIB Rehaman SheriffMob: 99620 87780e-mail: [email protected]

HYDERABADRajesh ShagantiMob: 93920 09007e-mail: [email protected]

BANGALORERohit P AravindekarMob: 99649 99517 e-mail: [email protected]

CUSTOMER SERVICE – JOURNALSGajendra SinghTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 406Mob: 99530 28060e-mail: [email protected]@[email protected]

Page

24A

Page

2A

Page

15A

Page

8A

Page

16A

Page

6A

the natural home for authors, editors & societies

Sociology | 2012/2013

Contents

Sociology & Social Theory ....................................2-67

Methods & Methodology ......................................8-23

Media, Cultural Studies & Cultural Sociology ....24-32

Urban & Environmental Sociology ......................33-37

Political Sociology ............................................... 37-38

Race & Gender ......................................................... 39

Social Anthropology ................................................. 40

Sociology of Religion ............................................... 41

Sports, Leisure & Tourism ..................................42-45

Work & Organizations .........................................46-48

Health, Illness & Body .........................................49-51

Childhood, Families & Education ........................ 51-54

Criminology .........................................................55-58

Study Skills............................................................... 59

SAGE IndiaBehavioural Studies ....................................... 30A-31A

Cultural Studies ...............................................16A-19A

Dalit Sociology ................................................ 10A-11A

Environment Studies ...................................... 31A-32A

Ethnic/Minority Studies ..........................................20A

Family & Aging .......................................................30A

Peace & Conflict ............................................ 23A-26A

SAGE Studies on India’s North East ............. 21A-22A

Social Change ................................................ 28A-30A

Social Work .....................................................27A-28A

Sociology & Social Theory ..................................1A-7A

Sociology of Gender ....................................... 11A-15A

Sociology of Religion ......................................... 8A-9A

Contact UsNEW DELHIB-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial AreaMathura Road, Post Bag 7New Delhi 110 044Tel: +(91-11) 4053 9222Fax: +(91-11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.inKOLKATA68A, Jodhpur Park, P.O. Jodhpur Park, P.S. Lake, Kolkata 700 068 Tel: 2414 8117, 2414 8181 e-mail: [email protected], Karthik ApartmentsNew No. 16 (old 6)Vijayaraghava Road, T NagarChennai 600 017Tel: +(91-44) 2815 84052815 8406; 2815 8407e-mail: [email protected] No: 5- 9-1037/2Next to Madina Medical CentreBasheerbagh King Koti RoadHyderaguda, Post Box No.1031Hyderabad 500 029Tel: +(91-40) 2323 14472323 0674e-mail: [email protected] # 3E, 2nd FloorApeejay House5, Dinshaw Vachha Road, ChurchgateMumbai 400 020Tel: +(91-22) 6636 4344Fax: +(91-22) 2202 9967e-mail: [email protected]

Sociological Theory in The claSSical eraText and Readings

Second Edition

Laura Desfor Edles and Scott Appelrouth both at California State University, Northridge

This hybrid of text and readings provides original, major writings by sociology's key classical theorists alongside a theoretical and historical framework with which to better understand the readings. Offering an accessible introduction to classical sociological theory, this student-friendly book includes:

• introductions to each chapter and reading• 'significant others' boxes providing information on theorists whose

work relates to the featured theoriest in each chapter• discussion questions at the end of each chapter.

Abridged COnTenTsKarl Marx \ Émile durkheim \ Max Weber \ Charlotte Perkins gilman \ georg simmel \ W e b du bois \ george Herbert Mead

2010 • 448 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7564-3) • $89.00

UnderSTanding claSSical SociologyMarx, Weber, Durkheim

Second Edition

John A Hughes University of Lancaster, Wes Sharrock and Peter J Martin both at University of Manchester

Praise for the First edition:

Totally reliable, the authors have produced a book urgently needed by all those charged with introducing students to the classics, quite indispensable'

- Times Higher Education Supplement

This Second Edition provides a lucid examination of the pivotal theories of Marx, durkheim and Weber. The authors submit that these figures have decisively shaped the discipline. They show how the classical apparatus is in use, even though it is responding in new ways to the changing character of society.

Abridged COnTenTssociology's intellectual Character \ Karl Marx \ biography and social background \ early Years \ Turning Hegel the right Way up \ The Critique of Political economy \ The Partnership with engels \ The Materialist Conception of History \ The Priority of society \ The Material basis of social Organisation \ economic Production and social Organisation \ The shaping of Consciousness \ The sources of social Change \ The nature of social Change \ social revolution \ The economic sources of social Change \ issues of interpretation \ Changes in the nature of Capitalism \ Conclusion: Marx's Legacy \ Max Weber \ The early Career \ Weber and Modern Capitalism \ The Organisation of society \ Capitalism, rationality and social Change \ The Methodological Weber \ The Legacy \ emile durkheim \ The study of social Action \ The reality of society \ The Unity of society \ Autonomy and Constraint \ The solidarity of society \ Thought and society \ The diagnosis of society \ Towards a Postmodern Marx? \ The durkheimian Legacy \ Which Weber?

2003 • 246 pages

Hardback (978-0-7619-5466-8) • £78.00 Paperback (978-0-7619-5467-5) • £25.99

Key concepTS in claSSical Social TheoryAlex Law University of Abertay, Dundee

This book's individual entries introduce, explain and contextualize the key topics within classical social theory. definitions, summaries and key words are developed throughout with careful cross-referencing, allowing students to move effortlessly between core ideas and themes, making this an indispensible guide to the central concepts of classical social theory.

Abridged COnTenTsintroduction: Classical social Theory \ Alienation \ Anomie \ base and superstructure \ bureaucracy \ Capital \ Civil society \ Class \ Class, status and Party \ Collective effervescence \ Collective representations \ Commodity Fetishism \ Conscience Collective \ division of Labour (smith and Ferguson) \ division of Labour (Marx) \ division of Labour in society (durkheim) \ Fashion \ gemeinschaft and gesellschaft \ Historical Materialism \ ideal-Types \ ideology \ Legitimate domination \ Mechanical and Organic solidarity \ Metropolis \ Mode of Production \ Modernity \ Money \ normal and Pathological \ Positivism \ Primitive Accumulation \ Protestant ethic and the 'spirit of Capitalism' \ rationality and rationalization \ sacred and Profane \ social Action \ social Facts \ social Forms and sociation \ social Morphology \ social space \ suicide \ Totemism \ Value Freedom \ Verstehen

SAGE KEy ConCEPTS SERiES2011 • 240 pagesHardback (978-1-84787-601-0) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-602-7) • £20.99

a priMer in Social and Sociological TheoryToward a Sociology of Citizenship

Kenneth Allan University of North Carolina at Greensboro

Key Features:

• Classical and contemporary theorists described in detail include Pierre bourdieu, Janet Chavez, W.E.B. dubois, Karl Marx, Herbert spencer, and many others.

• A focus on building higher-order thinking and theorizing skills guides readers in formulating their own analyses, interpretations, evaluations, and syntheses of theory.

• Thoughtful end-of-chapter exercises build on one another and help students to develop their understanding of sociological theory.

• A password-protected instructors resources site supports the text and provides useful teaching materials.

COnTenTs1. Modernity, democracy, and the Making of a Civic sociologist / The Making of Modernity—social Factors and intellectual ideas / America and the First sociologists Modern institutions \ Civic sociology and the Craft of Citizenship \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 2. society \ The evolution of society—Herbert spencer \ Culture and society—Talcott Parsons The system of Civil society—Jeffrey C. Alexander \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 3. self Creating the self—george Herbert Mead \ Performing the self—erving goffman \ The Language and reality of the self—r. s. Perinbanayagam \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 4. religion The religious basis of society—Émile durkheim \ Modern religion—robert bellah / The god of War \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 5. Capitalism \ Contradictions of Capitalism—Karl Marx \ Colonization of democracy—Jürgen Habermas \ Capitalism and the body —Pierre bourdieu \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 6. Power \ The Fundamental Contours of Power—Max Weber \ Organizing Power—ralf dahrendorf \ The Practices of Power—Michel Foucault \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 7. gender \ The root Causes of gender inequality—Charlotte Perkins gilman \ structuring gender inequality—Janet Chafetz \ Consciousness and the relations of ruling—dorothy e. smith \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 8. race \ double Consciousness—W.e.b. du bois \ race and Class—William Julius Wilson \ Market Moralities and black nihilism—Cornel West \ The Craft of Citizenship \ 9. globalization \ runaway Modernity—Anthony giddens \ global \ Capitalism—immanuel Wallerstein \ The network society—Manuel Castells \ The Craft of Citizenship

2011 • 288 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-6051-9) • $56.00

sociology & social Theory

2

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

Sociological Theory in The conTeMporary eraText and Readings

Second Edition

edited by Scott Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Edles both at California State University, Northridge

A new edition of a popular social theory text-reader hybrid. This 704 page book includes original writings from key contemporary theorists alongside historical and theoretical overviews which help students to understand and compare theories.

Abridged COnTenTsstructural Functionalism \ Critical Theory \ exchange and rational Choice Theories \ symbolic interactionism and dramaturgy \ Phenomenology and ethnomethodology \ Feminist and gender Theories \ Poststructural and Postmodern Theories \ Contemporary Theoretical syntheses \ The global society

2011 • 704 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8761-5) • $98.00

The eMergence of Sociological TheorySeventh Edition

Jonathan H Turner, University of California, Riverside Leonard Beeghley University of Florida and Charles H Powers Santa Clara University

This book covers the first 100 years of sociological theorizing, from 1830-1930, focusing primarily on Comte, spencer, Marx, Weber, simmel, durkheim and Mead. it provides an in-depth examination of these early theorists with biographical background, analysis of key works, major influences, critical insights and also answers the question: 'What do these ideas tell us about the basic forces that shape the social world?'

Abridged COnTenTsThe rise of Theoretical sociology \ The Origin and Context of Auguste Comte's sociology \ The sociology of Auguste Comte \ The Origin and Context of Herbert spencer's Thought \ The sociology of Herbert spencer \ The Origin and Context of Karl Marx's Thought \ The sociology of Karl Marx \ The Origin and Context of Max Weber's Thought \ The sociology of Max Weber \ The Origin and Context of georg simmel's Thought \ The sociology of georg simmel \ The Origin and Context of emile durkheim's Thought \ The sociology of emile durkheim \ The Origin and Context of george Herbert Mead's Thought \ John dewey and Mead \ The sociology of george Herbert Mead \ The emergence of Contemporary Theoretical Perspective

2012 • 520 pagesHardback (978-1-4522-0623-3) • $103.00 Paperback (978-1-4522-0624-0) • $82.00

claSSical and conTeMporary Sociological TheoryText and Readings

Second Edition

Scott A Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Edles both at California State University, Northridge

This hybrid of text and readings combines the major writings of sociology's core theorists with an historical and theoretical framework for understanding them. it provides not just a biographical and theoretical summary of each theorist/reading, but an overarching scaffolding which students can use to examine, compare and contrast each theorists' major themes and concepts.

Abridged COnTenTsPArT One: FOUndATiOns OF CLAssiCAL sOCiOLOgiCAL THeOrY \ Karl Marx \ Émile durkheim \ Max Weber \ PArT TWO: CLAssiCAL sOCiOLOgiCAL THeOrY: eXPAnding THe FOUndATiOn \ Charlotte Perkins gilman \ georg simmel \ W e b du bois \ george Herbert Mead \ PArT THree: TWenTieTH-CenTUrY sOCiOLOgiCAL TrAdiTiOns \ structural Functionalism \ Critical Theory \ exchange and rational Choice Theories \ symbolic interactionism and dramaturgy \ Phenomenology \ PArT FOUr: brOAdening sOCiOLOgiCAL THeOrY \ Feminist and gender Theories \ Poststructural and Postmodern Theories \ Contemporary Theoretical syntheses \ The global society \ glossary and Terminology \ references \ image source information

2011 • 888 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9233-6) • $96.00

UnderSTanding Social TheorySecond Edition

Derek Layder University of Leicester

A challenging yet engaging introduction to social theory, derek Layder organizes the discussion around problems and issues arising from the core dualisms of individual-society, agency-structure and macro-micro.

2005 • 336 pagesHardback (978-0-7619-4449-2) • £78.00 Paperback (978-0-7619-4450-8) • £25.99

The Social ThoUghT of c. WrighT MillSA Javier Trevino Wheaton College, Massachusetts

Aimed at a generation of students and activists who have probably encountered very little of his work, this is a thoughtful and engaging exploration of the critical social thought of C Wright Mills.

2012 • 232 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9393-7) • $29.00


3

oUr Social WorldCondensed Version

Second Edition

Jeanne H Ballantine Wright State University and Keith A Roberts Hanover College

An undergraduate introduction to sociology with an emphasis both on doing public sociology and on encouraging students to develop a sociological imagination by thinking globally.

2012 • 560 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8727-1) • $58.00

french poST-War Social Theoryinternational Knowledge Transfer

Derek Robbins University of East London

derek robbins has shown, once again, that he is one of the few Anglophone scholars wi th an exceptionally profound and impressively comprehensive knowledge of the history of modern european social thought

- Simon Susen, City University, London

detailed, timely and original, this book explores the transcultural transmission of social theory. derek robbins presents us with a chronological commentary on the intellectual production of five French social thinkers - Aron, Althusser, Foucault, Lyotard and bourdieu - and on the english reception of their texts. by representing modern classics of French social thought in sociopolitical context, this in-depth study encourages readers to assess the relevance of the texts to their own social situations.

Abridged COnTenTsraymond Aron (1905-83) \ Louis Althusser (1918-90) \ Michel Foucault (1926-84) \ Jean-François Lyotard (1924-98) \ Pierre bourdieu (1930-2002) \ Preliminary Concluding Comments

PuBLiSHED in ASSoCiATion WiTH THEoRy, CuLTuRE & SoCiETy2012 • 216 pagesHardback (978-0-7619-4972-5) • £63.00 oUr Social World

introduction to Sociology

Third Edition, Media update


A media edition of the recent Third Edition of this popular year one introduction to sociology. includes fully integrated links to videos, podcasts, and academic and professional articles.

2012 • 704 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9298-5) • $88.00

oUr Social World inTeracTive e-BooKintroduction to Sociology

Third Edition, Media Edition


This interactive ebook version of the Media Edition includes in-text links to the study site, allowing students to listen to audio clips, watch videos and read relevant encyclopedia and handbook material.

2011E-Book (978-1-4129-9650-1) • $63.00

STrUcTUre and agency

Four-Volume Set

edited by Mike o'Donnell University of Westminster

The relationship of social structure to individual and collective agency has been central to sociology from the outset. it remains so in a period in which poststructuralists have challenged the idea of stable social structures and even the usefulness in social science of the concept of structure itself. The historical trajectory of the debate about the respective importance of structure and agency and the relationship between the two provides the narrative context of this collection of articles. The point of arranging this collection of articles predominantly in historical sequence is not simply a matter of convenience. Historical context has a major impact on forming the concerns of sociologists and, equally significantly, on the way they perceive and theorise the social world.

Volume one: Modernity, Sociology and the Structure/Agency DebateVolume Two: Postmodernity - An End to the Structure /Agency Dichotomy?Volume Three: Structure/Agency Theories AppliedVolume Four: Network Theory - Transcending the Traditional Limits of Structure/Agency

SAGE KEy DEBATES in SoCioLoGy2010 • 1672 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-031-7) • £600.00


4


Key concepTS in SociologyPeter Braham The Open University

sociology consists of a myriad of concepts that can sometimes appear rather daunting. This book leads students through these concepts, developing their knowledge and enhancing their understanding of the subject. it includes both what might be regarded as 'classic' sociological concepts, such as class, bureaucracy and conflict, as well as more recent concepts, such as the body, celebrity and risk.

in an accessible and engaging way, Peter braham gives the reader a comprehensive overview of sociology as a dynamic and vivid field of study. Highlighting contested positions and different research traditions, it is not only a useful encyclopedia but also a critical and crucial companion to studying sociology.

Abridged COnTenTsAlienation \ Anomie \ bureaucracy \ Capitalism \ Celebrity \ Citizenship \ Class \ Community \ Conflict \ Consumption \ Crime \ Culture \ development \ deviance \ discourse \ division of Labour \ economic sociology \ equality \ everyday Life \ Family \ Feminism \ Fordism \ gender \ globalization \ identity \ ideology \ Modernity and Postmodernity \ Orientalism \ Positivism \ Public sociology \ Qualitative and Quantitative research \ race \ rational Choice \ risk \ social exclusion \ social Justice \ social Mobility \ social Movements \ social stratification \ society \ The body

SAGE KEy ConCEPTS SERiES2013 • 288 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-304-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-305-0) • £21.99

SociologyExploring the Architecture of Everyday Life

ninth Edition

David M newman DePauw University

The ninth Edition of david newman's popular introduction to sociology is full of vivid, real-world examples and touching personal vignettes. The text offers a solid introduction to basic sociological concepts and helps students realize their role in constructing, planning, maintaining and fixing society.

2012 • 632 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8729-5) • $80.00

Sociology (reader)Exploring the Architecture of Everyday Life Readings

ninth Edition

edited by David M newman DePauw University and Jodi o'Brien University of Seattle

2013 • 512 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8760-8) • $54.00

The McdonaldizaTion of SocieTySeventh Edition

George Ritzer University of Maryland

george ritzer's McDonaldization of Society, now celebrating its 20th anniversary, continues to stand as one of the pillars of modern day sociological thought. by linking theory to 21st century culture, the book resonates with students in a way that few other books do, opening their eyes to many current issues, especially in consumption and globalization.

As in previous editions, the book has been updated and it offers new discussions of, among others, in-n-Out-burger and Pret A Manger as possible antitheses of Mcdonaldization. The biggest change, however, is that the book has been radically streamed to offer an even clearer articulation of the now-famous Mcdonaldization thesis.

Abridged COnTenTsAn introduction to Mcdonaldization \ The Past, Present and Future of Mcdonaldization: From the iron Cage to the Fast-Food Factory and beyond \ efficiency and Calculability \ Predictability and Control \ The irrationality of rationality: Traffic Jams on those Happy Trails \ dealing with Mcdonaldization: A Practical guide \ glabalization and the Possibility of the de-Mcdonaldization of society

2012 • 248 pagesPaperback (978-1-4522-2669-9) • $45.00

poST indUSTrial SocieTy

Four-Volume Set

edited by Barry Smart University of Portsmouth

This major collection of nearly 80 papers brings together contributions on post-industrial society and the techno-economic realm from key thinkers including Marx, Penty, riesman, bell, Castells, Touraine, dahrendorf, giddens, gorz and Lyotard.

SAGE KEy DEBATES in SoCioLoGy2011 • 1592 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-180-2) • £600.00


5

illUMinaTing Social lifeClassical and Contemporary Theory Revisited

Fifth Edition

edited by Peter Kivisto Augustana College

This text shows students how classical and contemporary social theories can be used to shed new light on topics such as: the internet; work; fast food; shopping malls; alcohol use; body building; sales and service; and new religious movements.

2011 • 456 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7815-6) • $54.00

The Shape of Sociology for The 21ST cenTUryTradition and Renewal

edited by Devorah Kalekin-Fishman University of Haifa and Ann Denis University of Ottawa

With a comprehensive vision, great sociologists from around the world address the challenges of the new century

- Michael Burawoy, University of California, Berkeley

Over the past century, the field of sociology has experienced extraordinary expansion and vitality. but is this growth positive or negative - a promise of diversity or a threat of fragmentation?

This critical volume explores the meaning of sociology and sociological knowledge in light of the recent growth and institutionalization of the discipline. A stellar group of international authors powerfully identify, question and transform key assumptions in sociology.

Abridged COnTenTsPArT One: THeOriZing sOCiOLOgY: FrOM PAsT TO FUTUre \ PArT TWO: sOCiOLOgY And sOCiAL CHAnge \ PArT THree: FOCUs On COnCePTs \ PArT FOUr: UnCOnsCiOUs And COnsCiOUs diFFerenTiATiOn in sOCiOLOgY \ PArT FiVe: UnresOLVed CHALLenges \ PArT siX: LOOKing AHeAd

SAGE STuDiES in inTERnATionAL SoCioLoGy2012 • 360 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-129-8) • £85.00

15 diSTUrBing ThingS We need To KnoWedited by James Crone Hanover College

A supplementary anthology of 15 'disturbing' articles on topics designed to pique students' interests and launch class discussions. Topics are related to typical introductory sociology courses, for example: gender; race; class; sexual orientation; deviance; organizations; globalization; social mobility; social change; and social movements.

2012 • 160 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9055-4) • $29.00

Sociology TodaySocial Transformations in a Globalizing World

edited by Arnaud Sales University of Montreal

This collection effectively mirrors the diversity and variety of transformations underway in today's societies and transnational spaces. Written by a group of internationally renowned sociologists, it offers a cutting-edge understanding of what is happening in our life worlds, work lives and frames of social existence. exploring issues such as political turbulence, cultural and artistic dynamics, family changes, gender roles, migration flows and social movements, it is a timely contribution that discusses transformation and globalization and their consequences on diverse platforms.

Abridged COnTenTsPArT One: inTrOdUCTiOn \ Transformations in the Multiple domains of a Turbulent World \ PArT TWO: COnCePTUAL PersPeCTiVes FOr UndersTAnding THe dYnAMiCs OF sOCiAL CHAnge \ A reappraisal of Agency-structure Theories to Understand social Change \ global society and Polyarchic governance \ social Transformations and Knowledge \ PArT THree: reCOMPOsiTiOn OF THe POLiTiCAL dOMAin And CHALLenges TO CiViL sOCieTY \ Political sociology responds to Change \ global social Movements: Politics, subjectivity and Human rights \ PArT FOUr: THe TrAnsFOrMATiOn OF OrgAniZATiOns And WOrK \ Transforming Organizations \ Transformations of Work in a global Context: employment systems, Autonomy, and Work-life Articulation as Main Challenges \ reconnections: Labour sociologies in a globalizing era \ returning to Professions \ PArT FiVe: THe TrAnsFOrMATiOn OF LiFeWOrLd And CULTUre \ Challenging Women's domination and striving for equity and the respect of difference \ Family Change and Life Course development: social Transformations on the intimate Frontiers \ The Waning of religious beliefs in Thirty european Countries: empirical evidence \ The Culture society: A Heuristic for Analyzing Cultural Change in the global Age \ Power and global sport: Zones of Prestige, emulation and resistance \ PArT siX: TrAnsFOrMATiOn OF FrAMes And COndiTiOns OF sOCiAL eXisTenCe \ Comparative social Transformations in Urban regimes \ globalization and the Transformation of disease and Health Care \ The dynamics of Migration and social Transformations

SAGE STuDiES in inTERnATionAL SoCioLoGy2012 • 464 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-469-9) • £85.00


6


Social proBleMSCommunity, Policy, and Social Action

Third Edition

Anna Leon-Guerrero Pacific Lutheran University

A revised and updated edition of a popular undergraduate introduction to using sociology to address social problems. With a focus on community responses and with race, class and gender integrated throughout, students are encouraged to really think critically about social problems.

2011 • 552 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8805-6) • $106.00

SociologiSTS in acTionSociology, Social Change, and Social Justice

edited by Kathleen odell Korgen William Paterson University, Jonathan M White Bridgewater College and Shelley White Boston College

This is a great book for those teaching/studying sociology - it uses real examples which student teachers and teachers can relate to. A very simply written book that brings sociology to life, for those wondering what they can do with their knowledge.

– Mrs Sunray Heap General Education, Cardiff and Vale College

sociologists describe, in vivid detail, how they have used sociology and sociological tools to understand and influence the world around them. This text includes discussion questions, suggested additional readings and resources at the end of every chapter.

Abridged COnTenTsThe sociological Perspective \ Theory \ research Methods \ Culture \ socialization \ deviant behavior \ social Movements \ stratification and social Class \ race and ethnic relations \ sex, gender, and sexuality \ globalization and immigration \ environmental Justice \ social institutions (Family, economy) \ Chapter Fourteen: social institutions, Continued (education, government, religion

2011 • 312 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8283-2) • $35.00


7

Discovering statistics Using rAndy Field University of Sussex, Jeremy Miles RAND Corporation and Zoë Field University of Sussex

The R version of Andy Field's hugely popular Discovering Statistics Using SPSS takes students on a journey of statistical discovery using the freeware R, a free, flexible and dynamically changing software tool for data analysis that is becoming increasingly popular across the social and behavioural sciences.


Discovering statistics Using sPssThird Edition

Andy Field University of Sussex

Fully revised and restructured, this latest edition is even more accessible as it now takes students through from introductory to advanced-level concepts, all the while grounding knowledge through the use of SPSS statistics. Andy Field's humorous and self-deprecating style and the book's host of characters make the journey entertaining as well as educational.

The book also includes access to a Companion Website, bursting with features including:

• animated 'SPSS walk-through' videos clearly demonstrating how to use the latest SPSS statistics modules

• self-marking multiple-choice questions• a flash card glossary for testing knowledge of key concepts• access to support material from SAGE study skills books.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSWhy is My Evil Lecturer Forcing Me to Learn Statistics? \ Analyzing data \ Everything You Ever Wanted to Know about Statistics (Well, Sort of) \ The SPSS Environment \ Exploring data with Graphs \ Exploring Assumptions \ Correlation \ Regression \ Logisitic Regression \ Comparing Two Means \ Comparing Several Means: AnoVA (GLM 1) \ Analysis of Covariance, AnCoVA (GLM 2) \ Factorial AnoVA (GLM 3) \ Repeated Measures designs (GLM 4) \ Fixed design AnoVA (GLM 5) \ non-Parametric Tests \ Multivariate Analysis of Variance (MAnoVA) \ Exploratory Factor Analysis \ Categorical data \ Multilevel Linear Models


statistics for the Behavioral sciencesGregory J Privitera St Bonaventure University

This engaging introduction to statistics provides readers with a tool for learning about behaviour without requiring a strong background in research methods. Comprehensive yet conversational, it includes 'making sense' sections to help relate and explain material that is often difficult for students to comprehend. it provides instructions for using SPSS statistical software in each chapter, with helpful examples and over 100 screen shots.

Gregory J Privitera takes a user-friendly approach while balancing statistical theory, computation and application with the technical instruction needed for students to succeed in the modern era of data collection, analysis and statistical interpretation.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSSPSS Prefix \ introduction to Statistics \ Why Summarize data? \ Summarizing data \ Summarizing data \ Probability \ Probability and normal distributions \ Probability and Sampling distributions \ introduction to Hypothesis Testing \ Testing Means \ Testing Means \ Estimation and Confidence intervals \ Analysis of Variance \ Analysis of Variance \ Analysis of Variance \ Correlation \ Linear Regression \ nonparametric Tests \ nonparametric Tests

2012 • 736 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-6931-4) • $108.00

social statistics for a Diverse societySixth Edition

Chava Frankfort-Nachmias University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee and Anna Leon-Guerrero Pacific Lutheran University

Written without jargon, this book teaches basic statistics while incorporating real research examples related to the dynamic interplay of race, class, gender and other social variables.

2011 • 600 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9253-4) • $103.00

Methods & Methodology

8

statistics for researchWith a Guide to SPSS

Third Edition

George Argyrous University of New South Wales

This fully updated Third Edition explains statistical concepts in a straightforward and accessible way using practical examples from a variety of disciplines. if you are looking for an easy-to-read, comprehensive introduction to statistics with a guide to SPSS, this is the book for you!

The new edition features:

• clear explanations of all the main techniques of statistical analysis• even more step-by-step screenshots of SPSS commands

and outputs• an extensive glossary of terms, ideal for those new to statistics • end-of-chapter exercises to help put learning into practice • a new, fully updated Companion Website with comprehensive

student and lecturer resources, see www.uk.sagepub.com/argyrous3.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: An inTRodUCTion To STATiSTiCAL AnALYSiS \ PART TWo: dESCRiPTiVE STATiSTiCS: GRAPHS And TAbLES \ PART THREE: dESCRiPTiVE STATiSTiCS: nUMERiCAL MEASURES \ PART FoUR: inFEREnTiAL STATiSTiCS: TESTS FoR A MEAn \ PART FiVE: inFEREnTiAL STATiSTiCS: TESTS FoR FREQUEnCY diSTRibUTionS \ PART SiX: inFEREnTiAL STATiSTiCS: oTHER TESTS oF SiGniFiCAnCE \ PART SEVEn: AdVAnCEd ToPiCS


interPreting QUantitative Data with iBM sPss statisticsSecond Edition

Rachad Antonius University of Quebec in Montreal

An invaluable resource for students analyzing quantitative data with SPSS for the first time, this book clearly sets out a range of statistical techniques and their common applications, explaining their logic and links to the research process. it also shows how SPSS can be used as a tool to aid analysis.

Key features of the Second Edition include:

• new chapters on AnoVA, factor analysis and the general multilinear model

• SPSS lab sessions following each chapter• sets of exercises and 'real-life' examples• lists of key terms and further reading• a Companion Website with answers to the labs and exercises,

along with additional data sets.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSThe basic Language of Statistics \ The Research Process \ Univariate descriptive Statistics \ Graphical Representations \ Creating new Variables with SPSS \ normal distributions and Sampling distributions \ Sampling designs \ inferential Statistics: Estimation \ inferential Statistics: Hypothesis Testing \ Statistical Association: Correlation and the Regression Line\ 2-Way Tables and the Chi-Squared Test \ Statistical Association: T-Tests and Anova \ Statistical Association between a Qualitative iV and a Quantitative dV


Designing sUrveysA Guide to Decisions and Procedures

Third Edition

Johnny Blair, Abt Associates Inc Edward A Blair University of Houston and Ronald F Czaja North Carolina State University

This Third Edition accounts for the latest developments in telephone, internet and email surveying and provides a more comprehensive treatment on questionnaire testing.

2012 • 352 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9734-8) • $58.00

teaching QUantitative MethoDsGetting the Basics Right

Edited by Geoff Payne Newcastle University and Malcolm Williams University of Cardiff

Clear, innovative and practical, this book sets out the problems, strategies and resources associated with teaching quantitative methods. This is a pragmatic, real-world approach from world experts across the social sciences and will make the challenge of teaching quantitative methods seem a lot less daunting.



9

QUalitative inQUiry anD research DesignChoosing Among Five Approaches

Third Edition

John W Creswell University of Nebraska, Lincoln

in this Third Edition of his bestselling text John W Creswell explores the philosophical underpinnings, history and key elements of each of five qualitative inquiry traditions: narrative research, phenomenology, grounded theory, ethnography, and case study. in his signature accessible writing style, the author relates research designs to each of the traditions of inquiry. He compares theoretical frameworks, ways to employ standards of quality, and strategies for writing introductions to studies, collecting data, analyzing data, writing a narrative and verifying results

ConTEnTSintroduction \ Philosophical Assumptions and interpretive Frameworks \ designing a Qualitative Study \ Five Qualitative Approaches to inquiry \ Five different Qualitative Studies \ introducing and Focusing the Study \ data Collection \ data Analysis and Representation \ Writing a Qualitative Study \ Standards of Validation and Reliability in Qualitative Research \ 'Turning the Story' and Conclusion \ Appendix A. An Annotated Glossary of Terms \Appendix b. A narrative Research Study \ Appendix C. A Phenomenological Study \ Appendix d. A Grounded Theory Study \ Appendix E. An Ethnography \ Appendix F. A Case Study


Designing anD Doing sUrvey researchLesley Andres University of British Columbia

Designing and Doing Survey Research is an introduction to the processes and methods of planning and conducting survey research. The book provides step-by-step guidance on:

• designing your research• ethical issues• developing your survey questions• sampling• budgeting, scheduling and managing your time • administering your survey• preparing for data analysis.With a focus on the impact of new technologies, this book provides a cutting-edge look at how survey research is conducted today as well as the challenges survey researchers face.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSSurvey Research design: Then and now \ Mapping out the Survey Research Process \ Conceptualizing Your Survey Research Study \ Survey Formats \ developing Survey Questions \ Sampling Theory and Practice \ Validity and Reliability and Trustworthiness \ Administration of Surveys and Enhancing Response Rates \ Preparing for data Analysis \ The next Steps


a coMPanion to sUrvey researchMichael Ornstein York University, Ontario

This book is a complete and critical introduction to doing surveys and an overview of the premier empirical method in social science. Rather than a set of formulae, survey design is understood as a craft in which research questions are translated into questionnaires based on a model of how respondents answer questions, their ability and willingness to answer, and the statistical characteristics of survey data. This approach is particularly sceptical of the idea that, rather than a craft, survey research is a scientific field, like chemistry.

The first two chapters describe the standard model of survey research, developed in the 1930s and then refined incrementally, the challenge of cognitive models from the 1980s and the total survey error perspective. The following chapters then provide a complete overview of the current knowledge of questionnaire design, testing, sample design and data collection.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSThe Standard Model of Survey Research \ Scientific Models of Survey Research: CASM and TSE \ Asking Factual Questions \ Measuring Attitudes \ From Survey items to a Questionnaire \ Survey Testing \ Principles of Survey Sampling \ Applied Survey Sampling \ Survey data Collection \ Whither Survey Research?



10

interPreting QUalitative DataFourth Edition

David Silverman Visiting Professor in the Business School, University of Technology, Sydney

This is the perfect book for any student new to qualitative research. david Silverman takes the reader through the basics of gathering and analysing qualitative data, offering beginners the kinds of hands-on guidance necessary to get the best out of a research methods course or an undergraduate research project.

Features new to the Fourth Edition include:

• a new chapter on data analysis dealing with grounded theory, discourse analysis and narrative analysis

• further worked-through examples of different kinds of data and how to interpret them

• a separate section on focus groups and interpreting focus group data

• an expanded ethics chapter• more coverage of digital media and photographs as data• a Companion Website with additional case studies and examples,

links to SAGE journals online and useful Websites, podcasts and YouTube videos.

This Fourth Edition is also accompanied by its own group page on www.methodspace.com where users can give feedback and discuss research issues.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: THEoRY And METHod in QUALiTATiVE RESEARCH \ What is Qualitative Research? \ designing a Research Project \ data Analysis \ Research Ethics \ PART TWo: METHodS \ Ethnography and observation \ interviews \ Focus Groups \ Texts \ naturally-occurring Talk \ Visual images \ PART THREE: RESEARCH PRACTiCE \ Credible Qualitative Research \ Writing Your Report \ PART FoUR: iMPLiCATionS \ The Relevance of Qualitative Research \ The Potential of Qualitative Research: Eight Reminders


constrUcting groUnDeD theoryA Practical Guide through Qualitative Analysis

Kathy Charmaz Sonoma State University

Constructing Grounded Theory is an outstanding handbook for students and seasoned researchers alike who are using or seeking to understand better the application of qualitative methods of data analysis. This deceptively slim volume is extraordinarily dense and packed with down-to-earth advice, living up to its sub-title as 'a practical guide.'"

– Marie L. Radford Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey

Kathy Charmaz is one of the world's leading theorists and exponents of grounded theory. in this important and essential new textbook, she introduces the reader to the craft of using grounded theory in social research, and provides a clear, step-by-step guide for those new to the field.

Using worked examples throughout, this book also maps out an alternative vision of grounded theory to that put forward by its founding thinkers, Glaser and Strauss. To Charmaz, grounded theory must move on from its positivist origins and must incorporate many of the methods and questions posed by constructivists over the past twenty years to become a more nuanced and reflexive practice.

Essential reading for students, new researchers and seasoned social scientists alike, this book is one of those rare things, a textbook that is both accessible to those new to the field but also one that has important things to say about the nature of social enquiry itself.

ConTEnTSAn invitation to Grounded Theory \ Gathering Rich data \ Coding in Grounded Theory Practice Memo-Writing \ Theoretical Sampling, Saturation and Sorting \ Reconstructing Theory in Grounded Theory Studies \ Writing the draft \ Reflecting on the Research Process

INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES2006 • 224 pagesHardback (978-0-76197-352-2) • £81.00 Paperback (978-0-76197-353-9) • £26.99

Doing QUalitative researchThird Edition

David Silverman Goldsmiths, University of London, UK

Written in a lively, accessible style, Doing Qualitative Research, 3rd Edition provides a step-by-step guide to all the questions students ask when beginning their first research project. Silverman demonstrates how to learn the craft of qualitative research by applying knowledge about different methods to actual data. He provides practical advice on key issues such as: defining ‘originality’ and narrowing down a topic; keeping a research diary and writing a research report;and presenting research to different audiences.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: inTRodUCTion \ PART TWo: STARTinG oUT \ PART THREE: CoLLECTinG And AnALYZinG YoUR dATA \ PART FoUR: WRiTinG UP \ PART FiVE: GETTinG SUPPoRT \ PART SiX: REViEW \ PART SEVEn: THE AFTERMATH

2010 • 472 pagesHardback (978-1-8486-0033-1) • £91.00Paperback (978-1-8486-0034-8) • £28.99


11

the sage hanDBook of interview researchContext and Method

Second Edition

Edited by Amir Marvasti, James A Holstein Marquette University, Milwaukee, Jaber F Gubrium University of Missouri, Columbia and Karyn D McKinney Marvasti Pennsylvania State University

The Second Edition of this landmark volume emphasizes the dynamic, interactional and reflexive dimensions of the research interview. Contributors highlight the myriad dimensions of complexity that are emerging as researchers increasingly frame the interview as a communicative opportunity as much as a data-gathering format. The Handbook encourage readers simultaneously to learn the frameworks and technologies of interviewing and to reflect on the epistemological foundations of the interview craft. Features new to the Second Edition include:

• 26 new and 12 substantially revised chapters• three entirely new sections on: the logistics of interviewing; the self

and other in interviewing, and the ethics of interviewing• enhances the multidisciplinary use of interview research.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSinterviewing in Context \ Methods of interviewing \ Logistics of interviewing \ Self and other in the interview \ Analytic Strategies \ Ethics of the interview \ Critical Reflections

2012 • 624 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-8164-4) • $150.00

the sage hanDBook of QUalitative researchFourth Edition

Edited by Norman K Denzin University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign and Yvonna S Lincoln Texas A & M University

Presenting the state of the art for the theory and practice of qualitative inquiry, the landmark Handbook has been a publishing phenomenon in the human sciences since it was first released in 1994. As with earlier editions, the Fourth Edition is virtually a new volume.

Representing the best thinking from top scholars around the world, the new edition continues the book's tradition of synthesizing an existing literature, defining the present and shaping the future of qualitative research. The editors and contributors address issues of social justice and examine how people's struggles can inform public issues and in turn be transformed into social policy. Their writings are underpinned by a critical framework and they are committed to addressing inequalities. As with previous editions, their aim is to show how the practices of qualitative research can effect change in the world in positive ways.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: LoCATinG THE FiELd \ PART TWo: PARAdiGMS And PERSPECTiVES in ConTEnTion \ PART THREE: STRATEGiES oF inQUiRY \ PART FoUR: METHodS oF CoLLECTinG And AnALYZinG EMPiRiCAL MATERiALS \ PART FiVE: THE ART And PRACTiCES oF inTERPRETATion, EVALUATion And PRESEnTATion \ PART SiX: THE FUTURE oF QUALiTATiVE RESEARCH

2011 • 784 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-7417-2) • $150.00

reflexive MethoDologyNew Vistas for Qualitative Research

Second Edition

Mats Alvesson Lund University and Kaj Sköldberg Stockholm School of Business

Reflexive Methodology established itself as a groundbreaking success, providing researchers with an invaluable guide to a central problem in research methodology - how to put field research and interpretations in perspective, paying attention to the interpretive, political and rhetorical nature of empirical research.

now thoroughly updated, the Second Edition includes a new chapter on positivism, social constructionism and critical realism, and offers new conclusions on the applications of methodology. it provides further illustrations and updates that build on the acclaimed and successful first edition.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSintroduction: The intellectualization of Method \ (Post-)Positivism, Social Constructionism, Critical Realism: Three Reference Points in the Philosophy of Science \ data-oriented Methods: Empiricist Techniques and Procedures \ Hermeneutics: interpretation and insight \ Critical Theory: The Political and ideological dimension \ Post-Structuralism and Postmodernism: destabilizing Subject and Text \ Language/Gender/Power: discourse Analysis, Feminism and Genealogy \ on Reflexive interpretation: The Play of interpretive Levels \ Applications of Reflexive Methodology: Strategies, Criteria, Varieties


interPreting interviewsMats Alvesson Lund University

Using eight original metaphors, this text presents a critique of interviewing methods and practices and encourages researchers to think about the issues surrounding their own interview methods.



12

QUalitative research anD theory DeveloPMentMystery as Method

Mats Alvesson Lund University and Dan Karreman Copenhagen Business School

Encouraging readers to take a critical approach to empirical data, the author provides an account that helps social science researchers to develop new and interesting theories.


working with sPoken DiscoUrseDeborah Cameron University of Oxford

discusses current approaches, concepts and debates in the field of spoken discourse and provides a grounding in the practical techniques of discourse analysis and how to apply them to real data.


MeDia research MethoDsUnderstanding Metric and Interpretive Approaches

James A Anderson University of Utah, USA

More than a 'how-to' book, this textbook explains the reasons behind the methods and makes the connections to theory and knowledge production. Written in a conversational style, it takes the reader through each step of the research process, outlining the procedures, differences, strengths and limitations of metric, interpretive and the newer hybrid approaches. it lays down a strong foundation in empirical research and problem solving, addressing metric topics of hypotheses, sampling, statistics, and survey and experimental protocols and interpretive topics of textual analysis, coding, critical engagement and ethnography. it ends with a special chapter for those aiming at a career in research and analysis.

Key Features:

• provides students with an extensive overview of research practices while supplying real, practical advice on how to conduct research

• consistent critical perspective throughout gives students an understanding of both the accomplishments and difficulties of research

• addresses the practices of metric and interpretive research through Monte Carlo demonstrations that show the inner workings of statistical analysis and interpretive decision making

2012 • 464 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9956-4) • £47.99

researching the visUalSecond Edition

Michael Emmison University of Queensland

drawing on the contributions of traditions as diverse as semiotics, ethnomethodology, symbolic interactionism and material culture studies and by demonstrating their potential application for the visual researcher, this book covers traditional themes in visual research along with current trends in the field. it goes on to show how visual research should also embrace the analysis of everyday objects, places and forms of interactions through its discussion of two and three dimensional visual data and both lived and living visual data.

The Second Edition includes fully updated exercises which show students how 'low-tech, low-budget' visual research can provide methodologically sophisticated ways of testing and developing cultural theory. it also addresses the ethical considerations that are relevant to visual researchers.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSCurrent Trends in Visual Research \ Two-dimensional Visual data: images, Signs and Representations \ Three-dimensional Visual data: Settings, objects and Traces \ Lived Visual data: The built Environment and its Uses \ Living Visual data: bodies, identities and interaction \ Virtual Visual data

INTRODUCING QUALITATIVE METHODS SERIES2013 • 288 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0787-1) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0788-8) • £26.99

QUalitative inQUiry in everyDay lifeWorking with Everyday Life Materials

Svend Brinkmann Aalborg University, Aalborg

The 'survival guide' for students and researchers who would like to conduct a qualitative study with limited resources shows how everyday life materials such as books, television, the internet, the media and everyday conversations and interactions can help us to understand larger social issues.

The book helps readers develop a disciplined and analytic awareness informed by theory, and shows how less can be more in qualitative research. Each chapter introduces theoretical tools to think with and demonstrates how they can be put to use in working concretely with everyday life materials.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSintroduction: Making Less More \ PART onE \ Qualitative Research and Everyday Life \ The Epistemology of Working with Everyday Life Materials \ The Ethics of Working with Everyday Life Materials \ PART TWo \ Self observation \ Conversations \ Media Materials \ Movies, images and Television \ books of Fiction \ Conclusions: on Quality



13

visUal MethoDologiesAn Introduction to Researching with Visual Materials

Third Edition

Gillian Rose The Open University

Substantially updated to include a wide range of visual media examples, Gillian Rose's Visual Methodologies remains the authoritative introductory text on the methods of visual research. Conveying the richness and excitement of visual culture research, Rose expertly navigates across a range of methodologies, explaining in detail their particular usefulness and limitations through practical examples. For anyone already familiar with Visual Methodologies, this Third Edition offers a significant reworking of previous content, to include developments in the field of audience/fan cultures, digital media, ethics and image production as research practice. As such, Rose demonstrates the evolving nature of visual research and its methods, and reminds us of the passion involved in its study. it is a must buy for students and scholars alike'

- Julie Doyle, Principal Lecturer in Media Studies, University of Brighton

The new edition of Gillian Rose's bestselling critical introduction has been fully revised and updated. Each chapter retains its rigorous examination and demonstration of an individual methodology, while continuing to be clear in structure and lucid in style. Reflecting changes in the way society consumes and creates its visual content, new features include:

• a Companion Website featuring additional examples of digital and social media, and moving images, see www.sagepub.co.uk/rose

• an additional chapter and expanded coverage on social and new media

• an expanded focus on how each method can be used in relation to a range of different visual materials

• an additional chapter on how to use visual materials for research and the presentation of research findings.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSResearching with Visual Materials: A brief Survey \ Towards a Critical Visual Methodology \ How to Use This book \ 'The Good Eye': Looking at Pictures Using Compositional interpretation \ Content Analysis: Counting What You (Think You) See \ Semiology: Laying bare the Prejudices beneath the Smooth Surface of the beautiful \ Psychoanalysis: Visual Culture, Visual Pleasure, Visual disruption \ discourse Analysis: Text, intertextuality, Context \ discourse Analysis ii: institutions and Ways of Seeing \ To Audience Studies and beyond: Ethnographies of Television Audiences, Fans and Users \ Making Photographs as Part of a Research Project: Photo-documentation, Photo-Elicitation and Photo-Essays \ Ethics and Visual Research Methods \ Visual Methodologies: A Review


netnograPhyDoing Ethnographic Research Online

Robert V Kozinets York University, Toronto

This exciting text is the first to explore the discipline of 'netnography' - the conduct of ethnography over the internet - a method specifically designed to study cultures and communities online. For the first time, full procedural guidelines for the accurate and ethical conduct of ethnographic research online are set out, with detailed, step-by-step guidance to thoroughly introduce, explain and illustrate the method to students and researchers.

The author also surveys the latest research on online cultures and communities, looking at the methods used to study them, with examples focusing on the new elements and contingencies of the blogosphere (blogging), micro-blogging, videocasting, podcasting, social networking sites, virtual worlds and more.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSCultures and Communities online \ Understanding Culture online \ Researching online: Methods \ The Method of netnography \ Planning and Entrée \ data Collection \ data Analysis \ Conducting Ethical netnography \ Representation and Evaluation \ Advancing netnography: The Changing Landscape


Doing DiscoUrse researchAn Introduction for Social Scientists

Reiner Keller University of Klobenz-Landau and Bryan Jenner Translator

This book provides an introduction to the basic principles of discourse research and provides practical research strategies for doing discourse analyses in the social sciences. it includes guidance on developing a research question, selecting data and analysing it, and presenting your results. The author has extensive practical experience in the field of discourse research and shows throughout how the methods suggested are compatible with numerous research questions and problems in sociology, cultural, political and social studies, and related disciplines.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSThe Current Relevance of discourse Research \ Approaches in discourse Research \ The Research Process \ doing discourse Research \ Step by Step: detailed Analysis of data \ From details to General Results \ Final Remarks



14

researching society anD cUltUreThird Edition

Edited by Clive Seale University of London

Clear, coherent and trusted, this book is the perfect guide to the main social research methods in use today.

The much-anticipated Third Edition of Clive Seale's bestselling title further expands its coverage to provide an authoritative introduction to all of the social research methods used to analyze qualitative and quantitative data. Written by internationally renowned experts, every chapter is packed with real-world examples, student-friendly learning aids and helpful practical tips.

Highlights of this edition include:

• a much-expanded glossary now boasting more than 500 definitions• a remodelled and expanded Website containing lecturer

PowerPoint slides, extra chapters not included in the book and downloadable journal articles

• revised student exercises, workshops, review questions and key words.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: STARTinG oUT \ PART TWo: doinG RESEARCH \ PART THREE: WRiTinG, PRESEnTinG, REFLECTinG


the coDing ManUal for QUalitative researchersSecond Edition

Johnny Saldana Arizona State University

The Second Edition of Johnny Saldana's international bestseller provides an in-depth guide to the multiple approaches available for coding qualitative data. Fully up-to-date, it includes new chapters, more coding techniques and an additional glossary. Clear, practical and authoritative, the book:

• describes how coding initiates qualitative data analysis• demonstrates the writing of analytic memos• discusses available analytic software.in total, 32 coding methods are profiled that can be applied to a range of research genres from grounded theory to phenomenology to narrative inquiry. For each approach, Saldana discusses the method's origins, gives a description of the method, describes its practical applications and offers an example with analytic follow-up.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSAn introduction to Codes and Coding \ Writing Analytic Memos \ First Cycle Coding Methods \ After First Cycle Coding \ Second Cycle Coding Methods \ After Second Cycle Coding


Making sense of the social worlDMethods of Investigation

Fourth Edition

Daniel F Chambliss Hamilton College and Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts, Boston

This engaging introduction to social research is for students who need to understand methodologies and results but who may never conduct research themselves. it provides a balanced treatment of qualitative and quantitative methods, integrating substantive examples and research techniques throughout. it is written in a less formal style than many comparable texts and is complete with practical examples drawn from everyday experience.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSScience, Society and Social Research \ The Process and Problems of Social Research \ Ethics in Research \ Conceptualization and Measurement \ Sampling \ Causation and Experimental design \ Survey Research \ Elementary Quantitative data Analysis \ Qualitative Methods: observing, Participating, Listening \ Qualitative data Analysis \ Evaluation Research \ Reviewing, Proposing and Reporting Research \ Appendix A: Finding information \ Appendix b: Table of Random numbers \ Appendix C: Secondary data Sources \ Appendix d: How to Use a Statistical Package

2012 • 352 pagesPaperback (978-1-4522-1771-0) • $87.00

groUnDeD theory for QUalitative researchA Practical Guide

Cathy Urquhart Manchester Metropolitan University Business School

based on the author's own experience with grounded theory method and that of students she has supervised, Grounded Theory for Qualitative Analysis helps first-time researchers to discover the excitement of the grounded theory method by setting out the principles involved in actually using grounded theory methods in one's own study, by explaining the coding process through examples, and then by explaining how that coding process can lead to theorizing. Cathy Urquhart takes her readers on a journey and, along the way, introduces them to the practicalities of research design, theory-building, coding and writing up. in the process, she enables readers to make up their own minds about what kind of approach to grounded theory they wish to adopt. Urquhart also traces the history and development of grounded theory methods and examines how the method is evolving for new contexts today.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSintroduction \ Understanding Analysis \ Grounded Theory Method (GTM) \ Research design using GTM \ Coding and Conceptualizing \ building the Theory \ Scaling up the Theory \ Writing up a Grounded Theory Study \ The Contribution of Grounded Theory: Some Reflections



15

social researchA Practical Introduction

Bruce Curtis University of Auckland and Cate Curtis University of Waikato

original, fresh and relevant, this is a theoretically informed, practical guide to researching social relations. The textbook provides a mixed-methods approach that challenges historical divisions between quantitative and qualitative research. Explicitly addressing the concerns of emergent researchers it provides both a 'how-to' account of social research and an understanding of the main factors that contextualize research - by discussing why social scientists work this way. Throughout the chapters, procedural (how to) accounts and contextual (why do) issues are usefully applied to major themes and substantive questions.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: inTRodUCTion \ PART TWo: in-dEPTH inTERViEWinG: THE inTERACTiVE bASE \ PART THREE: LiFE HiSToRiES: PRiVATE TRoUbLES And PUbLiC iSSUES \ PART FoUR: ETHnoGRAPHiC RESEARCH: STUdYinG GRoUPS in nATURAL SETTinGS \ PART FiVE: FoCUS GRoUPS: STUdYinG ARTiFiCiAL GRoUPS \ PART SiX: SURVEY RESEARCH: STUdYinG MAnY CASES \ PART SEVEn: EXPERiMEnTAL RESEARCH: in THE LAboRAToRY And bEYond \ PART EiGHT: UnobTRUSiVE RESEARCH: STUdYinG ARTEFACTS And MATERiAL TRACES \ PART ninE: ConTEnT RESEARCH: CodinG And CoUnTinG \ PART TEn: SECondARY RESEARCH: MoRE THAn LiTERATURE REViEWS \ PART ELEVEn: SEMioTiC AnALYSiS: STUdYinG SiGnS And MEAninGS \ PART TWELVE: AUToETHnoGRAPHiC RESEARCH: WRiTinG And REAdinG THE SELF


investigating the social worlDThe Process and Practice of Research

Seventh Edition

Russell K Schutt University of Massachusetts, Boston

This Seventh Edition continues to make research come alive through stories that illustrate the methods presented in each chapter and hands-on exercises that enable students to learn by doing. it helps readers understand research methods as an integrated whole, appreciate the value of both qualitative and quantitative methodologies, and understand the need to make ethical research decisions.

Key features include:

• the close linking of the 'doing' of social research to social issues using real data

• guides for critiquing research articles• the discussion of ethics with each study of specific methods• practice, Web, SPSS and research proposal development

exercises included at the end of each chapter• a companion study site that provides journal articles, self-quizzes,

flashcards, data sets and interactive exercises.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSScience, Society and Social Research \ The Process and Problems of Social Research \ Research Ethics and Philosophies \ Conceptualization and Measurement \ Sampling \ Research design and Causation \ Experiments \ Survey Research \ Qualitative Methods \ Qualitative data Analysis \ Evaluation and Policy Research \ Historical and Comparative Research \ Secondary data Analysis and Content Analysis \ Quantitative data Analysis \ Summarizing and Reporting Research

2012 • 648 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9980-9) • $104.00

a stUDent's gUiDe to MethoDologyThird Edition

Peter Clough Liverpool Hope University and Cathy Nutbrown University of Sheffield

This access ib le int roduct ion to 'methodology' rather than 'methods' opens students up to critical questions about methodological concepts and frameworks in a way that will appeal to lecturers teaching research.


social researchAn Introduction

Second Edition

Matthew David Brunel University and Carole D Sutton University of Plymouth

This new edition provides those new to social research with a comprehensive introduction to the theory, logic and practical methods of qualitative, quantitative and mixed-methods research.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: STARTinG YoUR RESEARCH \ Getting Started: Theory, Research Question and Research design \ being Ethical \ Literature Searching and Reviewing \ Theory and Research: Quality and Quantity \ PART TWo: dATA CoLLECTion STRATEGiES \ introduction to the Process of Qualitative Research \ Qualitative interviewing \ Focus Groups \ Ethnography \ Case Study Research \ Collecting Textual and Visual data: Public and Private \ Grounded Theory as an Abductive Approach to data Collection \ introduction to Quantitative Research design \ Hypotheses, operationalization and Variables \ Sampling \ Survey design \ Collecting and Coding Quantitative data \ Methodological innovations: Mixing Methods and e-Research \ PART THREE: dATA AnALYSiS \ introduction to Qualitative data Analysis \ Coding Qualitative data: Qualitative Content Analysis \ Semiotic and narrative Forms of discourse Analysis, and doing Conversation Analysis \ Using Computer Software: Working with nvivo8 \ Visual Analysis \ introduction to Quantitative data Entry \ introduction to Quantitative data Analysis: describing Single Variables \ describing and Exploring Relationships between Two Variables \ inferential Statistics and Hypothesis Testing \ data Management Techniques \ PART FoUR: PRESEnTinG RESEARCH \ Presenting Research Findings



16

coMParative-historical research MethoDsMatthew Lange McGill University

This bright, engaging title provides a thorough and integrated review of comparative-historical methods. it sets out an intellectual history of comparative-historical analysis and presents the main methodological techniques employed by researchers, including:

• comparative-historical analysis• case-based methods• comparative methods• data, case selection and theory.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSComparative-Historical Methods: An introduction \ Comparative-Historical Analysis: An intellectual History and overview \ Within-Case Methods in Comparative-Historical Analysis \ Within-Case Methods and the Analysis of Temporality and inter-Case Relations \ Comparative Methods in Comparative-Historical Analysis \ Combining Comparative and Within-Case Methods for Comparative-Historical Analysis \ data, Case Selection, and Theory in Comparative-Historical Analysis \ Comparative-Historical Methods: Conclusion and Assessment


researching social lifeThird Edition

Edited by Nigel Gilbert University of Surrey

The Third Edition of nigel Gilbert's hugely successful text covers the whole range of methods from quantitative to qualitative in a down-to-earth and unthreatening manner. it offers the best coverage of the full scope of research methods of any of the leading textbooks in the field, making this an essential text for any student starting a research methods course or doing a research project.


reaDing anD UnDerstanDing researchThird Edition

Lawrence F Locke University of Massachusetts, Stephen J Silverman Columbia University and Waneen Wyrick Spirduso University of Texas

The only text of its kind to offer a practical 12-step process, this thoroughly-updated resource explains the basics of a research paper, how to look at the credibility of the research, how to select and read research with a critical eye and how to understand the different types of research.

2010 • 312 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7574-2) • $67.00

Doing excellent sMall-scale researchDerek Layder University of Leicester

in this inspiring and engaging book, readers are presented with the key principles and practices of small-scale research. Written in a clear, accessible way and drawing on exciting up-to-date examples, this book makes for a crucial companion on the way to research excellence. based on derek Layder's solid background as a researcher, supervisor and teacher, this book:

• leads the researcher through the actual process of doing a research project from start to finish

• offers a comprehensive outline of general areas and issues such as preparation and planning, developing research questions, interviewing and sampling

• reflects upon research as a social and human process.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSoverview of the Adaptive Approach \ Finding a Research Topic and Research Problem \ developing Questions from Research Problems \ Preparation and Project design \ Qualitative data and Mixed Strategies \ Quantitative data and Mixed Strategies \ imaginative Sampling \ data Analysis: Concepts and Coding \ Writing the Research Report: Arguments and Explanations \ Guidelines and Checklist for Adaptive Research


content analysisAn Introduction to Its Methodology

Third Edition

Klaus Krippendorff The Annenberg School for Communication, University of Pennsylvania

The definitive sourcebook of the history and core principles of content analysis as well as an essential resource for present and future studies, this book introduces readers to ways of analyzing meaningful matter such as texts, images, voices - that is, data whose physical manifestations are secondary to the meanings that a particular population of people brings to them.

2012 • 464 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8315-0) • $79.00


17

Data collectionKey Debates and Methods in Social Research

Wendy Olsen University of Manchester

Written with freshness and energy, this lively guide to data collection includes excellent sections often underplayed by methods textbooks, such as: the comparative method; data cleaning; survey weights; and secondary analysis

- Geoff Payne, Professor of Sociology, University of Newcastle

This innovative book provides students and researchers alike with an indispensable introduction to the key theoretical issues and practical methods needed for data collection. it uses clear definitions, relevant interdisciplinary examples from around the world and up-to-date suggestions for further reading to demonstrate how to usefully gather and use qualitative, quantitative and mixed data sets.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: dATA CoLLECTion: An inTRodUCTion To RESEARCH PRACTiCES \ PART TWo: CoLLECTinG QUALiTATiVE dATA \ PART THREE: obSERVATion And inVoLVEd METHodS \ PART FoUR: EXPERiMEnTAL And SYSTEMATiC dATA CoLLECTion \ PART FiVE: SURVEY METHodS FoR dATA CoLLECTion \ PART SiX: THE CASE STUdY METHod oF dATA CoLLECTion \ PART SEVEn: ConCLUdinG SUGGESTionS AboUT dATA CoLLECTion ConCEPTS


UnDerstanDing social researchThinking Creatively about Method

Edited by Jennifer Mason and Angela Dale both at University of Manchester

This book draws together contributors who use a range of methodological approaches to present the reader with an inspirational guide to understanding and using methods and approaches in their research.


oBjectivity anD sUBjectivity in social researchGayle Letherby Coventry University, John Scott University of Plymouth and Malcolm Williams University of Cardiff

objectivity and subjectivity are key concepts in social research. This book, written by leading authors in the field, takes a completely new approach to objectivity and subjectivity, no longer treating them as opposed - as many existing texts do - but as logically and methodologically related in social research.

The book debates:

• the philosophical bases of objectivity and relativity • situated objectivity • theorized subjectivity • relationism and dynamic synthesis • social objects and realism.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSintroduction \ The Philosophical bases of objectivity and Relativity \ Relationism and dynamic Synthesis \ Situated objectivity in Sociology \ Theorised Subjectivity \ Social objects and Realism \ objectivity and Subjectivity in Practice \ objectivity Established? A Trialogue \ References


Designing research in the social sciencesMartino Maggetti University of Lausanne, Claudio Radaelli University of Exeter and Fabrizio Gilardi University of Zurich

Covering both qualitative and quantitative approaches and with examples drawn from a wide range of social science disciplines, the authors explain what is at stake when choosing a research design and discuss the trade-offs that researchers have to make when considering issues such as:

• causality• categories and classification• meaning • levels of analysis• time.This book will appeal to students and researchers looking for an in-depth understanding of research design issues to help them design their projects in a thoughtful and responsible way.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSintroduction: What is at Stake in Research design? \ Establishing Causality in the Social Sciences \ dealing with Concepts, Typologies and Conditions: observation and Measurement \ Connecting Levels of Analysis \ Modeling interaction \ Addressing Temporality and Change \ Variation and Causation: Exploring Heterogeneity \ Conclusions



18

the literatUre reviewA Step-by-Step Guide for Students

Second Edition

Diana Ridley Sheffield University

The Second Edition of diana Ridley's bestselling guide to the literature review provides a step-by-step guide to conducting a literature search and literature review, and guides the reader in how to write up a literature review as part of a doctoral thesis or masters dissertation.

new to this edition are: examples drawn from a wide range of disciplines; a chapter on conducting a systematic review; increased coverage of issues on evaluating quality; conducting reviews using online sources and online literature; and enhanced guidance in dealing with copyright and permissions issues. The book also comes with a Companion Website containing a wide range of examples of successful literature reviews from a wide range of academic disciplines.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSintroduction \ The Multiple Purposes of a Literature Review \ Sources of information and Conducting Searches \ Reading and note-Taking Strategies \ Reference Management: Keeping Records and organising information \ Structuring the Literature Review \ in-Text Citations \ being Critical \ Foregrounding Writer Voice in Your Writing \ The Continuing Process \ A Systematic Literature Review \ Conclusion \ Electronic Guides \ References

SAGE STUDY SKILLS SERIES2012 • 208 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0142-8) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0143-5) • £19.99

DeveloPing effective research ProPosalsSecond Edition

Keith F Punch University of Western Australia

Keith F Punch's update of his indispensable guide includes: expanded sections covering research strategy, research planning and academic writing; examples of successful research proposals from across the social science disciplines; and a more comprehensive discussion of ethics.


the sage hanDBook of action researchParticipative Inquiry and Practice

Second Edition

Edited by Peter Reason University of Bath and Hilary Bradbury University of Southern California College

building on the strength of the seminal First Edition, The SAGE Handbook of Action Research has been completely updated to bring chapters in line with the latest research approaches in this field of social inquiry.

2008 • 752 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-2029-2) • £95.00

Additional MaterialsMany of our textbooks are supported by accompanying websites which contain extra resources to assist lecturers with the planning of lectures and to help promote student learning. Additional material typically includes:• PowerPoint slides • Testbanks of questions • instructor's manual or teaching notes • Case studies • Glossaries

• Free online readings from leading SAGE journals

• Weblinks • Sample exams • data sets


19

social network analysisHistory, Theory and Methodology

Christina Prell University of Maryland, College Park

This book fills an important void in the social network literature by bringing together theory, methodology and history. its practical and readable style gives clear guidance on how to do social network research and will be invaluable to anyone undertaking a network study

- Martin Everett, Chair of Social Network Analysis, Manchester University

This is a book for: the social network novice learning how to study, think about and analyse social networks; the intermediate user, not yet familiar with some of the newer developments in the field; and the teacher looking for a range of exercises, as well as an up-to-date historical account of the field.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: bACKGRoUnd UndERSTAndinG \ becoming Familiar with Social networks \ A brief History of Social network Analysis \ How to Study Social networks, from Theory to design \ PART TWo: LEVELS oF AnALYSiS \ Actor Level in Complete networks \ Actor Level in Ego networks \ dyad and Triad Levels \ Subgroups Level \ network Level \ Position and Roles Analysis \ PART THREE: Advances, Extensions and Conclusions \ Statistical Models for Social networks \ Conclusions and Future of the Field


the sage hanDBook of social network analysisEdited by John Scott University of Plymouth and Peter Carrington University of Waterloo, Canada

This Handbook offers an unrivalled resource for those engaged in the cutting-edge field of social network analysis. Systematically, it introduces readers to the key concepts, substantive topics, central methods and prime debates. Among the specific areas covered are:

• network theory• interdisciplinary applications• online networks• corporate networks• lobbying networks• deviant networks• measuring devices• key methodologies• software applications.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSPART onE: GEnERAL iSSUES \ PART TWo: SUbSTAnTiVE ToPiCS \ PART THREE: ConCEPTS And METHodS

2011 • 640 pagesHardback (978-1-84787-395-8) • £95.00

sage hanDBook of MixeD MethoDs in social & Behavioral researchSecond Edition

Abbas Tashakkori University of North Texas, USA and Charles Teddlie Louisiana State University, USA

The SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & behavioral Research contains a gold mine of articles by leading scholars on what has come to be known as the third methodological movement in social research. Aimed at surveying the differing viewpoints and disciplinary approaches of mixed methods, this breakthrough book examines mixed methods from the research enterprise to paradigmatic issues to application. The book also discusses the strengths and weaknesses of mixed methods designs, and provides an array of specific examples in a variety of disciplines, from psychology to nursing. The book closes with a brief section on how to teach and perform collaborative research using a mixed methods research design.

Written so that it can be used either as a pedagogical tool or as a reference for researchers, the book is rich in examples and includes a glossary, easy-to-follow diagrams, and tables to help readers become more familiar with the language and controversies in this evolving area.

Key Features

• Covers all aspects of inquiry from conceptualizing research to selecting methods, analyzing and interpreting data, and reporting findings

• draws on the work of a mix of internationally recognized researchers as well as new and emerging researchers to provide a diversity of perspectives

• Gives specific examples from a wide range of disciplines to help readers understand the issues and controversies in this evolving area

• Presents rich material for discussion and new ideas for implementing mixed methods research to provide readers with a cutting-edge resource

• Provides pedagogical tools such as learning objectives, discussion questions and exercises, and extensive cross referencing

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSSECTion onE: ConCEPTUAL iSSUES: PHiLoSoPHiCAL, THEoRETiCAL, SoCioPoLiTiCAL \ SECTion TWo: iSSUES REGARdinG METHodS And METHodoLoGY \ SECTion THREE: ConTEMPoRARY APPLiCATionS oF MiXEd METHodS RESEARCH \ Author index \ Subject index \ About the Contributors

2010 • 912 pagesHardback (978-1-41297-266-6) • $151.00

encycloPeDia of social networks

Edited by George Barnett University of California, Davis

This two-volume encyclopedia provides a thorough introduction to the wide-ranging, fast-developing field of social networking. Social networks, or groupings of individuals tied by one or more specific types of interests or interdependencies, have been in existence for longer than services such as Facebook or YouTube. Analysis of these networks emphasizes the relationships within the network. This reference resource offers comprehensive coverage of the theory and research within the social sciences that has sprung from the analysis of such groupings, with accompanying definitions, measures and research.

2011 • 1112 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-7911-5) • $350.00


20

sMall worlD research

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Sebastian Schnettler

Small-world research started about fifty years ago with an idea about a social phenomenon: that any two randomly chosen individuals in a country, or in the world even, could be connected with each other via a relatively short chain of acquaintances. Since its formation, this idea has evolved and - despite research almost dying off in the 1980s - has now become an exciting and vital area of study.

Following the publication of seminal research in the late 1990s, which shed new light on the question of how short connections are possible in large scale networks, researchers began to see the significance of their subject reflected in many different facets of existence; small-world structures were found in a number of distinct contexts, including, for example, a protein interaction network and in communication networks via instant messaging. What had once started as small-world research has now evolved into an interdisciplinary science of complex networks.

Volume One: The Small-World Phenomenon: An IntroductionVolume Two: Network SearchVolume Three: A Complex Networks Approach to the Small World ProblemVolume Four: Multidisciplinary Applications

SAGE BENCHMARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS2012 • 1664 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-588-3) • £600.00

Special Introductory Offer: £550.00

social network analysisThird Edition

John Scott University of Plymouth

The Third Edition of this bestselling text has been fully revised and updated to include coverage of the many developments in social network analysis over the last decade. The book introduces these topics to newcomers and non-specialists and gives sufficient detail for more advanced users of social network analysis. Throughout the book, key ideas are discussed in relation to the principal software programs available for social network analysis.

The book provides a comprehensive overview of the field, outlining both its theoretical basis and its key techniques. building upon the core ideas of points, lines and paths, John Scott builds a framework of network analysis that covers such measures as density, centrality, clustering, centralization and spatialization. He identifies the various types of clique, component and circle into which networks are formed and outlines an approach to socially structured positions within networks.

AbRidGEd ConTEnTSnetworks and Relations \ The development of Social network Analysis \ Analysing Relational data \ Lines, neighbourhood, and density \ Centrality, Peripherality, and Centralization \ Components, Cores, and Cliques \ Positions, Sets, and Clusters \ network dynamics and Change over Time \ dimensions and displays


virtUal research MethoDs

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Christine Hine University of Surrey

The new social contexts formed via the internet, and the new forms of data made available by the increasing use of diverse forms of computer mediated communication, have challenged researchers to develop approaches which do them justice. At the same time, there has been concern that established principles should be preserved, and that the connection between virtual research methods and more conventional research approaches should not be rejected out of hand. despite a number of handbooks and textbooks published in recent years there is still a dearth of authoritative works which offer comprehensive coverage of the virtual research methods available to social researchers. in particular, there is none which thoroughly explores the full range of virtual research methods and their antecedents, and which explores the methodological and epistemological ramifications of their development. This multivolume reference collection fills this gap.

The collection covers perspectives on the internet as a social space; research models for the internet and the skills, techniques and approaches needed to conduct research in a virtual environment; innovations in the research process and reflections on these innovations; and the ethical considerations to take into account when doing research on the internet.



PrinciPles of MethoDologyResearch Design in Social Science

Perri 6 and Christine Bellamy both at Nottingham Trent University, UK

This book provides a comprehensive, accessible guide to social science methodology. in so doing, it establishes methodology as distinct from both methods and philosophy.

Most existing textbooks deal with methods, or sound ways of collecting and analysing data to generate findings. in contrast, this innovative book shows how an understanding of methodology allows us to design research so that findings can be used to answer interesting research questions and to build and test theories.

Most important things in social research (e.g., beliefs, institutions, interests, practices and social classes) cannot be observed directly. This book explains how empirical research can nevertheless be designed to make sound inferences about their nature, effects and significance.



21

the seconDary analysis of sUrvey Data

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Martin Bulmer University of Surrey, Patrick J Sturgis University of Southampton and Nick Allum University of Essex

This collection brings together the key publications on the secondary analysis of data and embraces many aspects of how to analyse quantitative survey data, whether primary or secondary.

Volume One: Issues in the Analysis of Survey DataVolume Two: Measurement and InferenceVolume Three: Summarizing and Modeling Survey DataVolume Four: Simultaneous Equations, Hierarchical and Longitudinal Models

SAGE BENCHMARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS

2009 • 1664 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-0384-4) • £600.00

correlation anD regression analysis

Four-Volume Set

Edited by W Paul Vogt Illinois State University and R Burke Johnson University of South Alabama

it is no exaggeration to say that virtually all quantitative research in the social sciences is done with correlation and regression analysis (CRA) and their siblings and offspring. CRA are fundamental analytic tools in fields like sociology, economics and political science as well as applied disciplines such as marketing, nursing, education and social work.

Volume One: Regression and Its Correlational Foundations and ConcomitantsVolume Two: Factor Analysis, Regression Diagnostics and Model BuildingVolume Three: Data Transformations, Curvilinear Regression, and Logistic RegressionVolume Four: Multi-Level Regression Modeling, Structural Equation Modeling and Mixed Regression



clUster analysis

Four-Volume Set

Edited by David Byrne University of Durham and Emma Uprichard Goldsmiths College

bringing work on classification, cluster analysis and data mining together in a way that is both accessible and timely with respect to the level of 'activity' going on in each of these related areas, this collection signals a step-change in the kind of data analysis that is currently taking place, nationally and internationally, and facilitates further research by demarcating the methodological research where the cutting edge approaches to data analysis lie.

Volume One: The ClassicsVolume Two: (Useful) Key TextsVolume Three: Cluster Analysis in PracticeVolume Four: Data Mining with Classification


focUs groUP research

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Graham Walden Ohio State University

Focus groups are a popular, widely accepted, and legitimate research method to determine attitudes, experiences, perceptions and knowledge on a wide range of topics in many fields of endeavour. For example, studies have been conducted to examine participants' favourite pizza toppings, their quality of life following hip replacement surgery and how they feel about human cloning. Focus groups lead to the voicing of attitudes and insights not readily attainable from other qualitative forms of data collection. The spectrum of interest in focus groups covers virtually all disciplines, and the variety of the applications for this technique is extraordinary.

Part One: OrientationPart Two: Bibliographies and Literature ReviewsPart Three: General MethodologyPart Four: Specific Methodological IssuesPart Five: Group Interaction and Dynamics Part Six: Technological Alternatives Part Seven: Discussion Enhancement TechniquesPart Eight: Ethical IssuesPart Nine: Further Directions




22

ethnoMethoDologyFour-Volume Set

Edited by Michael Lynch Cornell University, New York and Wes Sharrock University of Manchester

Part One: Background on Social Scientific and Everyday Methods Part Two: Ethnomethodology and the Practical Resolution of Methodological ProblemsPart Three: Indexical Expressions - Topic, Resource or Nuisance?Part Four: Objectification in DiscoursePart Five: Language, Categories and MembershipPart Six: Studies of WorkPart Seven: Action as Algorithm - Computer-Supported Co-Operative WorkPart Eight: Ethnomethodology and Social InstitutionsPart Nine: Language, Interaction, Embodied Conduct


MethoDs of interPretive sociology

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Matthew David Brunel University

The development of an interpretive or verstehen approach to understanding social life draws itself in distinction from approaches that seek causal explanation in terms of variables external to the beliefs of social actors. This collection attempts to disrupt the comfortable polarities between macro and micro, structure and agency, explanation and description that dog sociology and through which the term interpretive has been quarantined.

Part One: The Classical Statements and AuthorsPart Two: The Interpreters and Challengers of the Classic Interpretivist Idea of VerstehenPart Three: The Phenomenological CriticsPart Four: The Critical PhenomenologistsPart Five: Symbolic InteractionismPart Six: EthnomethodologyPart Seven: Cultural AnthropologistsPart Eight: Contemporary Interpretations, Extensions, Fusions and Applications

SAGE BENCHMARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS2010 • 1672 pagesHardback (978-1-84787-947-9) • £600.00 event history

analysisFour-Volume Set

Edited by Lawrence Wu New York University

over the last two decades, event history analysis has emerged as a mature analytical tool in the social sciences. This four-volume edited collection consists of classic papers that have been key in determining or explicating various subareas of event history analysis, and high-quality applications that demonstrate the utility of event history analysis, drawn from a wide range of substantive areas.

Volume One: OverviewsVolume Two: Parametric ModelsVolume Three: Discrete-Time ModelsVolume Four: Competing Risks


coMPUtational social science

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Nigel Gilbert University of Surrey

This set brings together the essential writings in the emerging field of computational methods, including hard-to-locate literature scattered across the social science disciplines.

Volume One: IntroductionVolume Two: Modeling SocialityVolume Three: Social DilemmasVolume Four: Emergence



23

The CulTural IndusTrIesThird Edition

David Hesmondhalgh Institute of Communications Studies, University of Leeds

The first two editions of The Cultural Industries scrutinized transformation in creativity and the cultural industries in political, economic and cultural context. Now undisputedly a classic, this Third Edition offers essential updates to map the contemporary media landscape, including:

• an all-new online reading resource to springboard students into research

• more wide-ranging examples of media text to include social media, digital publishing, reality TV and talent shows

• an examination of the growth of the cultural industries in emerging markets in China, India, Asia and Africa

• an analysis of the economic crisis and its impact on the cultural industries

• a look at new cultural products and their influence on consumer electronics and IT companies, including Apple, Facebook and Google.

CoNTeNTsBoxes, Tables and Figures \ Preface to the Third edition (2012) \ Preface to the second edition (2007) \ Introduction: Change and Continuity, Power and Creativity \ PART oNe: ANALYTICAL FRAMeWoRKs \ Theories of Culture, Theories of Cultural Production \ The Cultural Industries in the 20th Century: The Key Features \ Why the Cultural Industries Began to Change in the 1980s \ PART TWo: PoLICY CHANGe \ Marketisation in Telecommunications and Broadcasting \ Further Changes in Policy: Copyright and the Cult of Creativity \ PART THRee: CHANGe AND CoNTINUITY IN THe CULTURAL INDUsTRIes, 1980 To 2012 \ ownership, structure and size \ Creativity and Commerce, organisation and Labour \ Internationalisation: Neither Globalisation Nor Cultural Imperialism \ Digitalisation and the Internet \ The Impact of the Internet and Digitalisation on existing Cultural Industries \ Texts: Diversity, Quality and social Justice \ Conclusions: A New era in Cultural Production? \ Glossary


KeY COnCePTs In CreaTIVe IndusTrIesJohn Hartley Curtin University, Australia, and Cardiff University, Wales, Jason Potts RMIT University, Australia, Stuart Cunningham, Terry Flew, Michael Keane and John Banks all at Queensland University of Technology, Australia

This is an authoritative overview of a rapidly developing area of study and research. The book offers much to both those familiar with work on the creative industries and those for whom the concept is an entirely new object of study

– John Storey Professor of Cultural Studies, University of Sunderland, UK

Creativity is an attribute of individual people, but also a feature of organizations like firms, cultural institutions and social networks. In the knowledge economy of today, creativity is of increasing value, for developing, emergent and advanced countries, and for competing cities.

This book is the first to present an organized study of the key concepts that underlie and motivate the field of creative industries. Written by a world-leading team of experts, it presents readers with compact accounts of the history of terms, the debates and tensions associated with their usage, and examples of how they apply to the creative industries around the world.

Crisp and relevant, this is an invaluable text for students of the creative industries across a range of disciplines, especially media, communication, economics, sociology, creative and performing arts and regional studies.

SAGE KEy ConCEPTS SErIES2013 • 200 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0288-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0289-0) • £21.99

The CreaTIVe IndusTrIesCulture and Policy

Terry Flew Queensland University of Technology

This book sets the agenda for debates about the rise of the creative industries, providing a richer understanding of the dynamics of cultural markets, creative labour, finance and risk, and how culture is distributed, marketed and creatively re-used through new media technologies. The book:

• develops a global perspective on the creative industries and creative economy

• draws insights from media and cultural studies, innovation economics, cultural policy studies, and economic and cultural geography

• explores what it means for policy makers when culture and creativity move from the margins to the centre of economic dynamics.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsorigins of Creative Industries Policy \ International Models of Creative Industries Policy \ From Culture Industries to Cultural economy \ Products, services, Production and Creative Work \ Consumption, Markets, Technology and Cultural Trade \ Globalization, Cities and Creative spaces \ Creative Industries and Public Policy


For assistance in ordering!Write today to [email protected]

Media, Cultural studies & Cultural sociology

24

PublIshIngPrinciples and Practice

richard Guthrie

An academically rigourous survey of the changing field of publishing and a pragmatic introduction to a global industry. This book is packed with real-life examples and advice, and explores both the history and the future of global print and digital publishing across its many sectors.


MedIa/sOCIeTYIndustries, Images, and Audiences

Fourth Edition

David Croteau, Virginia Commonwealth University William Hoynes Vassar College and Stefania Milan European University Institute

Introducing students to a sociologically informed analysis of the media process, this Fourth Edition includes new material on students as producers, new examples from the independent media sector and updated discussions of media policy, online media and independent media.

Media/Society is unique among media texts in that it offers:

• a sociological approach that examines overarching relationships between the various components of the media process and the broader social world

• an integrated study of mass media that looks at media technologies, collective influences and connections between mass media issues

• an examination of how economic and political constraints affect the media and how audiences actively construct their own interpretations of media messages.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsPART oNe: MeDIA/soCIeTY \ Media and the social World \ PART TWo: PRoDUCTIoN: THe MeDIA INDUsTRY AND THe soCIAL WoRLD \ The economics of the Media Industry \ Regulation and Political Influence on Media \ Media organizations and Professionals \ PART THRee: CoNTeNT: MeDIA RePReseNTATIoNs oF THe soCIAL WoRLD \ Media and Ideology \ social Inequality and Media Representation \ PART FoUR: AUDIeNCes: MeANING AND INFLUeNCe \ Media Influence and the Political World \ Active Audiences and the Construction of Meaning \ Media Technology \ PART FoUR: GLoBALIZATIoN AND THe FUTURe \ Media in a Changing Global Culture

2012 • 416 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7420-2) • $64.00

undersTandIng new MedIaEugenia Siapera Aristotle University and University of Leicester

A student friendly, up-to-date examination of the impact of new media on today's society. Includes a host of contemporary case studies and access to further online readings from sAGe journals.


MedIa, CulTure and sOCIeTYAn Introduction

Paul Hodkinson University of Surrey

In his beautifully balanced, clear and broad-ranging account of a fast-changing field, Paul Hodkinson has successfully brought together myriad perspectives with which to critically analyze today's media culture and media society'

- Sonia Livingstone, Professor of Media and Communication, London School of Economics and Political ScienceClearly organized, systematic and combining a critical survey of the field with a finely judged assessment of cutting-edge developments, this book provides a 'must have' contribution to the study of media, culture and society.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsPART oNe: eLeMeNTs oF MeDIA \ Media Technologies \ Media Industry \ Media Content \ Media Users \ PART TWo: MeDIA, PoWeR AND CoNTRoL \ Media as Manipulation? Marxism and Ideology \ The Construction of News \ Public service or Personal entertainment? Controlling Media orientation \ Decline of the National Public: Commercialization, Fragmentation and Globalization \ PART THRee: MeDIA, IDeNTITY AND CULTURe \ Media, ethnicity and Diaspora \ Media, Gender and sexuality \ Media Communities: subcultures, Fans and Identity Groups \ saturation, Fluidity and Loss of Meaning


undersTandIng dIgITal CulTureVincent Miller

'one of only a few scholarly texts that successfully combines a nuanced theoretical understanding of the digital age with empirical case studies of contemporary media culture. The scope of this book is impressive, ranging from questions of digital inequality to emergent forms of cyberpolitics' - Nick Gane, York University



25

KeY COnCePTs In MedIa and COMMunICaTIOnsPaul Jones University of New South Wales and David Holmes Monash University

This book covers the key concepts central to understanding recent developments in media and communication studies. Wide-ranging in scope and accessible in style, it sets out a useful, clear map of the important theories, methods and debates.

The entries critically explore the limits of a key concept as much as the traditions that define it. They include clear definitions and are introduced within the wider context of the field, each one:

• is fully cross-referenced• is clearly illustrated with relevant examples (modern and classic)• provides a guide to suggested further reading.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsArticulation \ Audience \ Broadcasting \ Capitalism \ Communication(s) \ Convergence \ Criticism/Critique \ Cultural Form \ Culture \ Culture Industry \ Cyberculture \ Deconstruction \ Digital \ Discourse \ embodiment \ encoding/Decoding \ Freedom of Communication \ Genre \ Globalization \ Hegemony \ Ideology \ Identity \ Image \ Influence \ Information society \ Interactivity \ Mass \ Media effects \ Media/Medium \ Mobile Privatization \ Modern \ Moral Panic \ Network (society) \ News Values \ Popular/Populist \ Postmodernism \ Public sphere \ Regulation \ Ritual \ sign \ simulacra \ Tabloidization \ Technoculture \ Technological Determinism \ Time/space Compression

SAGE KEy ConCEPTS SErIES2012 • 272 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-2821-2) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-4129-2822-9) • £19.99

CulTural sTudIesTheory and Practice

Fourth Edition

Chris Barker University of Wollongong

Has been for many years one of the best guides to and overviews of a broad range of the issues and theories that constitute cultural studies... For those who want to be prepped to play the game of cultural studies, this is the book to read

- Douglas Kellner, UCLA

Building upon the scope and authority of previous editions this book represents a definitive benchmark in understanding and applying the foundations of cultural studies. it provides those new to the field with an authoritative introduction to everything they need to know.

An indispensible resource for any student or lecturer it is packed with concise, accessible definitions, clear chapter summaries, inspiring student activities, biographical snapshots of key figures and a full glossary.

With updates to every chapter and many more practical examples, this new edition includes:

• new material on new cultural studies, social media, subcultures and climate change

• improved coverage on digital cultures and digital media including digital games and the virtual city

• an attractive new layout which aids navigability and enhances the excellent student learning resources

• a comprehensive Companion Website providing new student exercises, global case-studies, essay questions and links to relevant sAGe journal articles. Visit www.sagepub.co.uk/barker.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsPART oNe: CULTURe AND CULTURAL sTUDIes \ An Introduction to Cultural studies \ Questions of Culture and Ideology \ Culture, Meaning, Knowledge: The Linguistic Turn in Cultural studies \ Biology, the Body and Culture \ PART TWo: THe CHANGING CoNTeXT oF CULTURAL sTUDIes \ A New World Disorder? \ enter Postmodernism \ PART THRee: sITes oF CULTURAL sTUDIes \ Issues of subjectivity and Identity: subjectivity and Identity Personhood as a Cultural Production essentialism and Anti-essentialism self-Identity as a Project social Identities \ ethnicity, Race and Nation \ sex, subjectivity and Representation \ Television, Texts and Audiences \ Digital Media Culture \ Cultural space and Urban Place \ Youth, style and Resistance \ Cultural Politics and Cultural Policy \ Glossary: The Language-Game of Cultural studies


The neTwOrK sOCIeTYThird Edition

Jan van Dijk University of Twente

A new edition of a classic text. Written by one of the leading academics in the field, it has been fully updated to cover new literature, policy and laws and of course, social media in relation to its political, economic and cultural impact.



26

whaT's beCOMe Of CulTural sTudIes?Graeme Turner University of Queensland

'Graeme Turner is one of the most remarkable figures in the world of cultural studies. He has helped to make and remake the field over the last twenty-five years. so when he sets his alarm clock - and it goes off loudly - we all know it's time to pay attention. This extraordinary testament to what is right and wrong with cultural studies today will reverberate across the globe' - Toby Miller, University of CaliforniaThis compelling exploration of cultural studies in the 21st century offers a level-headed account of where cultural studies has come from, the methodological and theoretical dilemmas that it faces today and an agenda for its future development. In an age in which the relevance of cultural studies has been called into question, this book seeks to generate debate. Has the field managed to maintain a connection with its original political and ethical mission? How can it regain its initiative?

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsIntroduction: Practising Cultural studies Today \ The Achievements of Cultural studies \ The 'Un-Discipline': Cultural studies and Interdisciplinarity \ Teaching Cultural studies \ Unintended Consequences: Convergence Culture, New Media studies and Creative Industries \ Internationalizing Cultural studies: From Diaspora to Indigeneity \ Does Cultural studies Have a Future?


hOw TO dO MedIa and CulTural sTudIesSecond Edition

Jane Stokes University of East London

The Second Edition of this student favourite takes readers step-by-step through the theories, processes and methods of each stage of research, from how to create a research question, design the project and write it up. It enables students to have a clear sense of how their own work relates to broader scholarship and inspires understanding of why studying the media matters.


rePresenTaTIOnCultural Representations and Signifying Practices

Second Edition

edited by Stuart Hall The Open University and Goldsmiths College, University of London, Jessica Evans The Open University and Sean nixon University of Essex

since 1997, Representation has been the textbook for students learning the tools to question and critically analyze institutional and media texts and images.

This long-awaited Second Edition:

• updates and refreshes the approaches to representation, signalling key developments in the field

• addresses the emergence of new technologies, media formats, politics and theories

• includes an entirely new chapter on celebrity culture and reality TV• offers new exercises, readings, images and examples for a new

generation of students.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsThe Work of Representation \ The Range of Reality: Documentary Film and Television \ The Poetics and Politics of exhibiting other Cultures \ The spectacle of the 'other' \ exhibiting Masculinity \ Genre and Gender: The Case of soap opera

CulTurE, MEDIA AnD IDEnTITIES SErIES2013 • 408 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-547-4) • £70.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-563-4) • £27.99

dOIng CulTural TheOrYDavid Walton University of Murcia

This comprehensive yet critical textbook teaches the basics of cultural theory, unpacking its complexities with real-life examples and student-focused pedagogy. It shows readers how to really do cultural theory by clearly linking theory and practice.


undersTandIng fOuCaulTA Critical Introduction

Second Edition

Tony Schirato Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Geoff Danaher Central Queensland University and Jen Webb University of Canberra, Australia

'An outstandingly good introduction to Foucault's work: lucid, measured, well organised, and covering this complex and in many ways heterogeneous body of work with remarkable thoroughness and ease' - John Frow, University of Melbourneunderstanding Foucault offers a comprehensive introduction to Foucault's work. The authors examine Foucault's thinking in the context of the philosophies he engaged with during his career, and the events he participated in, including the student protests of 1968.

A unique feature of the book is its consideration of recently published lectures and minor works, and the authors show how these illuminate and extend our understanding of Foucault's major books.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsQuestions of Method \ Power and Knowledge \ Governmentality \ Liberalism and Neo-liberalism \ subjectivity and Technologies of the self \ Critique and ethics

unDErSTAnDInG ConTEMPorAry CulTurE SErIES2012 • 208 pagesPaperback (978-1-4462-5235-2) • £24.99


27

POPular MusICFour-Volume Set

edited by Chris rojek Brunel University

This collection launches from the cultural turn, but also incorporates key articles from the early social science of pop music. It provides researchers with a four-volume distillation of the best that has been thought and published in the academic study of popular music.

Volume one: History and Theoretical Traditions provides the historical and theoretical anchor for the remainder of the set.

Volume Two: Mode of Production brings together material that relates the production of popular music to technology, production, distribution and consumption, amongst others.

Volume Three: Institutions of Popular Music examines the academic literature on the main social and 'cultural intermediaries' of popular music such as impression managers, new systems of music promotion and informal politics.

Volume Four: Cultures and Subcultures of Popular Music guides the reader through music subcultures, audiences and globalization.

SAGE BEnCHMArKS In CulTurE AnD SoCIETy2011 • 1400 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-758-4) • £600.00

POPular MusICTopics, Trends and Trajectories

Tara Brabazon University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT)

one of the most thoughtful, inspirational and engaging popular music texts of recent years. It deserves to be well-thumbed by popular music students, academics and researchers alike

- Nick Prior, University of Edinburgh


sITuaTIng eVerYdaY lIfePractices and Places

Sarah Pink University of Loughborough

The study of everyday life is fundamental to our understanding of modern society. This agenda-setting book provides a coherent, interdisciplinary way to engage with everyday activities and environments. Arguing for an innovative, ethnographic approach, it uses detailed examples, based in real world and digital research, to bring its theories to life.

The book focuses on the sensory, embodied, mobile and mediated elements of practice and place as a route to understanding wider issues. By doing so, it convincingly outlines a robust theoretical and methodological approach to understanding contemporary everyday life and activism.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsIntroduction: (Re)Thinking about everyday Life and Activism \ Theorizing the Familiar: Practices and Places \ Researching Practices, Places and Representations: Methodologies and Methods \ Beyond Doing the Dishes: Putting Kitchen Practices in Place \ Making the sensory Home: Laundry Routes and energy Flows \ Tracing Neighbourhood Flows: Making a Garden Place \ (Re)Making Towns: sustainable Activist Places, Practices and Representations \ The Digital Places of everyday Life: Thinking about Activism and the Internet \ Conclusions: sustainable Places, Activist Practices and everyday Life



28

enCYClOPedIa Of COnsuMer CulTure

Three-Volume Set

edited by Dale Southerton University of Manchester

The three-volume Encyclopedia of Consumer Culture covers consuming societies around the world, from the Age of enlightenment to the present, and shows how consumption has become intrinsic to the world's social, economic, political and cultural landscapes. offering an invaluable interdisciplinary approach, this reference work is the first encyclopedia to outline the parameters of consumer culture, and provides a critical, scholarly resource on consumption and consumerism over time.

2011 • 1664 pagesHardback (978-0-87289-601-7) • $595.00SAGE Reference Online (978-1-4129-9424-8)

CulTures and glObalIzaTIOnHeritage, Memory and Identity

edited by Helmut K Anheier Hertie School of Governance and Heidelberg University and yudhishthir raj Isar The American University of Paris

'This volume is of one of the most comprehensive in the field. Its three themes are critical for the study of culture and globalization with its condensation of space, time and memory. The essays explore the intersection between these three processes. They are learned, deeply researched and insightful, and the comparative range is impressive' - Stuart Hall, Emeritus Professor, The Open University

THE CulTurES AnD GloBAlIzATIon SErIES2011 • 440 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-389-6) • £95.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-390-2) • £36.99

The dYnaMICs Of sOCIal PraCTICeEveryday life and how it Changes

Elizabeth Shove University of Lancaster, Mika Pantzar National Consumer Research Centre, Helsinki and Matt Watson University of Sheffield

everyday life is defined and characterized by the rise, transformation and fall of social practices. Using terminology that is both accessible and sophisticated, this essential book guides the reader through a multilevel analysis of this dynamic.

Applying a range of theoretical traditions to core propositions, the book is clear and accessible. Real-world examples including the history of car-driving, the emergence of frozen food and the fate of hula-hooping bring abstract concepts to life and firmly ground them in empirical case studies and new research.

Demonstrating the relevance of social theory for public policy problems, the authors show that the everyday is the basis of social transformation, addressing questions such as:

• how do practices emerge, exist and die?• what are the elements from which practices are made?• how do practices recruit practitioners?• how are elements, practices and the links between them

generated, renewed and reproduced?

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsThe Dynamics of social Practice \ Making and Breaking links \ The Life of elements \ Recruitment, Defection and Reproduction \ Connections between Practices \ Circuits of Reproduction \ Representing the Dynamics of social Practice \ Promoting Transitions in Practice


affeCT and eMOTIOnA new Social Science understanding

Margaret Wetherell The Open University

In recent years, there has been a huge surge of interest in affect and emotion. This book explores the research from across a number of disparate fields, pulling it together to propose a coherent approach. This is an agenda-setting book from a leading academic in the social sciences.


COnsuMPTIOnFour-Volume Set

edited by Alan Warde University of Manchester

Consumption is a core issue for all disciplines studying culture and society. This four-volume set covers such diverse issues as food, environment and housing in terms of society's seemingly insatiable lust for consumption.

Volume One: The Shaping of the FieldVolume Two: AcquisitionVolume Three: AppropriationVolume Four: Appreciation

SAGE BEnCHMArKS In CulTurE AnD SoCIETy2010 • 1808 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-633-3) • £600.00


29

The sage handbOOK Of IdenTITIesedited by Margaret Wetherell The Open University and Chandra Talpade Mohanty Syracuse University

systematizing this complex field by incorporating its interdisciplinary character, this Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of its themes in contemporary research, while still acknowledging the historical and philosophical significance of the concept of identity.

2010 • 560 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-3411-4) • £95.00SAGE Reference Online (978-1-4462-0088-9)

enCYClOPedIa Of IdenTITY

Two-Volume Set

edited by ronald l Jackson II Pennsylvania State University

These two volumes seek to explore the myriad ways in which we define ourselves in our everyday lives, including understanding identity as an everyday phenomenon, process and dynamic that affects our lives.


self and IdenTITY

Four-Volume Set

edited by Kathleen Vohs University of Minnesota and roy F Baumeister Florida State University

This four-volume collection brings together a diverse assortment of the most important contributions in this area and includes classic, groundbreaking articles and recent, cutting-edge advances in articles that range from original, empirical investigations to conceptual pieces that build theory based on integrative reviews of the research literature of the 'self'.

Volume One: Sef-Concept and Self-EsteemVolume Two: The Agentic SelfVolume Three: The Interpersonal SelfVolume Four: Aspects of the Self: Applications and Extensions

SAGE lIBrAry In SoCIAl PSyCHoloGy2012 • 1648 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0118-3) • £600.00

The PrOduCTIOn Of realITYEssays and readings on Social Interaction

Fifth Edition

Jodi o'Brien University of Seattle

Combining micro and macro-perspectives on reality construction, this is a wide-ranging, eclectic set of essays introducing students to the major theories, concepts and perspectives in contemporary social psychology.

2011 • 568 PAGESPaperback (978-1-4129-7944-3) • $78.00

dIsCOurse sTudIesA Multidisciplinary Introduction

Second Edition

edited by Teun A Van Dijk Pompeu Fabra University, Barcelona

In this re-issue of two classic texts in the field of discourse studies, now in one essential volume, each chapter is fully updated and includes new detailed examples, further reading and links to journal articles. It is an essential, one-stop companion for any student of discourse analysis and discourse studies.


InTerCulTural COMMunICaTIOn and IdeOlOgYAdrian Holliday Canterbury Christ Church University

This critical approach to current theories and practices of intercultural communication explores the f ield within the context of global politics and ideology, and uses examples from interviews, ethnographic reconstructions and the media.



30

brITIsh sOCIal aTTITudes 28edited by Alison Park, Elizabeth Clery both at NatCen Social Research, John Curtice ScotCen Social Research and University of Strathclyde, Miranda Phillips NatCen Social Research and David utting Independent writer, researcher and policy consultant

The acclaimed British Social Attitudes survey is the essential guide to the topical issues and debates facing British society today. The 28th report looks at both life under Labour and the prospect of life under the Coalition.

BrITISH SoCIAl ATTITuDES SurVEy SErIES2012 • 232 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-5258-1) • £95.00

The sage handbOOK Of sOCIOlInguIsTICsedited by ruth Wodak University of Lancaster, Barbara Johnstone Carnegie Mellon University and Paul E Kerswill University of Lancaster

This Handbook is a work of unprecedented coverage and insight. It is all here, from the foundational contributions to the field to the impact of new media, new technologies of communication, globalization, transborder fluidities and agendas of research. A benchmark in the field.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsPART oNe: HIsToRY oF soCIoLINGUIsTICs \ Ferguson and Fishman: sociolinguistics and the sociology of Language \ Labov: Language Variation and Change \ Bernstein: Codes and social Class \ Dell Hymes and the ethnography of Communication \ Gumperz and Interactional sociolinguistics \ PART TWo: soCIoLINGUIsTICs AND soCIAL THeoRY \ social stratification \ social Constructionism \ symbolic Interactionism, erving Goffman, and sociolinguistics \ ethnomethodology and Membership Categorization Analysis \ The Power of Discourse and the Discourse of Power \ Globalization Theory and Migration \ semiotics Interpretants, Inference, and Intersubjectivity \ PART THRee: LANGUAGe VARIATIoN AND CHANGe \ Individuals and Communities \ social Class \ social Network \ sociolinguistic Approaches to Language Change: Phonology \ social structure, Language Contact and Language Change \ sociolinguistics and Formal Linguistics \ Attitudes, Ideology and Awareness \ Historical sociolinguistics \ Fieldwork Methods in Language Variation \ PART FoUR: INTeRACTIoN \ sociolinguistic Potentials of Face-to-Face Interaction \ Doctor-Patient Communication \ Discourse and schools \ Courtroom Discourse \ Analysing Conversation \ Narrative Analysis \ Gender and Interaction \ Interaction and the Media \ PART FIVe: MULTILINGUALIsM AND CoNTACT \ societal Bilingualism \ Code-switching/Mixing \ Language Policy and Planning \ Language endangerment \ Global englishes \ PART sIX: APPLICATIoNs \ Forensic Linguistics \ Language Teaching and Language Assessment \ Guidelines for Non-Discriminatory Language Use \ Language, Migration and Human Rights \ Literacy studies


glObalIzaTIOn and CulTure

Four-Volume Set

edited by Paul James Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology

The third set in the Central Currents in Globalization series engages with the cultural dimensions of globalization.

Volume one: Global Communications (with John Tulloch)

Volume Two: Global religions (with Peter Mandaville)

Volume Three: Global-Local Consumption (with Imre szeman)

Volume Four: Ideologies of Globalism (with Manfred B steger)

CEnTrAl CurrEnTS In GloBAlIzATIon2010 • 1720 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-1953-1) • £600.00

undersTandIng glObal CulTuresMetaphorical Journeys Through 30 nations, Clusters of nations, Continents, and Diversity

Fifth Edition

Martin J Gannon and rajnandini Pillai, both at California State University, San Marcos

Presenting the cultural metaphor as a method for understanding the cultural mindsets of individual nations, clusters of nations and even continents, the fully updated Fifth Edition continues to emphasize that metaphors are guidelines to help outsiders quickly understand what members of a culture consider important.

2012 • 672 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9593-1) • $74.00

CulTures and sOCIeTIes In a ChangIng wOrldFourth Edition

Wendy Griswold Northwestern University

This revised and updated Fourth Edition introduces the sociology of culture and explores cultural phenomena including stories, beliefs, media, ideas, art, religious practices, fashions and rituals from a global-sociological perspective.

SoCIoloGy For A nEW CEnTury SErIES2012 • 232 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9054-7) • $35.00


31

CulTural sOCIOlOgY Of The MIddle easT, asIa, and afrICa

An Encyclopedia

Four-Volume Set

edited by Andrea l Stanton University of Denver, Edward ramsamy Rutgers University, Peter J Seybolt and Carolyn M Elliot both at University of Vermont

These four volumes present concise information on the Middle east, Asia and Africa. The volumes convey what daily life is like for people in these selected regions. entries will aid readers in understanding the importance of cultural sociology, to appreciate the effects of cultural forces around the world, and to learn the history of countries and cultures within these important regions.

The volumes comprise 200 entries and include:

• exploration of topics within historical context - in three broad historical periods: prehistory to 1250; 1250 to 1920; and 1920 to the present

• numerous photographs and maps.


waYs Of sOCIal ChangeMaking Sense of Modern Times

Garth Massey University of Wyoming

Using a global perspective to demonstrate how social change is a phenomenon that inextricably links the global and the local, this engaging book introduces students to the narratives of contemporary social change while also teaching the critical thinking skills needed to make sense of the changing world of the 21st century.

2012 • 464 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7987-0) • $43.00

hOw sOCIeTIes ChangeSecond Edition

Daniel Chirot University of Washington, Seattle

In this exploration of how societies have changed over the past 5000 years, the discussion focuses on the idea that industrial societies, despite their great success, have created a new set of recurring and unsolved problems which will serve as a major impetus for further social change.

SoCIoloGy For A nEW CEnTury SErIES2012 • 184 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9256-5) * $35.00

deVelOPMenT and sOCIal ChangeA Global Perspective

Fifth Edition

Philip McMichael Cornell University

This book examines the project of globalization and its instabilities (climate, energy, food, financial crises) through the lens of development and its origins in the colonial project. It helps students make sense of a complex world in transition and explains how globalization became part of public discourse.

Filled with case studies, the text makes the intricacies of globalization concrete, meaningful and clear for students and moves them away from simple social evolutionary views, encouraging them to connect social change, development policies, global inequalities and social movements. It challenges students to see themselves as global citizens whose consumption decisions have real social and ecological implications.

ABRIDGeD CoNTeNTsA Timeline of Development \ Development: Theory and Reality \ PART oNe: THe DeVeLoPMeNT PRoJeCT (LATe 1940s To eARLY 1970s) \ Instituting the Development Project \ The Development Project: International Framework \ Globalizing Developments \ PART TWo: THe GLoBALIZATIoN PRoJeCT (1980s To 2000s) \ Instituting the Globalization Project \ The Globalization Project in Practice \ Global Countermovements \ PART THRee: MILLeNNIAL ReCKoNINGs (2000s To PReseNT) \ The Globalization Project in Crisis \ The sustainability Project \ Rethinking Development

SoCIoloGy For A nEW CEnTury SErIES2012 • 408 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9207-7) • $63.00


32

Sociology & Social Theory

THE POLITICS OF THE (IM)POSSIBLEUtopia and Dystopia Reconsidered

Edited by Barnita Bagchi Utrecht University, The Netherlands

The Politics of the (Im)Possible revolves around a word coined by Sir Thomas More which has become one of the most resonant concepts in the history of ideas: ‘Utopia’. The word offers simultaneously a locus of possibilities for human development, as well as a sense that this conceptualization might be impossible to actualize in reality. The utopian mode is a site of paradoxes. Such awareness of paradoxes and heterogeneities pervades this volume. Utopia and dystopia are modes and resonances present in all parts of the world, not just Europe and white North America. Equally, utopian and dystopian thought and practice are and have always been gendered. Utopia, memory and temporality intersect in often strange and surprising ways.

Utopia frequently shows desire for displaced communities whose histories, stories, myths, and narratives have to be recovered, reinvoked, and reconfigured.

CoNTENTSIntroduction Barnita Bagchi / I: UToPIA AND DYSToPIA: DEBATES AND RESoNANCES / Utopia: Future and/or Alterity? Miguel Abensour / Echo of an Impossible Return: An Essay Concerning Fredric Jameson’s Utopian Thought and Gathering and Hunting Social Relations Peter Kulchyski / Radicalism in Early Modern England: Innovation or Reformation? Rachel Foxley / Dystopia, Utopia, and Akhtaruzzaman Elias’s Novel Khowabnama Subhoranjan Dasgupta / Palestine: Land of Utopias Sonia Dayan-Herzbrun / II: ENGENDERING UToPIA AND DYSToPIA / ‘one Darling Though Terrific Theme’: Anna Wheeler and the Rights of Women Theresa Moriarty / A Parliament of Women: Dystopia in Nineteenth-century Bengali Imagination Samita Sen / ‘Empire Builder’: A Utopian Alternative to Citizenship for Early-twentieth-century British ‘Ladies’ Martine Spensky / Ladylands and Sacrificial Holes: Utopias and Dystopias in Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain’s Writings Barnita Bagchi / Utopia in the Subjunctive Mood: Bessie Head’s When Rain Clouds Gather Modhumita Roy / III: CoNCLUSIoN / Globalization, Development, and Resistance of Utopian Dreams to the Praxis of / Dystopian Utopia Marie-Claire Caloz-Tschopp / Index

2012 • 256 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0734-7)

CIVILIZATIONSNostalgia and Utopia

The late Daya Krishna was one of the most original minds of contemporary India, an interdisciplinary thinker and a prolific writer

Civilizations is a tome of rich philosophical discourse borne out of years of reflection and investigation by Daya Krishna, one of the foremost philosophers of twentieth-century India. The book is an engaging and thought-provoking philosophical account that demonstrates that critical inquiry is an ongoing process with strains of continuity and evolution.

Krishna’s discourses in this volume span a range of inquiries—parallels between Indian and Western civilizations; interconnection between action and knowledge; anatomies of the profound and the profane, the ideal and the actual; and other such intriguing lines of philosophical questioning. The author asks the readers to rise up to the challenges of the now, as the present consists not merely of past achievements but also of the yet-to-be-achieved goals of the future.

CoNTENTSPreface by Peter Ronald Desouza / Introduction by Daniel Raveh / A Note from the Author / I: SoCIAL PHILoSoPHY: PAST AND FUTURE / The Concept of Society / The Two Predicaments / Reflection on Action / Perspectives on Freedom / The Search for a Measuring Rod / Society: Reality and Utopia / II: CIVILIZATIoNS: PAST AND FUTURE / Civilizations: Past and Future / Understanding Civilizations: Two Case Studies, Indian and Western / Civilizations: Nostalgia and Utopia / Index

2012 • 152 pages • Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-81-321-0891-7)

THE OCEAN IN THE DROP Inside-Out Youth Leadership

Ashraf Patel Co-founder, Pravah and Director, Learning Voyages, Pravah, New Delhi, Meenu Venkateswaran Co-founder, Pravah and Director, Streaming, New Delhi, Kamini Prakash Director, Research Function of Pravah, New Delhi and Arjun Shekhar President and Chairperson, Pravah, New Delhi

Conceptualized by Pravah, The Ocean in the Drop provides a perspective on young people who will enable us, as a society, to look at them as equal partners and unique individuals with a desire to learn and understand their potential as active citizens. It explores how young people have contributed significantly to society in the past, and suggests ways in which they can take centre stage again. To do this, it introduces the concept of the Fifth Space—a space that goes beyond the commonly used terms of volunteerism and active citizenship and focuses on three critical aspects of youth development, namely, understanding the self, building meaningful relationships, and impacting society.

CoNTENTSList of Illustrations / List of Annexures / Foreword / Preface / Acknowledgement / Prologue: The Classroom Is My World / Is Society Hanging on to an Archaic Concept of the Classroom? / If You Approach the ocean with a Spoon, Won’t It Appear to Be a Drop? / How Are Youth Being Painted into the Country’s Big Picture? / Why Are Youth-Centric Spaces So Critical? / How Can We Mainstream the 5th Space? / Epilogue: The World Is My Classroom / Annexures / Bibliography / Index / About the Authors

2012 • 227 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0963-1)

BRIDGING THE GAPEssays on Inclusive Development and Education

Edited by Latha Pillai Pro-Vice Chancellor, Indira Gandhi National Open University, Delhi and Babu P Remesh School of Interdisciplinary and Transdisciplinary Studies at the Indira Gandhi National Open University, Delhi

India has just celebrated sixty-four years of independence. But is our country truly free? Is the maturity of a nation measured by the number of years in existence or by the development in its society? And whose development are we talking about? Ten leading luminaries from the field of politics, literature, media, art and culture, management, defense, and public administration raise these questions and try to answer them through their own specialized domains.

organized around two broad themes—“inclusion of the excluded” and “education for the marginalized” Bridging the Gap offer an exposition to the range of inequalities and challenges in different fields of social engagement, and open up possible ways of addressing these concerns. The contributors discuss inclusiveness and marginalization in the contemporary social contexts, their diverse dimensions, and interlinkages with various sources of social inequalities including caste-, class-, and gender-related factors.

CoNTENTSPreface / Introduction / Aphasia, Amnesia, and Inequalities: Narratives of Marginalization G N Devy / Internal Security in Jammu and Kashmir: Historical Perspective and Emerging Scenario Mukesh Sabharwal / Welfare and Preventive Policing: The Gandhian Way Kiran Bedi / Identity and the Notion of the “other” Nandita Das / Inclusive Education and Sustainable Growth K Sankaranarayanan / Mass Media—But Where Are the Masses? P Sainath / Bringing Them into the Fold: Using the Arts to Bridge the Gap Mallika Sarabhai / Dalit Contribution to Indian Literature U R Ananthamurthy / Nation within Nations: Living Dialogues on Governance and Culture Abraham Lotha / Prosperity Will Spread, but Happiness Will Not until We Fix the Governance Gurcharan Das / Index

2011 • 168 pages • Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-81-321-0752-1)

1A

2A


AGRARIAN CRISIS AND FARMER SUICIDESEdited by R S Deshpande Institute for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore and Saroj Arora Centre for Rural Studies, Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration, Mussoorie

[The book] deals with the issues related to the agrarian crisis and farmer suicides in a most comprehensive way…The book is well rounded as it has chapter on the behavioural and social issues…The Editors put forth a very robust “Introduction” and balance it with “The Way Forward” at the end.

Economic & Political Weekly

CoNTENTSForeword by Padamvir Singh / A Note from the Co-ordinator Ashish Vachhani / Editors’ Introduction R S Deshpande and Saroj Arora / Economic Reforms, Small Farmer Economy and Agrarian Crisis D Narasimha Reddy and Srijit Mishra / Contextualizing the Agrarian Suicides A R Vasavi / Poor Indian Farmers’ Plight and Liberalisation: An overview A K Singhal / Path of Development and Politics in Karnataka Muzaffar Assadi / Globalisation, Agrarian Crisis and Farmers’ Suicides: Illusion and Reality R S Deshpande and Khalil Shah / Globalisation vis-a-vis Agrarian Crisis in India M S SIDHU / Cotton Growers: Experience from Vidarbha Neelima Deshmukh / Economic Reforms and Regional Disparities E Revathi and Shaik Galab / The Drought Prone Anantapur District of Andhra Pradesh G Sreedhar / Distress and Deceased in Andhra Pradesh: An Analysis of Causes of Farmers’ Suicide T Prabhakar Reddy / Indebtedness and Farmers’ Suicides K Gopal Iyer and Saroj Arora / Punjab Peasantry: A Question of Life and Debt Anita Gill / Agrarian Crisis in Punjab and Policy options G S KALKAT / Credit through Participatory Management: The Way for Rural Smile Ravikesh Srivastava / Way out: Short-Term and Long-Term Measures for Sustainable Agriculture Srinivasan Santhanam / Farmers Suicide: Behavioural and Social Dimensions Gyanmudra / Providing a Level Playing Field for the Small Farmer Meeta Rajivlochan and M Rajivlochan / Way Forward R S Deshpande and Saroj Arora / Index

LAND REFORMS IN INDIA, VOLUME 122010 • 464 pages • Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-05121)

SAVAGE HUMANS AND STRAY DOGSA Study in Aggression

Hiranmay Karlekar Consultant Editor, The Pioneer

What puts this book in a class by itself is Karlekar’s discussion of the Vedas, Upanishads, Bhagavad-Gita and Brahma Sutra and other Vedantic / Hindu texts to find out what they have to say about the human / animal divide.... It is hoped that this powerful and important book will be a wake-up call to the people of India, Asia and beyond and that the issues it raises will be widely discussed.

Charles Patterson in Global Asia

Savage Human and Stray Dogs is important as the first piece of documented research into the most blatant violation of India’s animal protection laws in recent history, committed ironically by lawmakers themselves....The book ends with a call to include animals in our moral universe which I Wholeheartedly endorse.

Maneka Gandhi in The Little Magazine

2008 • 292 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-782-9879-5)

THOSE WHO DID NOT DIE Impact of the Agrarian Crisis on Women in Punjab

Ranjana Padhi Independent writer and activist

While the issue of peasant suicides owing to the severity of the agrarian crisis in India has been discussed widely over media and academia, the impact of these suicides on the survivors is largely invisible and has remained unexplored. Those Who Did Not Die brings in this relevant yet unexplored aspect and asserts the impact of the agrarian crisis through the voices of women survivors.

The book takes a dig at the so-called agricultural prosperity of Punjab—regarded as the cradle of the green revolution—and provides empirical data through a socialist-feminist perspective in order to explain the plight of the marginalized peasants. It takes a close look at the issues of women’s labour, the patriarchal compulsions of marriage and dowry, and the rising costs of health care, and thus projects that such heavy chores of duty that women have perform are still not recognized as labour in our society.

Drawing inferences from extensive field work and interviews with the survivors of peasant suicides, this book draws political and humanitarian attention to coping strategies of women, who are marginalized already in this deeply traditional and patriarchal society.

CoNTENTSList of Tables / Foreword by Uma Chakravarthy / Acknowledgements / Introduction / An outline of the Crisis in Punjab / Dynamics of Women’s Labour / Dowry in Dire Times / Ill-Health in An Ailing Economy / Fragmentation of the Family / Taking Decisions, Voicing Expectations / In Lieu of a Conclusion / References / Index / About the Author

2012 • 228 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (tent) (978-81-321-0950-1)

DEBT AND DEATH IN RURAL INDIAThe Punjab Story

The late Aman Sidhu with Inderjit Singh Jaijee

Analysing Punjab’s historical and geographical framework, the book probes the main factors responsible for rural suicides… [It] includes details about quantification process of the suicides and the figures which made the state government and media take the case of farmers’ suicides seriously… The efforts of the writers need to be lauded in highlighting the increasing debt and penury among the farmers. This book has broken the silence surrounding farmers death. Debt and Death in Rural India is an excellent study about the plight of peasants and brings to light the apathetic attitude of the government.

The Tribune

CoNTENTSPreface / Introduction / Punjab’s Land, Rivers and Climate / Cultural Profile of Moonak Subdivision / Dispute over Punjab’s River Waters / History of Southeast Punjab / The Demand for Federalism / Punjab versus the Central Government Steamroller / Quantification of Suicides / A Problem does not Exist if You Don’t Look at It / Rehabilitation and Compensation / Survival Strategies / Afterword / Appendices / Index

2011 • 360 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0653-1)

3A


THE SECOND HOMELANDPolish Refugees in India

Anuradha Bhattacharjee independent scholar with Chronicle of Franek Herzog

The Second Homeland documents the passage through India of Polish refugees coming out of USSR in 1942. They were not the Polish Jews escaping Nazi Germany, but the composite Polish population from eastern Poland who had been deported by the USSR to slave labour camps in the depths of USSR. They dreached India under an officially sponsored scheme. The first batch of 500 children were granted war-duration domicile by Jam Saheb Digvijaysinhji of Nawanagar, a Princely State in British India. They were maintained out of charitable funds raised in India. The arrangement was then modified and expanded to include a large number of Polish civilians and housed in Kolhapur - another Indian Princely State.

CoNTENTSForeword by Anil Wadhwa / Acknowledgements / Introduction / Journey through the Unknown / A Brief Historical Background / Franek’s odyssey / Arrival in India / India Years / Franek and Tadek in Balachadi / Home for the Next Few Years / The Transit Camps and War-duration Domicile / Franek in Valivade / A Polish Village on an Indian Riverbank / Reminiscence and Reflections / Looking Back / Author’s Note / Franek’s Epilogue / Voices from the Past

2012 • 376 pages • Paperback: ` 495.00 (tent) (978-81-321-0707-1)

ETHNIC ACTIVISM AND CIVIL SOCIETY IN SOUTH ASIAEdited by David N Gellner Professor of Social Anthropology at the University of Oxford

These are six well-researched articles on ethnic activism in South Asia. A fairly wide range has been examined…. At a time when South Asia is bubbling over with ethnic aspirations, this is an important collection of contemporary insights into the politics of identity behind activism in South Asia.

Civil Society

GOVERNANCE, CONFLICT AND CIVIC ACTION, VOLUME 2

2009 • 372 pages • Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-81-321-0086-7)

VARIETIES OF ACTIVIST EXPERIENCECivil Society in South Asia

Edited by David N Gellner University of Oxford, UK

Varities of Activist Experience examines in rich detail the lives, struggles, and strategies of South Asian activists seeking to advance various political, social, and environmental causes. Through a series of case studies from Bangladesh, India, Nepal, and Sri Lanka on activists’ efforts, it elucidates how they mediate between different spheres that are often (and sometimes legally) kept apart: the political and the legal, the economic and the political, the local and the international.The uniqueness of this book lies in its treatment of ‘civil society’ as a process brought into being by the actions of specific individuals whose struggles and experiences can profitably be examined for an understanding of everyday politics

CoNTENTSPreface / Introduction: Making Civil Society in South Asia David N Gellner / PoLITICS / The Biography of a Magar Communist Anne De Sales / Creating ‘Civilized’ Communists: A Quarter of a Century of Politicization in Rural Nepal Sara Shneiderman / Youth and Political Engagement in Sri Lanka Siripala Hettige / Can Women be Mobilized to Participate in Indian Local Politics? Stefanie Strulik / Surveying Activists in Nepal David N Gellner and Mrigendra Bahadur Karki / DEVELoPMENT / Disciplined Activists, Unruly Brokers? Exploring the Boundaries between Non-governmental organizations (NGos), Donors, and the State in Bangladesh David Lewis / Activists and Development in Nepal Celayne Heaton Shrestha / From Big Game to Biodiversity: Middle-class Environmental Activists and Wildlife Conservation in Sri Lanka Arjun Guneratne / Civil Society and its Fragments William F Fisher / Glossary and Abbreviations / Name Index / Subject Index

GovernAnce, conflict And civic Action, volume 32010 • 308 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0450-6)

LOCAL DEMOCRACY IN SOUTH ASIAMicroprocesses of Democratization in Nepal and its Neighbours

Edited by David N Gellner University of Oxford and Krishna Hachhethu Tribhuvan University, Nepal

This volume, the first in a new series on governance, conflict, and civic action in South Asia, focuses on the larger countries of South Asia—Pakistan, India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and especially Nepal. The 15 essays in this volume analyze democracy both as a process and as a value. The essays also examine in ethnographic detail the way in which democracy is actually experienced in South Asia, ranging far beyond conventional political structures to look at conflict resolution, rhetorics of foreign aid, ethnic organizations, Maoist practices of local government, Dalit resistance, and so on.

GOVERNANCE, CONFLICT AND CIVIC ACTION, VOLUME 12008 • 472 pages • Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-0-7619-3650-3)

For assistance in ordering!Write today to [email protected]

4A


THEMES IN SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATIONvolume 5

Edited by R Indira

This volume contains 12 chapters which present a mix of both theoretical perspectives and empirical studies in the area of sociology of education. This volume is divided into four sections: section one deals with education as a social system; section two focuses on issues and concerns of the education of minorities and women; section three focuses on the key issues that need to be addressed in formation and implementation of educational policies, and the last section examines certain key issues related to the adoption of vernacular language as medium of instruction, and the critical insights into the role of intellectuals. The essence of this volume is that education is basically a social institution that must be responsive to social change.

SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL MOVEMENTvolume 6

Edited by D R Sahu

The volume is a collection of chapters on both conventional and new social movements of India and the subcontinent published in the Sociological Bulletin from the 1970s to the present. The essays have been divided into four sections. The first section deals with the conceptual and theoretical issues of social movements. The second section articulates the issues of agrarian unrest, mobilisation and movements in India. The third section focuses on movements of dalits, adivasis and minorities of India and the subcontinent. The fourth section relates to empirical accounts of contemporary environmental movements in India.

INDIAN SOCIOLOGY OVER THE YEARS: SELECTED PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES OF AISC (1967–2010)Volume 7

Edited by Jacob John Kattakayam

This volume is a collection of select presidential addresses of All India Sociological Conferences held between 1967 and 2010. It is the sole comprehensive reader on the changing themes in Indian Sociology.

INDIAN SOCIOLOGY: ISSUES AND CHALLENGESVolume 1

Edited by L Thara Bhai

This volume includes 15 chapters and highlights the challenges faced by the present-day sociologists in the context of development and growth of knowledge in other sectors. The selected articles discuss the growth of the sociology discipline over the past 75 years so that one can get a cross-section of the thinking of sociologists towards the growth, issues and challenges faced from time to time.

CHANGING CASTE: IDEOLOGY, IDENTITY AND MOBILITYVolume 2

Edited by Surinder S Jodhka

This volume has a range of select chapters on different dimensions of the caste system in India. These chapters have been divided into three parts. The first part deals broadly with conceptual and theoretical issues. The second part has empirical accounts of different dimensions of caste and the related daily experiences of the changes and continuities, with most of the chapters looking at the patterns of social mobility among individual communities and sections of population. The third part focuses on different dimensions of the political sociology of caste and identity politics.

AGRARIAN CHANGE AND MOBILISATIONvolume 3

Edited by B B Mohanty

The chapters in this volume compose a panoramic view of the kinds of changes that have been taking place in agrarian structures and their underlying effects on the other aspects of rural life. They discuss the themes of changes, continuities and challenges in the theoretical perspectives and methodological approaches in critical agrarian change.

ON THE MARGINS: TRIBES, CASTES, AND OTHER SOCIAL CATEGORIESvolume 4

Edited by Abhijit Dasgupta

The 11 essays in this volume explore different aspects of marginalization among the scheduled castes, the scheduled tribes, the backward classes, women, workers, refugees, minorities, physically challenged persons and so on. They show how from the margins of Indian society they mobilized themselves to take an active part in social protests and raised a voice against discrimination in different spheres of social life.

STUDIES IN INDIAN SOCIOLOGY Seven Volume Set

Series edited by Jacob John Kattakayam Indian Sociological Society, New Delhi

Studies in Indian Sociology is an invaluable collection of scholarly works. The seven volumes in this series bring together the perspectives and research of some of the best-known academics and practitioners from the discipline of Sociology. Some of the articles that appear in this series are several decades old and hence have fallen out of our immediate reach increasing their value immeasurably. The publication of this series is also an attempt to commemorate the contributions and contributors of ISS to both the discipline of Sociology and society.

2012 • 2556 pages • Hardback: ` 6,000.00 (978-81-321-0711-8)

5A


HUMAN BONDAGETracing its Roots in India

Lakshmidhar Mishra National Human Rights Commission, India

Human Bondage is an in-depth study of bonded labour with special focus on how the system exists in India. The book provides us with a detailed analysis of the historical, social and cultural context in which bondage has developed. The author discusses the socio-economic characteristics that accompany bondage: caste, illiteracy, landlessness and land tenure issues, alienation of land, lack of skills, poor employment and wage conditions, indebtedness, migration, and globalization.

Extreme forms of bondage, including child labour, trafficking in women and children, and social forms like devadasis and yoginis have also been covered. The book explores important factors like the legal framework, policy interventions, solutions and the role of the various stakeholders—media, government, trade unions and NGos—in tackling this issue.

CoNTENTSForeword by Justice Shri M N Venkatachaliah / AN oVERVIEW / Introduction / Historical / Perspective / Concept and Definition / Unemployment, Underemployment, and Income / Insecurity / Poverty, Population Explosion, Hunger, and Malnutrition / Minimum Wage / Migration / Caste Hierarchy / ISSUES / Land Tenurial System / Tribal Land Alienation / Illiteracy / Child Labor and Trafficking / Devadasis and Yoginis / Credit and Indebtedness / Globalization, State, and Market / PoLICY INITIATIVES / Constitutional and Legal Provisions / National Policy and / Implementation of the Program at the State Level / International Instruments and Initiatives / Public Interest Litigation and Judicial Activism / Role of Voluntary organizations / Role of Trade Unions of Workers and Employer’s organizations / Role of Media and Communication Agencies / In Retrospect and Prospect / Bibliography / Index

2011 • 512 pages • Hardback: ` 1500.00 (978-81-321-0560-2)

TOWARDS A NEW POVERTY AGENDA IN ASIASocial Policies and Economic Transformation

Arjan De Haan Institute of Social Studies, The Hague, Netherlands

A noteworthy publication and a timely need …. This book is rich in data and comprehensive analysis, and should be of interest to academics, policy-makers, researchers, students and anyone interested in social policies and economic transformation in Asia. While providing deep analyses of the subject areas, the book also provides a good basis for those who are new to the subject, giving them the required background information on the role of social policy in enhancing well-being and social inclusion, and in shaping the conditions for market forces and economic growth in this modernizing and globalizing world.This is an excellent publication which should be read by all interested in the subject.

South Asia Economic Journal

CoNTENTSPreface / Introduction / SoCIAL PoLICY IN AN AGE oF GLoBALIZATIoN / Why Social Policy Matters / Globalization: All Boats Rising or Growing Divides? / Demise of the State? / International Development and Social Policy / SoCIAL PoLICY REGIMES / Latin America: From Corporatism to Liberalism / The Short Era of the Developmental State in Africa / East Asia: Social Policy’s Role in Economic Success / South Asian Welfarism / CoNCLUSIoN / A Normative Framework for Social Policy / Annexure: Selected Data on Well-being and Government Spending / References / Index

2010 • 284 pages • Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0504-6)

SOCIOLOGICAL TRADITIONSMethods and Perspectives in the Sociology of India

T N Madan Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi University, New Delhi

This marvellous book records T.N. Madan’s journey through the sociology of Indian sociology. over the years, he has redrawn the contemporary landscape of the discipline. It is only appropriate that he now looks back at it with a mix of intimacy and professional detachment. And he does so with unfailing sensitivity to the ways in which cultures of knowledge and individual lifecycles interact.

Ashis Nandy Emeritus Senior Fellow Centre for the Study of Developing Societies Delhi, India

CoNTENTSPreface / CULTURAL TRADITIoNS, SoCIoLoGICAL PERSPECTIVES / Indian Secularism in a Post-secular Age / Hinduism: The Book View and the Field View / Islam: The Universal and the Particular / Sikhism: The Sacred and the Secular / Gandhi and Weber: The Work Ethic, Capitalism, and Conscience / SoCIoLoGICAL TRADITIoNS: EXEMPLARS, INTERPRETERS / Towards a Historical Sociology / Empiricism and Imagination / Louis Dumont: The Man and His Work / Contributions to Indian Sociology: Towards Methodological Pluralism / Epilogue: Engagements and Passages—An Exercise in Reflexivity / References / Index

2011 • 328 pages • Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0575-6)

SECOND EDITION!

MARX, DURKHEIM, WEBERFormations of Modern Social Thought

Ken Morrison Wilfrid Laurier University

Thoroughly revised and expanded, this bestselling student text provides an authoritative, accessible guide to the three pivotal figures in the classical tradition.Readable and stimulating, and including a glossary of concepts containing over 150 entries, the book explains the key ideas of these thinkers and situates them in their historical and philosophical contexts.

SAGE SOUTH ASIA2008 • 480 pages • Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-81-782-9919-8)

originally priced at £ 75.00 (Hardbck) and £ 24.99 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!

SOCIOLOGICAL THEORYBert N Adams University of Wisconsin, Madison and R A Sydie University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada

This is an eminently lucid, readable, and comprehensive survey of sociological theory, past and present. Adams and Sydie provide thoughtful summaries and assessments of the work of dozens of social thinkers, from the early nineteenth century to our own times. By significantly broadening the canon and devoting special attention to class, gender, and race, they bring theory up to date even as they take seriously the rich legacy of the past.

Mustafa Emirbayer

SAGE VISTAAR2002 • 668 pages • Paperback: ` 595.00 (978-81-782-9219-9)

originally priced at $ 114.00 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!

6A


THE OTHER INDIARealities of an Emerging Power

Edited by Rajesh Chakrabarti Indian School of Business, Hyderabad

The Other India focuses on an India far removed from a country of glass and steel high-rises and air-conditioned schools; glistening malls and multiplexes; and fashion shows, Bollywood and T20 cricket. It explores issues like poverty and social justice; the role of religion in society—from inspiring struggles for social justice to instigating terrorism—the dangers of mindless destruction of nature, violation of human rights and the role of social action.

CoNTENTSForeword by The Dalai Lama / Preface / Introduction Rajesh Chakrabarti / I: INDIA—SEVEN PoRTRAITS / India—21st Century Disconnects Tapan Mitra / one Hundred Years of Violence Claude Alvares / Secularism in India—A Minority Perspective ASGHAR ALI ENGINEER / The Struggle of an Artist JATIN DAS / An Aesthetic of Erasures Sadanand Menon / Shaping India’s Agricultural Destiny M S Swaminathan / Inclusive Sustainable Development M G K Menon / I: FAITH THAT HEALS—RELIGIoN AND SoCIAL JUSTICE / Religion and Social Justice REVEREND VALSoN THAMPU / Religion in the Quest for Global Justice and Peace Sulak Sivaraksa / III: THE VIoLENCE oF RELIGIoUS IDENTITIES / Terrorism—Causes and Remedies Sri Sri Ravi Shankar / From the Age of Anxiety to the Age of Fear Ashis Nandy / Define Terrorism, and You Could Be Targeting Your own Leaders Jawed Naqvi / Justice for Peace—Challenges from Gujarat Father Cedric Prakash / V: NATURE—SUSTAINING THE SUSTAINER / Earth Democracy, Living Democracy Vandana Shiva / Unfair Lands Deals, Unjust Water Grab Medha Patkar / V: ACTIoNS AND REACToRS IN WAR AND PEACE / Peace—Imperative for South Asia Admiral L Ramdas / Nuclear Energy—Hardly an Unmixed Blessing Sandeep Pandey / VI: JUSTICE / Caste—A Persistent Mind Disease Udit Raj / The Buddha and the Caste System Acharya Satya Narayan Goenka / The Human Price of Flawed Development Surendra Mohan / Unorganized Sector Labour—A Reality Check Arjun Sengupta / The Extent of Bonded Labour in India Debabrata Bandyopadhyay / on Human Rights Justice P N Bhagwati / The Civil Service and the Right to Dissent HARSH MANDER / Appointing the Judges Justice V R Krishna Iyer / VII: CoLLECTIVE SUCCESS / Food from the Courts: The Indian Experience Harsh Mander / Water Harvesting in Arid Rajasthan and Himalayas—A Story of Community Action Rajendra Singh / Empowering Women—The SEWA Experience Ela R Bhatt

This book is a part of SAGE Value Pack—ETHICS & RESPONSIBILITY The books in this set includes—The Other India by Rajesh ChakrabartiRestoring Values by E SreedharanSocial Responsibility and Environmental Sustainability in Business by Preeta M BanerjeeStrategic Corporate Social Responsibility(2E) by William B Werther (sales rights restricted to South Asia only!)

2011 • 1200 pages • Paperback: ` 1,495.00 (978-81-321-0869-6)

EMERGENCE OF THE POLITICAL SUBJECTRanabir Samaddar Director, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata

Emergence of the Political Subject discusses substantial philosophical interventions to demonstrate why we need less of western political theories and philosophies to understand colonial and post-colonial political life. Instead, we need appreciation of political actions and a different way of analysing them. As against power, it is resistance; against domination, it is desire; against rule, it is friendship; against sovereign authority, it is bare body; against the ‘culture of self’ it is subject-hood—one can find in the story of the emergence of the political subject the overturning of the established world of knowledge. The work contains some fascinating accounts of the dialogic practices which it weaves into a critical theory of politics.

2010 • 352 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0290-8)

THE POLITICS OF POVERTY Planning india’s development: A Selection from the Writings of D K Rangnekar

Late D K Rangnekar Economist, Author and Futurologist

The Politics of Poverty brings together a discerning selection of his writings that are organized across four themes: social and political dimensions of development; international context to India’s experiment; planning and budgets; and industrial and economic policy. The writings begin in the early 1960s and end in 1984—at the cusp of radical transformation of India’s economic policies and political fabric—thus providing an important handbook of the times. The collection includes reflections on PL480 and the accompanying devaluation; the 1970s call for a New International Economic order and the problems of development in an unequal world; and G77 solidarity and the Uruguay Round of negotiations of GATT.

CoNTENTSForeword by T N Ninan / Preface and Acknowledgements Dwijen Rangnekar / Introduction and overview: Humanist Economics as Public Reason Pratap Bhanu Mehta / I: THE PoLITICS oF PoVERTY—THE SoCIAL CRISIS oF DEVELoPMENT IN INDIA / Crisis Today: The Dimming of Hope / Politics of Poverty—I: The Deepening Social Crisis / Politics of Poverty—II: A Quiet Burial of Ideology / The Ritual of Remembering Gandhi / Farmers’ Stir—I: Writing on the Nasik Wall / Farmers’ Stir—II: Changes in Inter-sectoral Price Parity / Will the Rains Fill our Bowls? / II: DEPENDENCIES’ INDEPENDENCE—THE INTERNATIoNAL CoNTEXT To INDIA’S EXPERIMENT / Economic Co-operation / North–South Divide: An Economic Analysis / Today’s Controversies—I: Delhi’s Attitude to Aid / Today’s Controversies—II: Fertilizer and Foreign Capital / Trade Prospects / III: RoPE TRICKS—PLANNING INDIA’S DEVELoPMENT / The Annual Indian Rope Trick / Nehruism and the Second Phase / Second Thoughts on Indian Planning / To earn or Not to Spend—The Taxing Question / IV: INDUSTRIALISING INDIA—FoLLIES AND PoLICIES / India: The Emerging Industrial Power / Crisis Today—I: Failure to Stem Structural Deterioration / Crisis Today—II: Anti-inflation Follies / Crisis Today—III: IMF Borrowals—Perils of Economic Chaos / Industrial Policy / Conclusion and Afterword Sanjaya Baru / Index / About the Author

2012 • 284 pages • Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0902-0)

SUSTAINABILITY OF RIGHTS AFTER GLOBALISATIONEdited by Sabyasachi Basu Ray Chaudhury Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata, India and Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group and Ishita Dey Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group

Sustainability of Rights after Globalisation is the result of the Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR)-supported research programme, ‘Globalisation and Sustainability of Rights’. The thrust of this volume is on various concerns of globalisation and its interface with rights.

CoNTENTSIntroduction Ishita Dey / ENVIRoNMENTAL JUSTICE AND RIGHTS / How Equal Is Common? Common Property Resources and Local Institutions Suha Priyadarshini Chakravorty / Forest Rights Act and Polemics of Correcting Historical Injustices Madhuresh Kumar / LAW AND INFoRMATIoN IN A GLoBALISING WoRLD / Globalisation and Justice: Fait Accompli or Choice ASHoK AGRWAAL / Right to Information as a Means of Mass Persuasion Sabyasachi Basu Ray Chaudhury / Globalisation and Right to Information Sibaji Pratim Basu / GLoBALISATIoN AND LABoURING LIVES / Labour out-flow and Labour Rights Swati Ghosh / Negotiating Rights: The Case of a Special Economic Zone Ishita Dey / Globalisation, Rights and Economics: Jean Dreze in Conversation with Ranabir Samaddar / Postscript Rights after Globalisation Ranabir Samaddar / Bibliography / Index

2011 • 308 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0640-1)

7A


LOST YEARS OF THE RSSSanjeev Kelkar Ex-Medical Director, Novo Nordisk Education Foundation

Whatever the future, given the RSS’ multi-layered history, this was a story waiting to be told. Mr Kelkar’s intention may be to analyse the history of the RSS as a believer as well as an opponent. But objectivism is easier said than achieved. In Mr Kelkar’s case, the opponent’s viewpoint resembles that of a mother, bitterly disappointed in her child but unrelenting in her support and affection nonetheless. So expect a historical account of a “misunderstood” organization and a loyalist’s take on the way forward.

Business Standard

CoNTENTSForeword by KUMAR KETKAR / Introduction / original Design of the RSS: An Analysis / Political Ethnography of the RSS / Dominant Tendencies of the Golwalkar Era / Withdrawal, Return and Ascent of Deoras / The Emergency and Post-Emergency / The BJP, the Parivar and Deoras: 1980–85 / Catapulting the Hindu to the Centre Stage / Road to Political Power and Its Aftermath / The Unipolar World and the RSS’ Response / The Future, If Any / The New Hindutva (Violent) Forces / Epilogue: The Problem of Ideologies / Postscript: Ayodhya Judgement and Bihar Assembly Elections / Appendix 1: The ‘Dashera’ of Dalits and the Dashera of RSS / Appendix 2: The RSS Constitution / Glossary / References / Index

2011 • 392 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0590-9)

RSS, SCHOOL TEXTS AND THE MURDER OF MAHATMA GANDHIThe Hindu Communal Project

Aditya Mukherjee, Mridula Mukherjee and Sucheta Mahajan all at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

RSS, School Texts and the Murder of Mahatma Gandhi undertakes the novel experiment of juxtaposing three apparently quite different issues, the nature of the RSS school textbooks, the murder of the Mahatma and the basic ideology of Savarkar and Golwalkar. While deeply delving into all three aspects, it brings out the deep connection between them.

The book, which brings out the basic ideological underpinnings of the Hindu Communal Project, is divided into three parts. Part I discusses how this ideology is propagated among young impressionable minds through school textbooks. Part II studies the role of the Sangh combine in the murder of Mahatma Gandhi and Part III analyses the basic elements of the Hindu communal ideology, as propounded by some of its founders like Savarkar and Golwalkar.

2008 • 120 pages • Paperback: ` 250.00 (978-81-782-9854-2)

SPATIALISING POLITICSCulture and Geography in Postcolonial Sri Lanka

Edited by Cathrine Brun Norwegian University of Science and Technology and Tariq Jazeel University of Sheffield

Spatialising Politics examine the role of ‘spatialities‘ often occluded within the debates on Sri Lankan politics—amongst them, cities and built-space, diasporic productions and imaginations, commodity cultures and their concordant networks, knowledge spaces and ‘foreign’ interventions, landscape and sacred spaces. Situated at the intersection of human geography and postcolonial studies, the book signals the ways that postcolonialism and geography are intimately linked, their intersections evoking the social, spatial and political effects of enduring colonial representations and materialities.

2009 • 260 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-782-9929-7)

SOCIO-POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC CHALLENGES IN SOUTH ASIAEdited by Tan Tai Yong Director, Institute of South Asian Studies, Singapore and Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, National University of Singapore

This book presents very pertinent views of intellectuals, political analysts and economists and must be read to get an understanding of why South Asia needs to reduce poverty among the general population, build good governance and efficient implementation of policies and finally continually upgrade its infrastructure to achieve economic growth.

Organiser

2009 • 192 pages • Hardback: ` 625.00 (978-81-782-9949-5)

DECENTRALISATION, CORRUPTION AND SOCIAL CAPITALFrom India to the West

Sten Widmalm Uppsala University, Sweden

This book provides fresh perspectives and insights on what may be the world’s largest ongoing decentralisation reforms—the Panchayat Raj reforms in India—and presents unique empirical material from Madhya Pradesh and Kerala. Comparative perspectives and references to historical cases from around the world are used to show how decentralisation can be connected to social capital and corruption. In particular, this book shows how certain forms of social capital, previously thought to be a hindrance to development, can work in favour of democracy.

Widmalm argues that there exists a strong and direct connection between degrees of corruption in village performance and the level of trust in society, even though only an ambiguous link can be said to exist between decentralisation and corruption. However, the kind of trust most strongly related to performance is not the kind we would expect from a reading of development literature or from the policies of certain aid agencies.

2008 • 232 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-0-7619-3664-0)

8A

Sociology of Religion

BEING MUSLIM AND WORKING FOR PEACEAmbivalence and Ambiguity in Gujarat

Raphael Susewind University of Oxford

Being Muslim and Working for Peace explores various ways in which religious beliefs, ritual practices and dynamics of belonging impact the politics of Muslim peace activists in Gujarat, and how their activism in turn transforms their sense of being. It challenges popular notions about Muslims in India and questions ill-conceived research designs in the sociology of religion.

More than a decade after the 2002 riots in Gujarat, this empirical typology sheds light on diversity of Muslim civil society and Muslims in civil society. Muslim peace activists in post-conflict Gujarat experience the ‘ambivalence of the sacred’ as a personal dynamic; as faith-based actors, secular technocrats, emancipating women and doubting professionals, they struggle for a better future in diverse and sometimes surprising ways. By taking their diversity seriously, this book sharpens the distinction between ambivalence and ambiguity, and provides fresh perspectives on religion and politics in India today.

CoNTENTSAcknowledgements / Religion in Conflict / Why Individuals Matter / Faith-based Actors / Secular Technocrats / Emancipating Women / Doubting Professionals / Ambivalence and Ambiguity / Epilogue: An Activist’s Comments / References / Index / About the author

2013 • 168 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-1042-2)

VALUES AND INFLUENCE OF RELIGION IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATIONL Shanthakumari Sunder Formerly Additional Chief Secretary and Development Commissioner, Karnataka

Values and Influence of Religion in Public Administration is a study of the influence of religion on the values and ethics of the ‘steel frame of India’—the Indian Civil Service (ICS) and its successor, the Indian Administrative Service (IAS). Examining pertinent subjects like the historical origins of IAS, colonial ethics, codes of conduct and Hindu ethics, the book presents a socio-religious analysis of corruption in India.

The book deals primarily with the issue of administrative corruption in the IAS, the premier civil service of India, and also in the Indian society, of which the IAS is an integral component. It is the result of a thorough survey and in-depth interviews of serving IAS officers of the Karnataka cadre.

CoNTENTSIntroduction / Historical origins of the IAS: Historical Review of the origin and Evolution of ICS under British Rule / Colonial Ethics: The Influence of Christian and Secular Moral Thought on Social Change in Britain and the ICS / The Code of Conduct for the IAS: Conduct Rules, Constitutional Provisions, Recuitment, and Training / Survey to Assess the Values of the IAS: Elucidation of opinions / Hindu Ethics: Influence on the Values of the Society and the IAS / The Remedy / Appendix / Bibliography / Index

2010 • 332 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0571-8)

PUBLIC HINDUISMS Edited by John Zavos University of Manchester, UK, Pralay Kanungo School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India, Deepa S Reddy University of Houston—Clear Lake, USA and Director, India Outreach Programs, University of Houston System, Maya Warrier University of Wales, Trinity Saint David, Lampeter, UK and Raymond Brady Williams Wabash College, USA

Public Hinduisms critically analyses the way in which Hinduism is produced and represented as an established feature of modern public landscapes. It examines the mediation, representation and construction of multiple forms of Hinduism in a variety of social and political contexts, and in the process establishes it as a dynamic and developing modern concept.

The essays in this volume are divided into themes that address different aspects of the processes that form modern Hinduism. The book includes discussions on topics such as ecumenical initiatives, the contemporary interpretation of particular sampradaya and guru traditions, modes of community mobilisation and the mediation strategies of different groups. It also provides India and diaspora-focused case studies as well as ‘Snapshot’ views elaborating on different themes.

Taking a critical approach to the idea of Hinduism and the way it becomes public, the book provides an interesting read on contemporary Hinduism.

CoNTENTSList of Plates / Preface / I: RESEARCHING PUBLIC HINDUISMS John Zavos /Public Hinduisms: An Introduction John Zavos / Will the Real Mango Please Stand Up? Reflections on Defending Dharma and Historicising Hinduism Shana Sippy / Engaging the ‘Practitioner’: Boundary Politics in the Academic Study of Hinduism Maya Warrier / Snapshot: Scholars and Practitioners, A Personal Reflection Raymond Brady Williams / II: ECUMENICAL CoNSTRUCTIoNS Raymond Brady Williams / Ecumenical Constructions: An Introduction Raymond Brady Williams / Hindu organisation and the Negotiation of Public Space in Contemporary Britain John Zavos / What Is American about American Hinduism? Hindu Umbrella organisations in the United States in Comparative Perspective Prema Kurien / Snapshot: Devotional Fandom: The Madhuri Dixit Temple of Pappu Sardar Shalini Kakar / Fusing the Ideals of the Math with the Ideology of the Sangh? Vivekananda Kendra, Ecumenical Hinduism and Hindu Nationalism Pralay Kanungo / Sathya Sai Baba: At Home Abroad in Midwestern America Chad Baumann / Snapshot: ‘Practising Hindus’, Hindutva and Multiculturalism Balmurli Natrajan / III: TRADITIoNS AND TRANSFoRMATIoNS Maya Warrier / Traditions and Transformations: An Introduction Maya Warrier / Representations of Swaminarayan Hinduism Raymond Brady Williams / Praying for Peace and Amity: The Shri Shirdi Sai Heritage Foundation Trust Karline McLain / Who Are the Ma–dhvas? A Controversy over the Public Representation of the Ma–dhva Samprada–ya Kiyokazu Okita / Snapshot: The California Textbook Controversy Deepa S Reddy / The Power of Boundaries: Transnational Links among Krishna Pranamis of India and Nepal Gérard Toffin / Snapshot: Rethinking Social Movements/Rethinking Hindu Nationalism Amrita Basu / IV: Community Mobilisation Pralay Kanungo / Community Mobilisation: An Introduction Pralay Kanungo / Hindutva’s Hinduism Tanika Sarkar / From Jauhar to Jijabai: Samiti and Sena Women in Mumbai, and the Reconfiguring of ‘History’ Namrata Ganneri and Atreyee Sen / Snapshot: Work-in-Progress: The BAPS Swaminarayan Sanstha on the Web Hanna Kim / Hindu Trans-nationalisms: organizations, Ideologies, Networks Deepa S Reddy / American Hindu Activism and the Politics of Anxiety Arun Chaudhuri / ‘Does This offend You?’ Hindu Visuality in the United States Ritu Khanduri / V: Mediating Hinduisms Deepa S Reddy / Mediating Hinduisms: An Introduction Deepa S Reddy / Modern Guru and old Sampradaya: How a Nath Yogi Anniversary Festival Became a Performance on Hinduism Veronique Bouillier / Snapshot: The Sangh Parivar and Bhutanese Refugees: Constructing a Hindu Diaspora in the United States Sanjeev Kumar / Media Savvy or Media Averse? The Ramakrishna Math and Mission’s Use of the Media in Representing Itself and a Religion Called ‘Hinduism’ Gwilym Beckerlegge / The BAPS Swaminarayan Temple organisation and its Publics Hanna Kim / The Perfect World of BAPS: Media and Urban Dramaturgies in a Globalised Context Christiane Brosius / Krishna Consciousness, Hinduism and Religious Education in Britain Maya Warrier / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

2012 • 512 pages • Hardback: ` 950.00 (978-81-321-0740-8)

9A

Sociology of Religion

FASCINATING HINDUTVASaffron Politics and Dalit Mobilisation

Badri Narayan Govind Ballabh Pant Social Science Institute, Allahabad

Fascinating Hindutva is a deconstruction of the fascinating tactics used by the Hindutva forces to politically mobilise Dalits. Based on original empirical data from extensive field work in UP and Bihar, the book documents how the Hindutva forces are adept at digging out the myths, memories and legends of Dalit castes that are popular at the local level and reinterpreting them in a Hinduised way.

2009 • 216 pages • Paperback: ` 325.00 (978-81-782-9906-8)

POST-HINDU INDIAA Discourse on Dalit–Bahujan, Socio-Spiritual and Scientific Revolution

Kancha Ilaiah Osmania University, Hyderabad

The book is a reflective account of [the author’s] journey through castes and communities and highlights everyday clashes of caste cultures and conflict between “the productive ethic of Dalit-Bahujan castes and the anti-productive and anti-scientific ethic of Hindu Brahminism”…The contents page would catch the fancy of any reader with its catchy phrases like ‘intellectual goondas” “spiritual fascists” used for Brahmins and “subaltern scientists”, “meat and milk economists” for the Dalit-Bahujans…. The value of Kancha Iliah’s book lies…in the richness of its observations not only on the castes of India, but also on the many people and events in the world.

Tehelka

2009 • 340 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-782-9902-0)

STRONG RELIGION, ZEALOUS MEDIAChristian Fundamentalism and Communication in India

Pradip Ninan Thomas University of Queensland

Religious fundamentalism is a key issue in today’s world politics. …Well written, solidly documented, and supported by Bourdieu’s theoretical insights, this book is highly recommended reading for all those interested in one of our great contemporary challenges.

Cees J Hamelink

2008 • 220 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-782-9834-4)

THE SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGIONGrace Davie University of Exeter

Grace Davie is one of the best analysts of religion in contemporary sociology. This book caps a distinguished record of studies of religion-first of Britain, then of Europe, then globally. This is a magisterial work, which should be read by anyone interested in the place of religion in the modern world.

Peter L Berger


originally priced at £ 79.00 (Harback) and £ 25.99 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!

BUDDHISM IN INDIAChallenging Brahmanism and Caste

Gail Omvedt Kasegaon, Maharashtra

Buddhism in India constitutes a unique exploration of 2,500 years of the development of Buddhism, Brahmanism and caste in India, taking Dr Ambedkar’s interpretation of Buddhism as its starting point. Providing an entirely new interpretation of the origins and development of the caste system, which boldly challenges the ‘Hindutva’ version of history, this book will attract a wide readership among all those who are concerned with the state of contemporary India’s polity and social fabric.

2003 • 324 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-9665-1)

REVISED EDITION!

WORDS OF MY PERFECT TEACHERA Complete Translation of a Classic Introduction to Tibetan Buddhism

Patrul Rinpoche

Words of My Perfect Teacher is the classical commentary on the preliminary practices of the Longchen Nyingtin—one of the best-known cycles of teachings and a spiritual treasure of the Nyingmapa school—the oldest Tibetan Buddhist tradition. A favourite of Tibetans and recommended by the Dalai Lama and other senior Buddhist teachers, this practical guide to inner transformation introduces the fundamental spiritual practices common to all Tibetan Buddhist tradition.

SAGE VISTAAR SACRED LITERATURE SERIES1999 • 500 pages • Paperback: ` 575.00 (978-81-703-6812-0)

originally published by Altamira Press and priced at $ 49.00 (Hardback) and

$ 24.95 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!

10A

Dalit Sociology

DALITS IN INDIASearch for a Common Destiny

Sukhadeo Thorat University Grants Commission, New Delhi

The volume is another significant contribution by Sukhadeo Thorat….This book is best addressed to those who drag their feet on the dalit causes, often using the supposed paucity of data as an excuse… The economic and social status of dalits is presented in a focused manner with information from various ministries and organizations of the government of India.

The Book Review

2009 • 344 pages • Hardback: ` 995.00 (978-0-7619-3573-5)

UNTOUCHABILITY IN RURAL INDIAGhanshyam Shah Formerly at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi Harsh Mander Centre for Equity Studies, Delhi, Sukhadeo Thorat University Grants Commission, Delhi, Satish Deshpande Department of Sociology, Delhi University and Amita Baviskar Associate Professor, Institute for Economic Growth, Delhi

Untouchability in Rural India is a book that bares open the truth in a focused and systematic documentation of a prevalence that only goes to prove that our hopes and confident claims were slightly misplaced....Field data is supplemented by information about the forms of discrimination which Dalits face in everyday life.

The Statesman

2006 • 220 pages • Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-0-7619-3507-0)

SECOND EDITION!

SOCIAL MOVEMENTS IN INDIAA Review of Literature

Ghanshyam Shah Formerly at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

Social movements primarily take the form of non-institutionalised collective political action which strive for political and/or social change. While India has witnessed many such movements over the centuries, it is only recently that scholars have begun to study them in depth. This thoroughly revised and updated version critically examines and reviews the literature concerning social movements in India from 1857 to the present.

2004 • 280 pages • Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-0-7619-9834-1)

SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND THE STATEEdited by Ghanshyam Shah Formerly at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

The editor, with long research experience on social movements, weaves together multifaceted themes involving a wide array of social groups….The book is fairly comprehensive and representative of a broad spectrum of thinking on social movements, both temporal and spatial.

The Statesman

reAdinGS in indiAn Government And PoliticS, volume 4 2002 • 472 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-9514-2)

NANDANAR’S CHILDRENthe Paraiyans’ tryst with destiny, tamil nadu 1850–1956

Raj Sekhar Basu University of Calcutta, Kolkata

This 400-page book, based on intensive research and fieldwork in Tamil Nadu, has used lot of archives materials and government reports and documents to substantiate its argument… This book will be a useful guide not only to social scientists and researchers but also to laymen who are interested in understanding Dalit movements.

The Sunday India

The narrative of this book is built around the historical experiences of the Paraiyans of Tamil Nadu. The author traces the transformation of the Paraiyans from an ‘untouchable’ and socially despised community to one that came to acquire prominence in the political scene of Tamil Nadu, especially in early twentieth century. Using this framework, the book studies a number of issues: subaltern history, colonial ethnography, agrarian systems, agrarian bondage, land legislations, and the interventions by missionaries and social and political organizations.

CoNTENTSSeries Editors’ Preface / Preface / Introduction / Elusive Freedom: The Paraiyans and Agrarian Servitude in Nineteenth Century Tamil Nadu / The Missionary Involvement with the ‘Pariah’ Issue in South India / Search for Fresh Pastures: overseas and Internal Migration Patterns of the Tamil / Paraiyans in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries / The Paraiyans: From Socio-economic Upliftment to Entry into Politics / The Making of ‘Adi Dravida’ Politics in Tamil Nadu / Political Groupism and Fractured ‘Adi Dravida’ Politics in Tamil Nadu / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index

StudieS in modern indiAn HiStory, volume 142011 • 492 pages • Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0514-5)

MARGINS OF FAITHDalit and Tribal Christianity in India

Edited by Rowena Robinson Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi and Joseph Marianus Kujur Georgetown University, Washington DC

The book begins with the detailed and insightful introduction by Rowena Robinson and Joseph Marianus Kujur. In a very useful way, it puts the individual contributions in a proper perspective. It successfully points out to the generalities running through the articles …. this research study is a useful contribution to the field of social science writings… It is a much-needed significant response to the struggles and challenges presently facing the tribal and Dalit Christians in the country.

E-Social Sciences

CoNTENTSIntroduction Rowena Robinson and Joseph Marianus Kujur / Tribal Church in the Margins: oraons of Central India Joseph Marianus Kujur / Dalit Encounter with Christianity: Change and Continuity S M Michael / Margins of Faith: Dalits and Tribal Christians in Eastern India Jose Kalapura / Varieties of Dalit Christianity in North India John C B Webster / Christian Piety and the Emergence of Hindu Nationalism in Central India Peggy Froerer / Legally Hindu: Dalit Lutheran Christians of Coastal Andhra Pradesh Ashok Kumar M and Rowena Robinson / Contradiction and Change in the Mizo Church Lakshmi Bhatia / The Broken Mirror: John Masih’s Journey from Isai to Dalit Mathew N Schmalz / Christianization, Hinduization and Indigenous Revivalism among the Tribals of Gujarat Lancy Lobo / The Catholic Church and Dalit Christian Activism in Contemporary Tamil Nadu David Mosse / Identity, Conversion and Violence: Dalits, Adivasis, and the 2007-08 Riots in orissa Chad M Bauman / Index

2010 • 320 pages • Hardback: ` 725.00 (978-81-321-0467-4)

11A

Dalit Sociology | Sociology of Gender

WOMEN WRITING VIOLENCEThe Novel and Radical Feminist Imaginaries

Shreerekha Subramanian University of Houston-Clear Lake

Women Writing Violence focuses on select contemporary novels in which women characters resist violence and redefine notions of community by imagining bonds with the exiled, and the disempowered. The primary focus of this book is violence and the novel, focusing on the tradition of the women’s novels of the late twentieth century - feminist novels of the global south in particular – which showed how the literary imaginary somehow escaped the confines of patriarchal surveillance. It concentrates mainly on women writers and their novels through the lens of community.

CoNTENTSAcknowledgment / Introduction: Questions of Community in the Contemporary Literary Context / Specters of Public Massacre: Violence and the Collective in Toni Morrison’s Paradise / Imagining Community in Edwidge Danticat’s The Farming of Bones / Partition and the Women’s Body in Bapsi Sidhwa’s Cracking India / Beyond Cloisters of Domesticity: Tahmina Durrani’s Kufr, Mridula Garg’s Kathgulab, and Mahasweta Devi’s Hazaar Chaurasi Ki Maa / The Cracking of India in Amrita Pritam’s Pinjar and Mohandas Naimishrai’s Aaj Bazaar Band Hai / Conclusion: Notes from the Trenches of Patriarchy / Bibliography / Index / About the Author


IN CONFLICT AND CUSTODYTherapeutic Counselling for Women

Rani Dhavan Shankardass Secretary General, Penal Reform and Justice Association, India and Honorary President, Penal Reform International, London, UK

In Conflict and Custody recommends fine-tuned agenda-free professional counselling as the most constructive method of addressing the mental health issues of women in two problematic contexts in the Indian society—conflict and custody. The book imparts theoretical and practical guidance for trainers and would-be counsellors to equip them for therapeutic counselling of women faced with a range of personal, social, and legal problems. It demonstrates how professionally conducted therapeutic intervention can be the most empathetic way of enabling and empowering distressed women to take charge of their lives.

CoNTENTSPreface / Introductory Insights / Theoretical and Experiential Fundamentals Relating to Women and Mental Health / Definitions, Aims and Approaches / Structuring and Getting Started / Conflict Resolution and Mediation / Women in Prisons / Selecting and Training Counsellors / Conclusion / Annexures / References / Index

2012 • 324 pages • Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-321-0889-4)

CASTE-BASED RESERVATIONS AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN INDIAK S Chalam Union Public Service Commission, New Delhi

Caste-based Reservations and Human Development in India comprehensively analyses the impact of such reservations on the target groups, as well as on major human development indices, taking into consideration time series data. An alternative strategy of applying the democratic principle of caste-based reservation is also discussed.

2007 • 208 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-0-7619-3581-0)

SECOND EDITION!

DALITS IN MODERN INDIAVision and Values

S M Michael University of Mumbai, Mumbai

Dalits in Modern India has much to recommend [it]. There are several combative and exceptionally insightful papers in this volume.... The editor offers a long introduction familiarising the lay reader [with the long-drawn-out] and complex debate on caste and untouchability.

Economic and Political Weekly

2007 • 368 pages • Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-0-7619-3571-1)

WOMEN HEROES AND DALIT ASSERTION IN NORTH INDIACulture, Identity and Politics

Badri Narayan G B Pant Social Science Institute, Allahabad

The slim volume embraces a surprisingly wide range of issues that can serve as potential entry points to a nuanced exploration of the categories of culture, identities, community codes and nationhood.

Contributions to Indian Sociology

culturAl SubordinAtion And tHe dAlit cHAllenGe, volume 52006 • 186 pages • Paperback: ` 475.00 (978-0-7619-3537-7)

DALITS AND THE DEMOCRATIC REVOLUTIONDr Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement in Colonial India

Gail Omvedt Kasegaon, Maharashtra

This is a thorough and detailed work in which the variegated pattern of Dalit organisation and struggle is set against the complex mosaic of pre-Independence Indian politics.

Journal of Contemporary Asia

1994 • 352 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-8039-9140-8)

Get to Know more about SAGE Write today to [email protected]

12A

Sociology of Gender

EMPOWERING RURAL WOMENMicro-enterprise through Achievement Motivation

Kiron Wadhera Consultant, Government of Delhi, India and George Koreth Advisor, Government of Delhi, India

In the past 60 years, there has been sufficient research on male, urban entrepreneurs, their “achievement-motivation”, and their entrepreneurial success. However, no significant study of this kind has been undertaken for women entrepreneurs (whether urban or rural).

Empowering Rural Women intends to fill this lacuna through original research on poor, rural women micro-entrepreneurs, whose achievement-motivation has been rigorously measured. This pioneering study establishes a clear relationship between presence/absence of achievement-motivation and the success/failure of these women in sustaining their enterprises.

CoNTENTSList of Tables / List of Figures / Foreword N C Saxena / Preface / Acknowledgements / Rural Women Entrepreneurs and Achievement Motivation / The Setting: ACoRD’s Micro-enterprise Project for Rural Women / Poor Rural Women as Entrepreneurs / Measuring Achievement Motivation in Rural Women Micro-entrepreneurs / Personal Stories of Achievers and Non-achievers / Patterns of Male Response / Summary, Conclusion, and the Way Forward / Appendix: organisations Supporting Micro-enterprise / Bibliography / Index / About the Authors

2012 • 224 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0692-0)

MULTIPLE MEANINGS OF MONEYHow Women See Microfinance

Smita Premchander, V Prameela, M Chidambaranathan and L Jeyaseelan all at Sampark

An interesting composition of detailed evidences in the form of case studies of individuals and the self-help groups (SHG) and monographs… the book concludes that microfinance can bring about a social change with a few moderations and changes in the terms and conditions in the extension of credit facilities, taking into account the person’s social and economic status.

The Book Review

2009 • 288 pages • Paperback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0169-7)

WORKING WOMENStories of Strife, Struggle and Survival

Kogi Naidoo University of Adelaide and Fay Patel Massey University

Working Women: Stories of Strife, Struggle and Survival brings hope for those who continue to suffer in silence. This multi-cultural anthology of essays highlights women’s perspectives on a wide range of issues: survival in the workplace, spirituality and religion, empowerment and financial independence, and health and wellness. It provides a space for women to present their lived realities within a global context.

This book contains narratives pertaining to the challenges, struggles and success stories of women in the workplace who come from diverse cultures and social backgrounds. The essays discuss the struggles of women who were marginalised but who fought for recognition, dignity and respect in their workplaces and personal lives.

2009 • 268 pages • Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-782-9922-8)

HARVESTING FEMINIST KNOWLEDGE FOR PUBLIC POLICYRebuilding Progress

Edited by Devaki Jain Founder and former Director, Institute of Social Studies Trust, New Delhi, India and Diane Elson University of

Essex, UK

The volume has much to offer in terms of feminist knowledge to macro policy spaces and rethinking, consequent to economic crises…the papers are analytically strong and backed by evidence.

The Hindu

Harvesting Feminist Knowledge for Public Policy brings together 14 essays by feminist thinkers from different parts of the world, reflecting on the flaws in the current patterns of development and arguing for political, economic, and social changes to promote equality and sustainability. The essays are written in the context of the “triple crises” of food, fuel, and finance, and the underlying deep-seated problems of growing inequality, squeeze on time to provide unpaid care to family and friends, and environmentally unsustainable patterns of economic growth.

CoNTENTSForeword Navi Pillay / Preface Winnie Byanyima and Rawwida Baksh / Acknowledgments / Introduction Devaki Jain and Diane Elson / Economics for a Post-crisis World: Putting Social Justice First Diane Elson / “Rebooting” is Not an option: Toward Equitable Social and Economic Development Stephanie Seguino / Questioning Economic Success Through The Lens of Hunger Devaki Jain / Globalization, Labour, And Women’s Work: Critical Challenges for a Post-neoliberal World Lourdes Beneria / Removing the Cloak of Invisibility: Integrating Unpaid Household Services in the Philippines’ Economic Accounts Solita Collas-Monsod / Poor Women organizing for Economic Justice Renana Jhabvala / Gender Dimensions of the World of Work in a Globalized Economy Naoka Otobe / Gender, Global Crises, and Climate Change Itza Castañeda and Sarah Gammage / The Cost of the Commoditization of Food and Water for Women Yassine Fall / Modernity, Technology, and the Progress of Women in Japan: Problems and Prospects Hiroko Hara / Equity in Post-crisis China: A Feminist Political Economy Perspective Lanyan Chen / Cuban Development Alternatives to Market-driven Economies: A Gendered Case Study on Women’s Employment Marta Nuñez Sarmiento / Challenges for African Feminism in the Contemporary Moment¬ Patricia Mcfadden / “Progressive Masculinities”: oxymoron or Achievable? Jael Silliman / Index

2011 • 452 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0741-5)

INDIGENOUS ROOTS OF FEMINISMCulture, Subjectivity and Agency

Jasbir Jain Institute for Research in Interdisciplinary Studies, Jaipur

Indigenous Roots of Feminism is an exploration of the historical sources across India’s composite culture that has shaped the female self. Beginning with the Upanisads, it works with several foundational texts such as the epics and their retellings, Manusmriti, Natyasastra and the literature of the Bhakti Movement in order to trace the histories of feminist questionings.The constant interweaving of literary and social texts and the tracing of both continuities and disruptions across time and space enables a perception of the way in which individual struggles have merged with collective resistance and allowed a questioning of relationships, institutional frameworks and traditional role models.

CoNTENTSPreface / A People without a History? / The Body and the Soul Epics—The Living Tradition / Working Through Space: Patriarchy and Resistance / Getting Back at Men Through God / The Nineteenth Century and After / Articulating the Self / Tracing the Difference / Notes / Bibliography / Index

2011 • 368 pages • Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0439-1)

13A

Sociology of Gender

BROKEN MIRRORSThe ‘Dowry Problem’ in India

Robin Wyatt Freelance Social Research Consultant with Nazia Masood

This book seeks to open up certain widely prevalent yet poorly understood features of the construction of dowry related cases brought before the criminal justice system in India through analyses of personal narratives of women and men who are directly implicated in a selection of such cases or have knowledge of them… The book is a significant contribution to the literature on dowry related litigation and the dowry discourse in India.

e-Social Science

CoNTENTSForeword by Flavia Agnes / Author’s note / Introduction / Shalini—Shattered Dreams / Akhil—of Dogs and Chains / Mohini and Naresh—Together Yet Alone / Neeti—When Power Games End in Burning / Gagan—The Tyranny of Perceived optionlessness / Jasmeet and Tarampal / When Inadequacy Kills / Conclusions / Index

2011 • 272 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0503-9)

WOMEN, GENDER AND DISASTERGlobal Issues and Initiatives

Edited by Elaine Enarson Independent Scholar and P G Dhar Chakrabarti National Institute of Disaster Management and SAARC Disaster Management Centre

Women, Gender and Disaster provides a comprehensive overview of the role gender plays in various disaster situations…[The book] brings together cross-cultural and grassroots perspectives on both response and reduction, examining what is being done now and what could be done in the future…The book gives important case studies and examples for those working in the disaster management field, policy makers, academics and students alike.

Feminist Review

2010 • 404 pages • Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0148-2)

BEARING THE BRUNTImpact of Rural Distress on Women

Swarna S Vepa Madras School of Economics

Bearing the Brunt is well organized and provides numerous insights into a difficult, multi-dimensional social phenomenon. It is also interesting and timely…Scholars interested in economics, healthcare, education, and gender studies in an international context will find a lot to like… this book would be most useful in academic spheres for exploring economics or gender in either India or a comparable region.

Sex Role

2009 • 264 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-782-9925-9)

WOMEN IN INDIAN BORDERLANDSEdited by Paula Banerjee University of Calcutta, Kolkata, and Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, India and Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, India

This ethnographic collection of articles which is an outcome of a two-year long research programme, is devoted to issues of women and borders in South Asia in general and women in India’s borderlands in particular, looking deeply at the interface of gender and democracy…This is a study which will help those who work on feminism, partition, displacement and also those who strive to put an end to racist, sexist and militant domination in the borderlands of this region.

Organiser

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSIntroduction: Resistance in the Borderlands / WEST BENGAL / Bengal—Bangladesh Borderland: Chronicles from Nadia, Murshidabad and Malda / Narrated Time and Constructed Space: Remembering the Communal Violence of 1950 in Hooghly / JAMMU AND KASHMIR / Women’s Voices: From Jammu and Kashmir / Renegotiating Internal Boundaries by Women of Jammu and Kashmir / NoRTHEAST / Sanitized Society and Dangerous Interlopers: Law and the Chins in Mizoram / Engendered Lives: Women in the West Garo Hills / VoICES / Voices of Women in the Borderlands / Voices of Women in a Border Town Called Moreh / Consolidated Bibliography / Index

2011 • 268 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0650-0)

BORDERS, HISTORIES, EXISTENCESGender and Beyond

Paula Banerjee University of Calcutta, Kolkata, and Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, India

Banerjee’s brilliant analysis delves deep into the recent developments in border studies while at the same time going back to different histories only to give them a new rendering with the help of the contemporary concept of borders… The most attractive feature of Borders, Histories, Existences is its emphasis on borderlands as a unique form of existence instead of going for the notorious defense and strategic studies.

Dawn

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSIntroduction / BoRDERS AND THEIR PASTS / LIFE oN THE BoRDER LAW AND THE BoRDER / Bibliography / Index

2010 • 300 pages • Hardback: ` 675.00 (978-81-321-0226-7)

WOMEN IN PEACE POLITICSEdited by Paula Banerjee University of Calcutta, Kolkata, and Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, India

Women in Peace Politics explores the role of women as agents and visionaries of peace in South Asia. Peace is redefined to include in its fold the attempt by women to be a part of the peace making process, reworking the structural inequalities faced by them and their struggle against all forms of oppression.

SoutH ASiAn PeAce StudieS volume 32008 • 343 pages • Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-3570-4)

14A

Sociology of Gender

ENGENDERING PERFORMANCEIndian Women Performers in Search of an Identity

Bishnupriya Dutt and Urmimala Sarkar Munsi both at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

The book is a comprehensive critical history of women artistes in Indian theatre and dance of colonial and post-colonial periods. Its underlying premise is that one cannot evaluate such performances in the Indian context without looking at dance and theatre together, unlike the course taken by traditional scholarship. The author weaves together issues of sexuality and colonialism, and culture and society to provide a holistic account of women performers in India. Archival photographs-some of which have never been published before-make it a collector’s item.

The Pioneer

CoNTENTSForeword by Samik Bandopadhyay / Introduction / THE SToRY oF THE ACTRESS / Actresses of the Colonial Space: English Actresses in India (1789-1842) / Locating a New Space and Identity: Coming of the Indian Actresses (1872-1910) / The People’s Actress: A Journey to Modernity / Actresses in the Jatra Space / oF THE WoMAN DANCER / Natyasastra: Emerging (Gender) Codes and the Woman Dancer / The Body and the Woman Dancer: What She is, or What She is Expected to be / Emergence of the Contemporary Woman Dancer: Contribution of Tagore, Shankar and IPTA / Tale of the Professional Woman Dancer in Folk Traditions in India: Commodification of Dance and the Traditional Dancing Women Conclusion: In Conversation with Samik Bandyopadhyay / Bibliography / Index

2010 • 332 pages • Hardback: ` 1,100.00 (978-81-321-0456-8)

MARRIAGE, MIGRATION AND GENDEREdited by Rajni Palriwala University of Delhi and Patricia Uberoi Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi, and Honorary Director of the Institute of Chinese Studies, Delhi

Marriage, Migration and Gender brings a gender-sensitive and comparative perspective to bear on Asian peoples’ migration experiences, both within and across national borders. It seeks to examine how the institution of marriage may affect or enable women’s and men’s migration, as well as the impact of migration, state laws and immigration procedures on the marriage, family and kinship networks of Asian migrants.

Women And miGrAtion in ASiA, volume 52008 • 364 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-3675-6)

ZEALOUS REFORMERS, DEADLY LAWSBattling Stereotypes

Madhu Purnima Kishwar Centre for the Study of Developing Societies and Founder Editor and Managing Trustee, Manushi

Zealous reformers, deadly laws: battling Stereotypes is a collection of articles critiquing feminist groups as well as legislation and implementation of laws relating to women’s rights in India… Kishwar’s writing is delightfully scathing and may seem polemical to some, but the ideas that she puts forth need such strong writing to make them widely acceptable.

Businessworld

2008 • 420 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-3637-4)

GENDER DISCRIMINATION IN LAND OWNERSHIPEdited by Prem Chowdhry Senior Academic Fellow at the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi

An impressive volume with rich qualitative and quantitative data has come up, full of useful information and important insights from historical and contemporary trends on the relationship between women, their work and land ownership/disinheritance in the context of emergent patterns of burgeoning capitalists economy, migration, and legal contestations on the matter. Prem Chowdhry provides an able and exhaustive introduction to seemingly varied situations... overall, this book is a useful addition to the growing literature on the subject.

Sociological Bulletin

LAND REFORMS IN INDIA, VOLUME 112009 • 352 pages • ` 795.00 (978-81-782-9942-6)

WOMEN TEACHING IN SOUTH ASIAEdited by Jackie Kirk International Rescue Committee, New York and McGill University, Montreal

Women Teaching in South Asia argues for a broader gender equality and empowerment perspective when working with woman teachers and for developing policy and programmes. The chapters demonstrate the need for explicit attention to ‘gender’ in the power dynamics between women and men, in the roles they play and in the tasks they perform in schools.

2008 • 260 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-782-9869-6)

URBAN WOMEN IN CONTEMPORARY INDIAA Reader

Edited by Rehana Ghadially Indian Institute of Technology, Mumbai

The two dozen essays in this book offer insights into:

• gender identity, gender relations and conceptions of women• violence against women and conflict resolution• women and the media• neo-liberal globalisation, from beauty pageants to working conditions• women and information and communication technologies• politics and women’s political participation

2007 • 372 pages • Paperback: ` 675.00 (978-0-7619-3520-9)

15A

Sociology of Gender

A PEOPLE STRONGERMobilization of MSM and TG Communities in India

Suneeta Singh CEO of Amaltas, Delhi, Sangita Dasgupta Amaltas, Delhi, Pallav Patankar Humsafar Trust, Mumbai and Minati Sinha Amaltas, Delhi

With their increasing visibility, persons practicing same-sex relations have faced a continuous discrimination and vulnerability, in a dangerous way, since the advent of HIV and AIDS. Commissioned by the UNDP, A People Stronger analyses the growth of community collectivization among the MSM and TG in India, spanning from their ‘coming out’ to today’s acculturation.

Further, it traces the ebbing activism of gay liberation in the nineties, which was later replaced by health-based activism of a greater magnitude for the prevention of HIV and AIDS, as well as the shift from claims of rights to claims of health that had a contrarian impact of reinforcing rights within the policy frameworks of governments.

CoNTENTSForeword / Preface / List of Tables / List of Figures / List of Boxes / List of Abbreviations / A Document of and for the Communities/ Gender, Sexual Identity and Societal organization / Behaviour, orientation and Identity / The Historical Underpinnings of Homosexual Identity / The Context of Parallel Events / Coming Together: MSM Networks / From Traditional to Modern: TG Communities / A Vulnerability to HIV / Needs and Responses / Glossary / A Timeline of Key Events (1995–2010) / Bibliography / Index / About the Authors

2012 • 188 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-1001-9)

LIVING THE BODYEmbodiment, Womanhood and Identity in Contemporary India

Meenakshi Thapan Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi

Undoubtedly, not a work that is merely another attempt to ‘keep up with trends’ or cater to the current passing interests in nonchalant gender issues, Living the Body is a meaningful sociological research in women’s studies that builds on previous work focusing on factors that go to fashion women’s identities and perspectives…. Living the Body will assist in taking further the understanding of womanhood in contemporary India.

The Tribune

Living the Body is the first book that unfolds an understanding of women’s experience of embodiment by a careful analysis of the facts gathered from an Indian metropolis. The author brings out numerous voices representing multiple subjectivities through interviews of working class slum women, professional upper class women, adolescent young women in secondary schools and in a slum, and the visual and textual representation of women in a women’s magazine in English.

2009 • 220 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-782-9901-3)

PROSTITUTION AND BEYONDAn Analysis of Sex Work in India

Edited by Rohini Sahni, V Kalyan Shankar and Hemant Apte all at University of Pune

The book is an extremely significant contribution to the existing body of literature on sexuality that provides useful theoretical perspectives accompanied by impressive empirical detail. The evocative textual and visual accounts along with the starkly graphic facts presented through the selection of case studies, commentaries and interviews reveal nuanced distinctions that are lost in conventional analytical framework or absent from tedious statistical analysis.


2008 • 372 pages • Paperback: ` 475.00 (978-0-7619-3638-1)

WHISTLING IN THE DARKTwenty-one Queer Interviews

Edited by R Raj Rao University of Pune and Dibyajyoti Sarma Times of India, Pune

The book would be a must have for gay activists and organisations working in the fields of sexuality studies, feminism and alternative literature but at the same time, it has a much wider appeal than just those…. Not just a dry-as dust series of interviews, these are real-life stories of real people, living all around us, yet feeling separate from the mainstream…This book gives them a voice.

The Tribune

Whistling in the Dark focuses on issues like sexuality, sexual identity, marriage, gay marriage, heteronormativity, gay utopia, gay activism, gay bashing, police atrocities and the laws vis-à-vis these. The interviewees represent a cross section of society ranging from university professors, gay rights activists and students; on the one hand, to working class men such as office boys, auto-rickshaw drivers and even undertrials who have served prison sentences, on the other.

2009 • 300 pages • Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-782-9921-1)

GAY BOMBAYGlobalization, Love and (Be)longing in Contemporary India

Parmesh Shahani Research Affiliate, MIT Comparative Media Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA

Shahani’s Gay Bombay traces the modern and the old with charming first person. This book takes you to the television studios, the editing rooms, the dance floors, the chat rooms and the private parlours to discover gay Bombay in all its subtle victories, intimate vibrancy and surprising diversity.

Wendell Rodricks

2008 • 360 pages • Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-3648-0)

16A

Cultural Sociology

INFLUX: CONTEMPORARY ART IN ASIAParul Dave Mukherji, Naman P Ahuja, Kavita Singh all at School of Arts and Aesthetics, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi

influx: contemporary Art in Asia brings together leading authors on art and curating to critically examine art-practice and its discourses in India, China, Pakistan, Central Asia, South East Asia and the Middle-East. The book questions any singular notion of ‘Asia’ in the light of its changing artistic nature on account of rapid economic changes, long-standing engagement with modern and contemporary art practices from all over the world and yet contending with traditionalism and religion.This book explores the trends in contemporary Asian art as well as curatorial practices and forms of circulation that have emerged in the wake of globalization. The book analyses how art is interconnected with complex issues of identity formation and conceptions of nation–state.

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSList of Illustrations / Acknowledgements / General Introduction / CoNTESTED TERRAINS AND CRITICAL RE-IMAGININGS / The Illusions and Antagonisms of Civilizational Exchange: Critical Reflections on Dismantling Asian Empires / The Elephant and The Ant: Chinese and Thai Art in the 1980s and 1990s / Worlding Asia: A Conceptual Framework for the First Delhi Biennale / Cartographic Necessities: Contemporary Practices and the Making of a Brave New World / Curating Barbarians: Descriptions of a Visual Practice Marian / TRoPES AND PLACES / Miniature, Monster and Modernism or Curating Terror or Terror of Curating / An honest engagement with the pitfalls and perks of the ethnic rubric / Retrieving the Far West: Towards a Curatorial Representation of the House of Islam / Storylines for the Self / The Art of Kazakhstan as a Political Project / INTERVENTIoNS IN THE PUBLIC SPHERE / Curating Across Agonistic Worlds / The Untold (the Rise of) Schisms / Mapping the Trajectories of Minoritarian Aesthetics and Cultural Politics / Excavating the History of the Present: Caste as Pictorial Sign in the Works of Savi Savarkar / Curatorial Work as Collective Fabrication / Archival Malpractice and Counter Strategies / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

2012 • 228 pages • Hardback: ` 1,800.00 (tent) (978-81-321-0702-6)

THE SOUTH ASIAN SENSIBILITYA Himal Reader

Edited by Kanak Mani Dixit Writer, Activist and Founding Editor, Himal Southasian

The South Asian Sensibility is a collection of some of the best articles published over the past 25 years in Himal Soutasian, South Asia’s first and foremost regional news and analysis magazine. The essays are fine examples of long-form journalism, a form that Himal has pioneered in South Asia.Intended to mark the 25th anniversary of the magazine, the book argues for a regional sensibility when looking at issues in the subcontinent. The effort, throughout, is to look at issues from a humanist and progressive viewpoint with a strong emphasis on human rights.

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSList of Abbreviations / Introduction / The Dragon Bites its Tail / Axing Chipko / Far Eastern Himalaya—The Search for Distance and Dignity / A Bangladeshi Looks for his Country / A Kashmiri Solution for Kashmir / The Fractured Image of Muhammad Ali Jinnah / Generals as Governors: The Parallel Political Systems of Northeast India / Eating with our Fingers, Watching Hindi Cinema and Consuming Cricket / The Dark White Shroud / Between Despair and Hope: Interrogating ‘Terrorism’ / SAARC and the Sovereignty Bargain / Relevance of the Middle Path: Rediscovering Gandhi for all Southasia / Two Chairmen and a People / Gujarat as Another Country: The Making and Reality of a Fascist Realm / Reframing the ‘Burma Question’ / The Beauty of Compromise Ramachandra Guha / Understanding the Nepali Mandate / A People on the Run Rajan Hoole / God and the Gospel of Globalisation / Why Pakistan is not a Nation / A Tibet of the Mind / Subsumed by History and Nation

2012 • 352 pages • Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0900-6)

PERFORMING HERITAGEArt of Exhibit Walks

Navina Jafa Heritage Consultant, Government of Delhi, India

Centred in academic theory in the area of exhibiting culture, Performing Heritage seeks to explore the art and politics of cultural representation. While thus far this discussion has been restricted to the closed spaces of museums, exhibitions, cultural festivals and the like, here, this densely interdisciplinary problematic is approached through the unique and increasingly popular medium of Heritage Walks.

Focusing on the idea of the living exhibit, the author employs her decades-long career in the field of academic cultural tourism and the performing arts to develop a uniquely critical frame and methodology for engaging with cultures in a dynamic and performative manner. The book argues that heritage walks are necessarily creative and academically invested, and can be an effective medium for rethinking the disciplines of history, sociology and conservation and the challenges they face in contemporary post-colonial India.

CoNTENTSForeword by Richard Kurin / Preface / Introduction / Debating and Speculating Heritage / Functionality, Designing, and Executing Walking Tours / Making of a Study Leader / Walking Tours: Aspects of Economics and Culture / Walking Exhibits as Brokering Culture / Conclusion / Glossary / Bibliography / Index

2012 • 256 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-81-321-0699-9)

RE-USE–THE ART AND POLITICS OF INTEGRATION AND ANXIETYEdited by Julia A B Hegewald Institute for Oriental and Asian studies, University of Bonn, Germany and Subrata K Mitra South Asia Institute, Heidelberg University, Germany

Re-Use–The Art and Politics of Integration and Anxiety is a collection of well-researched and lucidly written scholarly articles that apply the concept of re-use to different aspects of cultural, political and material life—from art, architecture and jewellery to religion, statesmen and legislatures. By not treating artistic, political, religious and cultural developments as linear evolutions, this book encourages readers to understand them as a continuous modification of the past and a periodic return to earlier forms.

CoNTENTSPreface / Art and Politics: The Dialectics of Duality, Affinity and Confluence Julia A B Hegewald and Subrata K Mitra / Towards a Theory of Re-use: Ruin, Retro and Fake Versus Improvement, Innovation and Integration Julia A B Hegewald / The Past in the Present: Temple Conversions in Karnataka and Appropriation and Re-use in orissa Julia A B Hegewald and Subrata K Mitra / Chola and Neo-Chola Temple Architecture in and around Kumbakonam, Tamil Nadu George Michell / Indian Jewellery and Nineteenth-century Britain: Evolving Patterns of Re-use Nick Barnard / Re-use in the Yakshagana Theatre of Coastal Karnataka Katrin Binder / Indian Painting at the Beginning of the Twentieth Century: Modernism and Re-use of Ancient Pictorial Traditions Tiziana Lorenzetti / Politics of Art and the Art of Politics: Re-use of ‘Tribal’ Arts and Artefacts in Modern orissa Prasanna K Nayak / Another Form of Re-use? Institutional Continuity and ‘Indigenisation’ of Westminster Parliamentarianismsm and Western Party Politics in Post-colonial India Clemens Spiess / Myth, Idea, Dream and Vision: Nehru’s Discovery of India Jivanta Schöttli / Use and Re-use of ‘Pakistan’ in the Indian Muslim Press (1932—1947) Thierry Dicostanzo / Buddhism and Collective Emancipation in Modern India: B R Ambedkar’s Re-use of Buddha’s Dharma in the Dalit Movement Edward A Rodrigues / ‘The Jain Way of Life’: Modern Re-use and Reinterpretation of Ancient Jain Concepts Sabine Scholz / Icons, Nations and Re-use: Marianne, France, and Bharat Mata, India Subrata K Mitra and Lion König / Glossary / Index

2012 • 368 pages • Hardback: ` 1,500.00 (978-81-321-0655-5)

17A

Cultural Sociology

TRANSLATION AS A TOUCHSTONE Raji Narasimhan writer, translator and journalist

Translation as a Touchstone focuses on translation as a creative process, an art of highlighting the complex relationship that arises between two languages, their two cultures and two sensibilities when they are positioned as main language and target language. The implications of this proposition are far-reaching, as Narasimhan argues. Through a comparative study of the original passages and phrases in literary texts along with their translated equivalents, she has followed a multi-pronged strategy and has used the comparative analysis method for this.

CoNTENTSIntroduction: Some Possible Approaches to Translation / Chemmeen: Its Passage through Three Languages / Negotiating the Language Divide / A Misleading Simplicity / The Implications of Bilingualism / The Road to Rebirth / The God of Small Things: A Wrong Book to Translate / Index / About the Author


READING LITERATURE TODAYTwo Complementary Essays and a Conversation

Tabish Khair Poet, Journalist, Critic, Educator and Novelist and Sebastien Doubinsky Writer, France

Reading Literature Today is a path-breaking intervention in current debates on reading and literature. This is a book of criticism that attempts to rescue literature from both the materialism of the market and the convoluted dryness of academia.

The two complementary essays—one on literature and the other on reading—focus largely on texts in English and French, but also refer to other literatures. The authors propose a way of reading literature that not only synthesises some earlier tendencies and puts them in context, but also propounds a revolutionary understanding of the nature of literature and reading.

CoNTENTSPreliminary Note / LITERATURE AND THE LIMITS oF LANGUAGE: AN ESSAY oN SILENCES AND GAPS Tabish Khair / Preface / The Death of the Reader of Gaps and Silences / What Can Be Said and What Cannot Be Said / The Fissured Surface of Literature / What is Written and What is Not Written / ‘IN THE MIND oF THE BoURGEoIS READER’: AN ESSAY oN READING AS AN UNCoMFoRTABLE EXPERIENCE (TRANSLATED PARTLY FRoM FRENCH BY THE AUTHoR) Sebastien Doubinsky / Preface / Impermanence and Deception / Readers and Readers / Identification and Adherence / Reading the Unreadable / Last words / A DISCUSSIoN oF REALISM, MAGIC REALISM, CoNSUMERISM, PUBLISHING, / READING AND WRITING TABISH KHAIR and SEBASTIEN DoUBINSKY / Select Bibliography / Index

2011 • 180 pages • Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-321-0688-3)

MEDIA, GENDER AND POPULAR CULTURE IN INDIATracking Change and Continuity

Sanjukta Dasgupta, Dipankar Sinha and Sudeshna Chakravarti all at University of Calcutta, Kolkata, India

The book has in detail captured trends in print, films and advertising. These are supported with fairly rich referencing from articles and journals throughout. Media, Gender, and Popular Culture in India will be of more interest and use to students, especially those studying arts or mass communication

Outlook Business

Media, Gender and Popular Culture in India talks about media representations of popular culture and gender since the 1950s and tracks the changes that have taken place in Indian society. The authors give us a candid portrait of transformations in Indian culture, represented through the lens of the camera in films, television, advertisements and in a wide array of magazines, all of which focus on gender and familial representations and patriarchal norms in Indian society.

CoNTENTSIntroduction: Media and Mediations—Representing Change and Continuity in Indian Popular / Culture and Gender / Indian Media in Transition: Recent Past and Present / Filming Change, Securing Tradition: A Hobson’s Choice or a Dynamic Duality / Television: Images and the Imaginary / Advertising: Encoding Seduction / Print Media and Popular Culture: Agents with a Difference / Conclusion: Media Responsibility—The Winding Road Ahead / Index

2012 • 232 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0729-3)

LOCATING CULTURAL CHANGETheory, Method, Process

Edited by Partha Pratim Basu and Ipshita Chanda both at Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India

Locating Cultural Change is concerned with defining the local through case studies of specific cultural processes. The thrust is on the institutionalization of ‘local’ concerns where the ‘local’ is the site of ideas and issues, and how these in turn influence us. The central premise of this collection is that in order to understand the common man’s perspective, one has to demystify cultural processes.

The book seeks to capture the vibrancy of cultural processes through a wide range of things that are a part of daily life spanning Hindi films, vernacular press, metropolitan club culture, the translation industry in India, medical advertisements and prime-time television serials.

CoNTENTSIntroduction: Locating Cultural Change: Process and Method / Jassi Jaissi Koi Nahin and Makeover of Indian Soaps Abhijit Roy / Foreign Babies/Indian Make: outsourcing Reproduction in the Age of Globalization Modhumita Roy / Nationalism, Television and Indian Cricket in Global Mediascape: Where Has the Local Gone? Manas Ghosh / Bollywood and the Mumbai Underworld: Reading Satya in Retrospect Rajdeep Roy / Translating India Today: Local Cultures, Global Ambitions and Colonial Hangovers Sayantan Dasgupta / Kya Hum Pehle Kabhi Yahan Aye Hain: Re-turning to Look at the ‘Indian’ in Indian Cinema through Farah Khan’s om Shanti om Ipshita Chanda / Minority Rights in India: A View from the Regional Press Partha Pratim Basu / Medical Advertisement: An Embodiment of Culture Dalia Chakraborty / Just for Fun: Changing Notions of Social Forms of Leisure Nilanjana Gupta and Devlina Gopalan / Index

2011 • 304 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0576-3)

For exclusive discounts!Write today to [email protected]

18A

Cultural Sociology

MCDONALDISATION, MASALA MCGOSPEL AND OM ECONOMICSTelevangelism in Contemporary India

Jonathan D James Edith Cowan University, Perth

Mcdonaldisation, Masala Mcgospel and Om Economics provides clear illustrations of general stereotypes associated with Christianity as a Western religion and a tool for cultural imperialism in India, and makes it clear that televangelists and their Charismatic preaching on television fuel such ideas. The book also gives numerous directions in relation to further research on a topic to which little attention has generally been paid in the past… this is a well-organised book that has something interesting to say at the threshold of religious hybridity in India.

Literature & Theology

CoNTENTSForeword by Prof Stewart M Hoover / Introduction / McDonaldisation, Masala McGospel and om Economics / Charismatic Televangelism: The Global, Evolving Spirit / Televangelism in India’s Context: Historical and Cultural Issues / The Construction of Charismatic Televangelism in India / Hindu Televangelism: The Economics of orthopraxy / Interpreting Charismatic Televangelism: Pastors and the Divided Church / Interpreting Charismatic Televangelism: Hindu Leaders and the Contested Nation / The Mediation of Charismatic Televangelism / Faith’s Flows, Fragments and Futures / References / Index

2010 • 268 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0473-5)

PACKAGING LIFECultures of the Everyday

Pramod K Nayar University of Hyderabad

Packaging life examines how some aspects of everyday, urban life in India–such as good health, cosmopolitan identities and luxurious lifestyles – are constructed and packaged for urban, middle-class consumers…[The book] will be of great interest to students of consumption studies and consumer culture, media studies, celebrity studies, popular culture, and cultural studies, and Asian studies.


2009 • 252 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0240-3)

CULTURE IN MINDS AND SOCIETIESFoundations of Cultural Psychology

Jaan Valsiner Clark University, Worcester

Culture in Minds and Societies makes a decisive break from the post-modernist theoretical framework that considers knowledge as local and situation-specific and restores the goal of construction of general knowledge to the social sciences. While recognizing the uniqueness of all human personal experience from birth to death

2007 • 433 pages • Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-0-7619-3582-7)

THE ALTERNATE NATION OF ABANINDRANATH TAGOREDebashish Banerji Pasadena City College and University of Philosophical Research, Los Angeles

This is a passionate, wide-ranging and serious reassessment of one of the most influential painters of modern India. But Banerji’s study of Abanindranath Tagore is also of great significance far beyond South Asian studies, for theorizing a challenging new model of artistic nationalism that resists the fossilization of artworks into the signs of the nation-state.

Bert Winther-Tamaki Associate Professor, Art History, University of California, Irvine

The Alternate Nation of Abanindranath Tagore provides a revisionary critique of the art of Abanindranath Tagore, the founder of a ‘national’ school of Indian painting, popularly known as the Bengal School of Art. It categorically argues that the art of Abanindranath, which developed as part of what has been called the Bengal Renaissance in the 19th–20th centuries, was not merely a normalization of nationalist or orientalist principles, but was a hermeneutic negotiation between modernity and community, geared toward the fashioning of an alternate nation, resistant to the stereotyping identity formation of the nation-state.

CoNTENTSList of Plates / Foreword by Partha Mitter / Introduction / Modernity, Nation and Community—A Point of Departure / orientalism, Nationalism and the Politics of Narration / Regional Subalternity / Intersubjective Narration / Practices of Community and the Alternate Nation / Bibliography / Index

2010 • 228 pages • Hardback: ` 1,100.00 (978-81-321-0239-7)

INDIAN YOUTH IN A TRANSFORMING WORLDAttitudes and Perceptions

Edited by Peter Ronald Desouza Indian Institute of Advanced Study Shimla, Sanjay Kumar Centre for the Study of Developing Societies and Sandeep Shastri Director, International Academy for Creative Teaching, Bangalore

This book steps into the breach by providing excellent data collected by the Centre for developing Societies in 2007 on the opinions of young people aged 14 to 34 from different parts of India…. The analysis and book as a whole is remarkably readable and easy to use, with a thumbnail sketch of interesting overall findings near the beginning and also a more formal executive summary. Raw data are helpfully set out in voluminous appendices.

Pacific Affairs

2009 • 208 pages • Paperback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0171-0)

19A

Cultural Sociology

TAGORE AND CHINAEdited by Tan Chung Emeritus Fellow, Institute of Chinese Studies, New Delhi and Academic Associate, University of Chicago, Amiya Dev Jadavpur University, Kolkata, West Bengal, Wang Bangwei and Wei Liming both at Peking University, Beijing, China

[The book] is an extraordinary, perhaps unique collection (perceptive and scholarly) that provides penetrating original insights into Tagore’s significant contributions towards “social obligations”…Erudite, lively, wide-ranging, this assemblage brings together a mosaic of forward-looking ideas as well as perspectives on china’s past “civilisational sagacity” and its intellectual circles’ sensitivity against “western cultural poison”, and offers precise and informative, if not critical, knowledge of Tagore’s cosmology of ideas…An extremely rich book, it is an essential reading for all who are interested in the history of Sino-Indian cultural concord or in the secular ideas of Tagore in regard to a deeper understanding of Indian and Chinese civilisations, and the educated public in general.

The Tribune

CoNTENTSForeword to the Chinese Edition by Nirupama Rao / Foreword / Preface Wang Bangwei / Introduction I by Tan Chung / Introduction II by Amiya Dev / oN GURUDEVA FRoM HIS SANTINIKETAN SUCCESSoR / Tagore and China Amartya Sen / TAGoRE’S 1924 CHINA VISIT / Historical Significance of Tagore’s 1924 China Visit Wei Liming / In Search of a Forgotten Dialogue: Chinese and Indian Artists Since 1924 Amitava Bhattacharya / TAGoRE’S IDEAL WoRLD / Sino-Indian Studies at Visva-Bharati University: Story of Cheena-Bhavana, 1921–1937 Uma Das Gupta / Looking East: China in Tagore’s Cosmology of Thoughts Swapan Majumdar / Tagore and China: A Brief Personal Note Kalyan Kumar Sarkar / TAGoRE AND HIS CHINESE FRIENDS / Telepathy between Rubidadda and Susima: A Geo-civilizational Perspective Tan Chung / Sino-Indian Fraternity between Tagore and Tan Yun-shan Huang I-Shu / TAGoRE, CHINA AND ASIA / Tagore’s Vision of the East Amiya Dev / Towards an In-depth Understanding of Tagore, China and Asia Tan Chung / TAGoRE THE CREATIVE GENIUS / Power of Tagore’s Words Amiya Dev / The Musical Journey of Rabindranath Tagore Reba Som / A Clean Slate? Rimli Bhattacharya / Tagore our Contemporary Mohit K Ray / TAGoRE AND CHINESE LITERATURE / Tagore’s Influence on the Chinese Writer Bing Xin Zeng Qiong / Influence of Classical Chinese Poetry on Tagore’s Works: A Tentative Discourse Tan Chung / Tagore and Classical Chinese Poetry Amiya Dev / The Songster’s a Mango-bird Ipshita Chanda / TAGoRE AND SoCIETY / Tagore and Bengal’s Social Modernity: Bringing Women to the Cultural Mainstream Sabaree Mitra / Civil Society, ‘Civility’ and Tagore Rajasri Basu / TAGoRE’S CoNTEMPoRARY RELEVANCE / Community, Nation and Sustainability: The Contemporary Relevance of Tagore Prasenjit Duara / Index

2011 • 420 pages • Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0637-1)

ANTHROPOLOGISTS INSIDE ORGANISATIONSSouth Asian Case Studies

Edited by Devi Sridhar All Souls College, Oxford

Anthropologists Inside Organisations responds to a shift in anthropology over the past decade towards working with and studying organisations. This book brings together seven fresh case studies on how anthropologists have negotiated the issues related to interacting with organisations. While providing examples of how research has been conducted inside and with organisations, the collection also offers analyses of the methodological issues that researchers face.

2008 • 184 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-782-9886-3)

TAGORE—AT HOME IN THE WORLD Sanjukta Dasgupta Dean, Faculty of Arts, Calcutta University, Kolkata, India and Chinmoy Guha Department of English and Chair, UG Board of English Studies Calcutta University, Kolkata

Tagore’s travels to various parts of the world, his reception and response to diverse cultures, his scepticism about the rigid parameters of nationalism all establish the perception that Tagore was remarkably at home in the world. This volume analyses how the constrictions of the specificities of place, location and geographies have always been interrogated by Tagore for whom space was a defining trope.

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSAcknowledgements / Introduction / I: TAGoRE AND THE LANGUAGE oF RELATIoNSHIP / Tagore Redrawing the Boundaries: In other Words, Crossing the Limits of Language / II: EURoPE AND TAGoRE / Rabindranath Tagore and Germany: An overview / Tagore’s Reception and Tagore Translations in Hungary / ‘ In Silece We Recline’: Tagore and Anna De Noailles / III: DISCoVERING THE UNKNoWN / Rabindranath Tagore and the / Re-reading Rabindranath’s Iran Travelogues / Tagore, Travel and Tirtha / IV: NATIoN, ‘No-NATIoN’ AND BEYoND NATIoNALISM / Tagore’s Critique of Nationalism / The other and the Self: Tagore’s Concept of Universalism / ‘Bhinnata–’ of ‘Nations’: Tagore’s Search in Nationalism, ‘Bha–ratavarsı–ya Sama–j’, and Beyond / Rabindranath and the Bengal Partition of 1905: Community, Class and Gender / V: TEXT, CoNTEXT, SUB-TEXT / Bengali at Home, English in the World: Bi-lingual Tagore / Home and the Civilian Space in Tagore’s Book of Consecration Probal Dasgupta / Tagore and the ‘Feminine’: Impossible Loves and Possible Ideals / Studying Rabindranath Thakur within the Czech–Bengali Studies / Tagore and Shillong: Between the Lines / VI: PERFoRMING TAGoRE / Universalism and Ethnicity in Tagore’s Songs and Dance / The Influence of Tagore on Indian Film Music / Connecting Cultures: Translating Tagore’s Songs / VII: Tagore and the World / Rabindranath’s Experiments with Education, Community, and Nation at his Santiniketan Institutions / Tagore’s Universalist Sparks: A Creative Approach / Tagore, Environment and Ecology: A Place/Space Dynamics / About the Editors and Contributors / Index


LIVING THE QUR’AN IN OUR TIMESJamal Khwaja Faculty of Arts, Aligarh Muslim University

In Living the Qur’an in Our Times, the Author, tries hard to understand, how and why both the East and the West, grapples earnestly with many paradigm-shifting challenges that modernity poses for traditional religiosity.This work combines theologian insight and philosophical perspective while dealing on the issue of- What is Qur’an? How is it a Revealed text? How it situates itself in a modern context and so on.

CoNTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Introduction / PERENNIAL ISLAM: A QUR’AN BASED PARADIGM / Introductory Remarks / Regard and Reverence for the Prophet / The Theory of Conceptual Evolution / Religion and Human Life / What Is Perennial Islam? / THE QUR’AN AS A REVEALED BooK: SoME ISSUES / Introductory Remarks / The Nature and Process of Revelation / The Structure of the Qur’an / The Collection of the Qur’an /THE SEMANTICS oF THE QUR’AN: SoME BASIC ASPECTS / Introductory Remarks / Different Functions of Qur’anic Verses / Different Styles of Expression of Qur’anic Verses / Mystique of the Qur’an / Conclusion / THE VISIoN oF THE QUR’AN: SELECTED TEXTS / Introductory Remarks / Core of the Qur’anic Vision / Selected Qur’anic Texts / The Piety of the Qur’an: Selected Texts / Introductory Remarks / Core of the Qur’anic Piety / Selected Texts from the Qur’an / THE INJUNCTIoNS oF THE QUR’AN / Introductory Remarks / The Distinction between Intrinsic Values and Instrumental Rules / The Qur’anic Approach to Gender Justice / Candid Reflections on Some Practical Issues / THE PERENNIAL MESSAGE oF THE QUR’AN AND THE HUMAN SITUATIoN / Introductory Remarks / The Qur’anic Message in Capsule Form / A Believer’s Response to the Message / Concluding Reflections / Afterword / Notes / Annotated Glossary of Key Concepts / Resources / Index of Names / Index of Subjects

2012 • 240 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-1046-0)

20A

Ethnic/Minority Studies

STATES IN CONFLICT WITH THEIR MINORITIESChallenges to Minority Rights in South Asia

Edited by Rita Manchanda General Secretary, South Asia Forum for Human Rights, Delhi

States In Conflict with their Minorities goes beyond the mere mapping of the minority situation in South Asia, the essays in this volume explore the modern minority problématique in a democracy as integral to modern state-making processes, recognizing Nation and State as majoritarian concepts. Focusing on the South Asian context, they emphasize minority as a political category. Further, they move away from isolated national frames and explore the minority question as a foreign policy question.

CoNTENTSIntroduction Rita Manchanda / Violence, Cultural Diversities and the Fantasies of a Monolithic Nation-State Ashis Nandy / A Long- term View of Contemporary Muslim Situation in India Javeed Alam / Media, Modernity and Minorities Sukumar Muralidharan / Hindus in a Polarized Political Environment: Bangladesh’s Minority Afsan Chowdhury / Chittagong Hill Tracts of Bangladesh: Justice Denied Amena Mohsin / Discrimination in Pakistan against Religious Minorities: Constitutional Aspects Shahla Zia / Religious Minorities in Pakistan: Mapping Sind and Baluchistan Ishtiaq Hussain / Strangers in the House: Minorities in Pakistani Textbooks Rubina Saigol / Sri Lanka: Recent Shifts in the Minority Rights Debate Jayadeva Uyangoda / Muslims in Sri Lanka: Political Choices of a Minority Farzana Haniffa / Inclusion and Accountability in a ‘New’ Democratic Nepal Mahendra Lawoti / Index

2010 • 336 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0455-1)

THE NO NONSENSE GUIDE TO MINORITY RIGHTS IN SOUTH ASIARita Manchanda General Secretary, South Asia Forum for Human Rights, Delhi

The No Nonsense Guide to Minority Rights in South Asia is a practical primer on issues related to minority rights in South Asian countries. It delves into all major concepts and cutting edge theories that constitute the evolving minority rights discourse. By taking a rights-based approach, the book argues that nation-building in South Asia has been devoid of the commitment to expand the democracy and equality agenda and has instead been dominated by majoritarian and authoritarian policies.

2009 • 328 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-782-9891-7)

TRACING AN INDIAN DIASPORAContexts, Memories, Representations

Edited by Parvati Raghuram Open University, Milton Keynes, Ajaya Kumar Sahoo University of Hyderabad, Brij Maharaj University of KwaZulu-Natal, Pietermaritzburg and Dave Sangha University of Northern British Columbia, Canada

Centre for Study of Indian Diaspora, Hyderabad …. What makes this book different is the presence of an introduction or a connecting chapter before every section, which provides a rhythm and connectivity to the whole book and doesn’t make the change and the assortment, appear to be abrupt.

Financial Express

2008 • 472 pages • Hardback: ` 950.00 (978-81-782-9833-7)

MINORITIES AND THE STATEChanging Social and Political Landscape of Bengal

Edited by Abhijit Dasgupta Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi, India, Masahiko Togawa Hiroshima University, Japan and Abul Barkat Dhaka University, Bangladesh

Minorities and the State discusses the plight of two numerically significant religious minority groups: Hindus in Bangladesh and Muslims in West Bengal, India.The political vicissitudes in India and Bangladesh have stirred up questions relating to citizenship, nationality, and identity. In this volume, academics from India, Bangladesh, and Japan examine the formation of minority identity at the time of partition of India in 1947 and in subsequent decades. The articles emphasize the crises and coping strategies, migration, and state- and local-level politics affecting minorities.

CoNTENTSIntroduction Abhijit Dasgupta, Masahiko Togawa, and Abul Barkat / The Minorities in Post-Partition West Bengal: The Riots of 1950 Sekhar Bandyopadhyay / on the Margins: Muslims in West Bengal Abhijit Dasgupta / ‘Wrestling with My Shadow’: The State and the Immigrant Muslims in Contemporary West Bengal Samir Kumar Das / Partition Refugees on Borders: Assimilation in West Bengal Tetsuya Nakatani / Political Economy of Deprivation of Hindu Minority in Bangladesh: Living with the Vested Property Act Abul Barkat / Role of Civil Society in Combating Violence against Religious Minorities during the Post-2001 General Elections of Bangladesh Rangalal Sen / Hindu Minority in Bangladesh: Migration, Marginalization, and Minority Politics in Bengal Masahiko Togawa / Status of Hindu Women: Spheres of Human Rights Violation in Bangladesh Sadeka Halim / The Crises of Hindu Minority as Depicted in the Fictions of Contemporary Bangladesh Abu Dayen / Index

2011 • 244 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0589-3)

THE POLITICS OF BELONGING IN THE HIMALAYASLocal Attachments and Boundary Dynamics

Edited By Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka Bielefeld University, Germany and Gérard Toffin National Center for Scientific Research (CNRS), Villejuif, France

The Politics of Belonging in the Himalayas is an exploration of the various forms of bonds and attachments by which individuals are bounded to their collectivities and localities in the Himalayan regions of India and Nepal. To grasp these phenomena adequately, the book proposes a new analytical approach through the concept of belonging.

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSPreface / Introduction: Belonging and Multiple Attachments in Contemporary Himalayan Societies / TERRIToRIALITY AND INDIGENEITY / Hamro Gaon: Practices of Belonging in Rural Nepal / Fluid Belongings: The Weight of Places in a Valley of Western Nepal / Belonging, Indigeneity, Rites, and Rights: The Newar Case / Belonging to the Borders: Uncertain Identities in Northeast India / Politics of Belonging: Identity and State-formation in Nagaland / SoCIo-RELIGIoUS BoNDING / To Whom does the Pashupatinath Temple of Nepal Belong? / Brotherhood and Divine Bonding in the Krishna Pranami Sect / Religion, Rituals, and Symbols of Belonging: The Case of Uttarakhand / The Politics of Encounter: Hindu Belonging in a Multi-faith Pilgrimage Site in Nepal / CoMMITMENTS AND CoNFLICTS / Emergent Nationalism, Citizenship, and Belonging among Nepalis in Banaras: The Case of Kashi Bahadur Shrestha / Pathways of Place Relation: Moving Contours of Belonging in Central Nepal / Belonging, Protected Areas, and Participatory Management: The Case of Kaziranga National Park (Assam) and of the Misings’ Shifting Territory / Geocultural Identities and Belonging in the Ethnohistory of Central Himalaya, Uttarakhand, India / Trials, Witnesses, and Local Stakes in a District Court of Himachal Pradesh / Glossary and Abbreviations / Name Index / Subject Index

GovernAnce, conflict And civic Action, volume 42011 • 380 pages • Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0524-4)

21A

SAGE Studies on India’s North East

CONSTRUCTION OF EVIL IN NORTH EAST INDIAMyth, Narrative and Discourses

Edited by Prasenjit Biswas Department of Philosophy, North Eastern Hill University (NEHU), Shillong, India and C Joshua Thomas Director of North Eastern Regional Centre-Indian Council of Social Science Research (NERC-ICSSR), Shillong, India

Set in the tribal cultural mosaic of North East India, Construction of Evil in North East India provides an interesting study on the concept of evil and its representations in literature, political theory and social and cultural movements. In order to explore the possible meanings of evil, it brings together essays contributed by scholars and practitioners from various human and social sciences such as philosophy, sociology and ethnography.

CoNTENTSList of Illustrations / Foreword / Acknowledgements / Introduction / I: The Idea of Evil in the Context of India’s Northeast: A Philosophical Analysis Prasenjit Biswas / God, Good and Evil: A Philosophical Perspective V Prabhu / The Good and the Evil: The Self and the other N Vijaylakshmi Brara / The Discourse of Evil and the Mizo Folk Imagination Kailash C Baral / A Window to Social Evils/Concerns Portrayed in the Contemporary English Poetry of Nagaland A J Sebastian / The Idea of Evil among the Adis of Arunachal Pradesh: A Study of Mamang Dai’s The Legends of Pensam Nigamananda Das / II: Psychoanalysis and the Evil Within Ajanta Sircar/ The Idea of ‘Evil’ among the Bodos: Text and Context Anjali Daimari / Good and Evil: Naga Society Visakhonu Hibo / Idea of Evil and Fear of Supernatural among the Nagas, with Special Reference to Angami Tribe Jano S Liegise / An Analysis on the Reading of the Bible and Women Stories (Ao Tribe) Chubarenla Lima / Evil and Evil Spirit in Borok Society of Tripura Sukhendu Debbarma / III: Taboos and Superstitions of the Mizo as Manifestations of the Dark Forces Margaret Ch Zama / An Exploration of Dimensional Perspectives of Devils and Evil Designs among the Khasi–Jaintia People of Meghalaya O L Snaitang / Concept of Good and Evil among Karbi Tribe of North East India Robindra Teron / U Thlen as an Evil: A Critical Study on Its Metaphysics Basil Pohlong / IV: The Tiwa Understanding of Evil Joy Kachappilly / Evil in Mao Naga Culture: Contemporary Perspectives Linus Neli / Soul as the Dream-maker: An Essay on Mao Naga Philosophical Anthropology Saheni Loni / About the Editors and the Contributors / Index

SAGE STUDIES ON INDIA’S NORTH EAST2012 • 308 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0945-7)

QUESTIONS OF IDENTITY IN ASSAMLocation, Migration, Hybridity

Nandana Dutta Department of English, Gauhati University

Questions of Identity in Assam addresses the identity problem in Assam, keenly affected as it is, by the realities of migration and hybridity. The book provides an overview of these issues as they are reflected in the region, and covers the period from the conclusion of the Assam Movement till the present.

CoNTENTSList of Abbreviations / Acknowledgments / Introduction / The Conditions of Knowledge: Location, Migration and Hybridity / The Assam Movement: Thirty Years on / Memories and Violence: Remembering the Assam Movement / Identity Questions / Framing the Question: Who Are the Assamese? / Conclusion: Shifting the Terrain, Renewing the Narrative / Bibliography / About the Author / Index


CONFRONTING THE STATEULFA’s Armed Violence in North East

Nani Gopal Mahanta Faculty at the Department of Political Science and Coordinator of Peace and Conflict Studies at Gauhati University, Assam, India

Sandwiched between the explanatory variables of greed and grievances, ULFA (United Liberation Front of Asom) marks a new saga of armed rebellion in the perennially disturbed region of Northeast India. Confronting the State examines the complex nuances and dynamics (both internal as well as external) that make ULFA one of the most formidable armed organizations in India. Contrary to the binary exposition of the region as the typical hotbed of foreign agencies or manifestations of subdued unmet aspirations, the book provides a fresh perspective on insurgency by arguing that while perceiving the phenomenon, one has to understand the genesis of conflict between the Indian State and Northeast right from the very inception of the Nation-State. The book argues that the ideological and identity issues between India and Assam remain unresolved and ULFA is a manifestation of that unresolved crisis.

CoNTENTSPreface / From Nationalism to Secessionism: Transformation of Assamese identity / Assam Movement: Laying the foundation of an Armed struggle / Periodising ULFA’s metamorphosis: From Liberator to War Lord (?) / Parag Das: The Ideologue / ‘ULFocide’, State Terror and Truncated Democracy / What keeps ULFA going: Endogenous and Exogenous Factors / What sustains ULFA? / ULFA in International Network: From Grievances to Greed / Peace Process with ULFA, Civil Society and Indian State / Confronting the State: Exploring Ways for Sustainable Peace / Re-visiting Immigration and Identity: Issues of Human Security, Development and Sustainable Peace / Index / About the Author

SAGE STUDIES ON INDIA’S NORTH EAST2012 • 388 pages • Hardback: ` 695.00 (tent) (978-81-321-0704-0)

STATELESS IN SOUTH ASIAThe Chakmas between Bangladesh and India

Deepak K Singh Panjab University, Chandigarh

Singh provides a detailed account of the conflict between the Chakmas and the Arunachalees. The authenticity of the book lies in methodology…Singh effectively opens up a strong debate by questioning why there is no solution to the refugee problem even after 50 years of refugeehood.

The Book Review

CoNTENTSForeword by Ramachandra Guha / Preface / Chakma Refugees: Partition Residues and Development Victims / CHT AND NEFA: From Colonial outposts to Post-colonial Peripheries / Politics of Demographic (Dis)order in Northeast India: The Idiom of Protest / Chakma Diaspora in Northeast India: Excluded Communities, Fragmented Identities / official Discourses of the Chakma Issue: Centre versus State / Chakmas’ Self-perceptions: Understanding Everyday Lived Experiences of Refugees / Arunachalis’ Self-perceptions: Assertion and Reconstruction of Identity and Ethnic Nationalism / The Making of Refugees in South Asia: Nation, State and outsiders / Interrogating India’s Refugee policy / References / Index


22A

SAGE Studies on India’s North East

TROUBLED PERIPHERYCrisis of India’s North East

Subir Bhaumik Eminent journalist and academic researcher

With his book Troubled Periphery, Bhaumik explores the troubled terrains of the northeast in a way very few authors have. The book is a rather well-argued attempt at explaining the crisis faced by the region and India’s policy on it… The narrative is peppered with interviews of actors, rebel leaders, military and administrative officials, political leaders and even NGo activists.

The Week

CoNTENTSPreface / India’s North East: Frontier to Region / Ethnicity, Ideology and Religion / Land, Language and Leadership / Insurgency, Ethnic Cleansing and Forced Migration / The Foreign Hand / Guns, Drugs and Contraband / Elections, Pressure Groups and Civil Society / The Crisis of Development / The Road Ahead / Bibliography / Index


NORTH EAST INDIALocal Economic Development and Global Markets

Edited by Hans-Peter Brunner Asian Development Bank (ADB), Manila

north east india: local economic development and Global markets analyses the potential of the North East Indian economy, discussing ways in which it can be reconnected to the mainstream economic activities of India. Analysing the historical factors responsible for the economic failure of the North East Region (NER)—the partition in 1947, weak infrastructure, lack of technological know-how and poor access to marketing networks—it assesses the region’s production scenario at present.

The chapters discuss comparative advantages of the NER economy in the competitive environment of the Indian mainland with reference to its export potential, cost of production and demand-supply relations. They also present a comprehensive data set explaining the value chain analysis on the North East map and a visual model measuring the development capacity of North East firms.

CoNTENTSIntroduction: Economic Challenge Meets Trade-driven Development in India’s North East Region Hans-Peter Brunner / The North East India Economy: Resource Base and Constrained Productive Activities Hans-Peter Brunner and Global Development Solutions / North East India Trade and Investment, and Comparative Advantage Hans-Peter Brunner and Global Development Solutions / Connectivity and Logistics for the North East and Beyond John Arnold / Economic Governance in the North East M Govinda Rao and Hans-Peter Brunner / Business and Finance in the North East Hans-Peter Brunner / Towards Inclusive Accelerated Growth: Scenarios for Demand-driven NER Investment Strategy Amitabh Kundu and Hans-Peter Brunner / Appendices Hans-Peter Brunner and Global Development Solutions / Firm and Trade Data by State / Integrated Value Chain Analysis and Business Scenario—Bamboo, Pineapple and Rubber / Bibliography / Index


INTERROGATING DEVELOPMENTState, Displacement and Popular Resistance in North East India

Monirul Hussain Guwahati University, Guwahati

The book is certainly a treasure for teachers and students in social work to learn about the displacement issues and popular resistance in North East India. It can be used in teaching subjects such as social problems, community organization and of marginalized populations, development issues and social planning. The book will prove invaluable for sociologists, environmentalists, political scientists, policy makers, development workers, NGos, social activists, researchers and human rights workers.

Perspectives in Social Work

SAGE STUDIES ON INDIA’S NORTH EAST2008 • 174 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-0-7619-3575-9)

BLISTERS ON THEIR FEETTales of Internally Displaced Persons in India’s North East

Edited by Samir Kumar Das University of Calcutta

The volume succeeds in conveying the severity and complexity of the problem of internal displacement in the region, which is often overlooked in the obsession with ‘security concerns’ or the ‘underdevelopment-insurgency nexus’ in discussions on the North-East. The fairly detailed factual accounts, which provide considerable insights into the problems of the region, can sensitize policy-makers to the implications of displacement for peace and development interventions.

M P Bezbaruah in ASCI Journal of Management


ETHNIC LIFE-WORLDS IN NORTH-EAST INDIAAn Analysis

Prasenjit Biswas North Eastern Hill University, Shillong and Chandan Suklabaidya Silchar Assam

It analyses the cultural and political determinants of ethnic and identity-oriented struggles in India’s North-east, as well as the cultural politics of ethnic mobilisation in the region.

Asian Age

SAGE STUDIES ON INDIA’S NORTH EAST 2008 • 312 pages • Hardback: ` 675.00 (978-0-7619-3613-8)

23A

Peace & Conflicts

PEACE IS EVERYBODY’S BUSINESSA Strategy for Conflict Prevention

Lt Gen (Retd) Arjun Ray India’s Deputy Military Advisor in London

Peace is Everybody’s Business is about conflict prevention, hope and peace for the oppressed and alienated, and the imaginative use of soft-power to win back estranged communities into the social and political mainstream.

Past strategies in managing alienated societies have been derived from two extreme ideological positions—imprisoning those who take up arms against the stage, or ultra-liberalism, which is denounced as impractical. The author suggests an alternative strategy to reconcile these two extreme positions—a three-pronged strategy to achieve success by preventing conflict by addressing human security through human development, pursuing a policy of atonement and forgiveness, and eliminating trust deficit between the State and the marginalized.

The central focus of this strategy, which the author in his capacity as a General successfully executed in operation Sadhbhavna, is the people. The author believes that killing is counterproductive and the army must change its role from ‘winning wars’ to ‘preventing wars’.

CoNTENTSPreface / The Signposts: Hope, Modernization and Non-Violence / Alienation: Poverty, Land, Culture and Politics / Muslim Alienation and National Mainstream / Conflict Prevention / Human Security / Centre of Gravity—The People / Winning the Hearts of Alienated Societies / Culture of Silence and Critical Consciousness / Women’s Empowerment / Changing Role of the Military—Preventing Wars and Not Winning Wars / Re-education of the Security Forces / Media’s Public Interest Role? / Technology for Peace / Leading through Chaos and Uncertainty / Epilogue: The Unfinished Jasmine Revolutions and the Virtual Revolution—Lessons in Conflict Prevention / Index / About the Author

2012 • 264 pages • Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-321-0943-3)

RIOTS AND AFTER IN MUMBAI Chronicles of Truth and Reconciliation

Meena Menon Deputy Editor and Deputy Bureau Chief, The Hindu, Mumbai.

Riots and after in Mumbai provides a synoptic record of events in Mumbai, focusing essentially on the history of riots in the city. Using this framework, it attempts to understand the socio-political and cultural realities of present-day Mumbai through a collection of narratives of the people affected by the communal riots of 1992.

The book uses a novel approach combining historical records from the pre-independence era (1893–1945) and personal interviews of both Muslims and Hindus living in the city. It also looks into the political manipulations that ordinary people of both communities alike are subjected to by the ruling powers and political parties.

CoNTENTSList of Abbreviations / Areas Covered / Period of Research / Methodology / Sources of Information / Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / The City of Gold / Cow–Temple–Mosque Dispute: 100 Years of Hindu–Muslim Animosity in Bombay City / Jogeshwari Riots: old Wounds, New Ghettos / Extended Ghettoes: Naya Nagar / Displacement and Polarisation / Loss of Livelihood / Perceptions of Justice / Conclusion / Appendix / Bibliography / Index / About the Author

2012 • 260 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0700-2)

THE SOLDIER AND THE STATE IN INDIANuclear Weapons, Counterinsurgency, and the Transformation of Indian Civil–Military Relations

Ayesha Ray Assistant Professor of Political Science at King’s College, Pennsylvania, USA

The Soldier and the State in India explores the relationship between India’s political leadership and its military in the context of India’s overt nuclearization, its wars with Pakistan and China, the development of its political and military institutions, and the frequent use of the Indian military in the maintenance of law and order. The work offers a theoretical perspective for examining some of the most critical issues that have emerged in Indian civil-military relations. The book specifically examines issues pertaining to military expertise and military professionalism that emerged whenever there was a contestation in civil-military functions, thereby allowing the military greater influence in policy-making. The book makes a significant contribution to the Indian literature on civil-military relations by using Samuel Huntington’s ideas on military professionalism and Peter Feaver’s discussion of military expertise in the American context as the theoretical framework for addressing similar issues that have emerged in debates on Indian civil-military relations.

CoNTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Introduction / The Evolution of India’s Higher Defense organization / Nuclear Weapons Development in a Strategic Vacuum / The Effects of Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons on Civil–Military Relations in India / The Indian Military’s Role in Unconventional operations / Conclusion / Index / About the Author


DEFRAGMENTING INDIARiding a Bullet through the Gathering Storm

Harish Nambiar Journalist, Reuters, Mumbai, India

Defragmenting India is an account of the various fault lines of Indian society quivering in the temblors that the 2002 Hindu–Muslim communal riots of Gujarat sent across the nation. The riots form the dramatic backdrop to the travelogue narrative of a motorbike trip of the author and his friend.

The book maps the urban consciousness of India by juxtaposing lives, issues and situations of educated and the uneducated, craftsman and conservationist, teacher and businessman, daughters and drunks from small towns and non-metro cities of India.

The narrative uses oral history, folklore, local legends, historical events, research papers, imaginative speculations, biographic anecdotes and graphic reportage in an elliptical and poetic narrative to weave a picture of a country in flux.

CoNTENTSIntimacies Remapped / The Covered Trucks / Manto Strikes / An Iranian Exile in Sambhalpur / Sense and Sensibility / The Moor in the Idol Junkyard / Destinies, Dynasties and Upstart Pickpockets / The Soldier Who Annexed Three States for Three Daughters / ‘our Shiv Sena’ / ‘Dangerous Like My English Teacher’ / The open Circle / Do Children Smell Fear in Sweat? / Cardamom Cloud over Coffee / The Instinct to Upgrade / A Moses on His Harley Davidson / Arabs, Jains, Mammon and osama / A Drunken RSS Man in Jassema / Invisible Migrations, Furtive Bleedings / Epilogue

2012 • 260 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0656-2)

24A

Peace & Conflicts

THE TIGER VANQUISHEDLTTE’s Story

M R Narayan Swamy Indo-Asian News Service, New Delhi

It is an essential read for anyone trying to get his intellectual keel on extremist philosophy. At a time when even the most pacifist of thinkers cannot imagine a world without a war between ‘good’ and ‘evil’, and ‘civilization’ and ‘medievalism’, it is good to read about a group that started it all.

The Book Review

The Tiger Vanquished provides a detailed account of the critical years when Sri Lanka’s internationally backed peace process slowly led to a vicious war that the LTTE decisively lost. The introduction provides previously unpublished information, including India’s covert involvement in the Norwegian-sponsored peace process and the silent war that the Indian intelligence waged against the LTTTE. Also, among other things, an inside account of what went wrong with the Tigers is given by two young women who served in the LTTE.

CoNTENTSKey years in LTTE history / the final conversation: May 2009 / Introduction / Testimonials of LTTE Cadres / TESTAMENT I—Saroja’s Story / TESTAMENT II—Vani’s Story / I: 2003-2005 / why does LTTE Make Pro-India Noises? / Turmoil in Tiger Land / “only a Snake Understands a Snake”/ Can Tsunami bring Peace to Sri Lanka? / The Tsunami, and Prabhakaran / Tribute: Shankar Rajee / Kadirgamar Assassination will Kill Peace Process / Norway has to Recalibrate Sri Lanka Peace Process / 2006 / Switzerland taking Deep Interest in Sri Lanka / Solheim not to Quit Peace Process / India Clawing back to Sri Lanka’s Northeast / A Book is a Window to Knowledge / Indian PM Urges Rajapakse to Save Tamils in Trincomalee / Suicide Bomber Blows up Sri Lanka’s Peace Process / Prabhakaran’s Pride: or Why he Refused to Meet Akashi / Co-chairs’ forthright Sri Lanka Edict will Please India / Indian Trader Brutally Killed, two Missing in Sri Lanka / Pro-LTTE Website Attacks Karunanidhi / Armed with Parrots, Tamil Girl Flees to India / In War Torn Sri Lanka, a Widow Remembers / Be Patient Please, Sri Lanka to Tell India / Faltering Sri Lankan Peace Process / Solheim calls Karuna Allegations “Complete Lies” / Experts Suggest “Genuine Power Sharing” in Sri Lanka / Balasingham Epitomized LTTE’s Love—hate ties with India / Sri Lanka Needs New Truce Agreement / 2007 / Why George Bush Cannot Match Sonia Gandhi? / Misery, Epidemic go Hand in Hand in Troubled Sri Lanka / Sri Lanka’s Abduction Industry has top Academic in its Grip / War Material Seizure Signal LTTE Bracing for Guerrilla War / LTTE cannot be Defeated Militarily, US tells Sri Lanka / India Concerned over LTTE Explosives Smuggling / Husband Dead, Tamil Woman wants to return to Sri Lanka / A Historic Accord Few Remember Today / on to Tamil Eelam: From Bicycle to Aircraft / Amid war, India’s Emerging Sri Lanka Tilt / How to tell Tamils they don’t Belong to Sri Lanka? / Action above Ideology for Black Sea Tigers / Use dignified Language, Bhagwati tells Sri Lanka / Two Decades Later, LTTE Suicide Bombers Live on / “Why no Memorial for the IPKF in India?” / India—Sri Lanka Accord: Does It Still Flicker? / Britain Favours “Regime Change” in Sri Lanka / Thamilchelvan’s killing a Disaster to LTTE—and Sri Lanka / Sri Lanka Gained Upper Hand over LTTE in 2007 / 2008 / LTTE Man’s Arrest for Abduction Plan First since 1991 / India’s Covert Role in Sri Lanka’s Ceasefire / India Meddling in Sri Lanka Affairs, says JVP / I want to bring Peace to Sri Lanka: Sri Sri Ravi Shankar / India’s Sri Lanka Power Project runs into Tamil Storm / Sri Lanka cannot Negotiate with LTTE, says Diplomat / In Sri Lanka, LTTE Territory Shrinks and Shrinks / We have Failed to Convince the World: Sri Lanka Defence Secretary / Norway–LTTE Ties Sour over Theft of NGo Vehicles / India under Attack in pro-LTTE media / Tamil Nadu Ferment Stuns Rajapaksa but War will go on / India to send 2,000 tonnes of Relief Goods to Sri Lanka / 2009 / Kilinochchi’s Fall a Major Setback to LTTE / Prabhakaran cannot Escape from Sri Lanka, says Former Aide / After 25 years, Cornered LTTE Faces Deathly Crisis / Tamil Man Recounts tales of Horror in Sri Lanka war / Vaiko has been an Undisguised Supporter of the LTTE / Has LTTE Executed its Military Spokesman? / LTTE Media Targets Sonia over War Debacle / Playing Politics with Tamil lives in Sri Lanka / Is LTTE in Secret, Indirect talks with US to Surrender? / Prabhakaran: From Catapult Killer to Ruthless Insurgent / Prabhakaran was with / 18 men when he was Killed: Karuna / Displaced Tamils to be Resettled by 2009-end: Rajapaksa / Swat the Fly, Kill the Foe / So, the Tamil Tigers were Mortals after all… / How the Tide Turned / Postscript: A New Dawn

2010 • 276 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0459-9)

THE PRABHAKARAN SAGAThe Rise and Fall of an Eelam Warrior

S Murari formerly Associate Editor, Deccan Herald, India

The Prabhakaran Saga is the story of the man who defined the armed struggle for an independent Eelam for over three decades and who lived by the gun and died by the gun–Velupillai Prabhakaran. A home-grown guerilla who built the LTTE into a ruthless war machine and controlled its world-wide network from his hideout and ruled territories under his control with an iron fist; who defied the world and eliminated whoever came in his way, including former Indian Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi; who had fighters ready to kill and die in thousands for him … yet he failed, leaving the future of Sri Lankan Tamils a big question mark.

The book is a first-person account by the author based on his innumerable visits to Sri Lanka during its turbulent years. He looks at the Prabhakaran era, a critical phase in the country’s history, objectively, without being judgemental.

CoNTENTSForeword by V Suryanarayan / Preface / THE ACCoRD THAT FAILED / When Colombo Was in Flames / Uneasy Peace in Jaffna / The Deep Ethnic Divide / Sympathy for Tamils, Not for Their Cause / Delhi Cracks the Whip on Prabhakaran / Battle for Jaffna and operation Food Drop / India’s Vietnam / IPKF’s Strategy / Jaffna under IPKF Rule / Progress to North-east Provincial Council / Enters Premadasa … and IPKF Is Caught in a Bind / IPKF Gets Quit Notice / Jaffna—A Town in Transition / Murder, Most Foul / Thondaman Averts a Crisis / Uneasy Peace in North, Reign of Terror in South / End of a Misadventure / EELAM WAR II / Thirteen-month Honeymoon Ends / The VIP Treatment / Pathmanabha Murder / Dismissal of Karunanidhi Government / The Turning Point / The Impeachment Drama / India Hits Back, Gets Isolated / Assassination of Premadasa / Wijetunga’s Uninspiring Tenure / CHANDRIKA ERA / Short-lived Hope of Peace / From PM to President / Short-lived Truce / The Battle for Jaffna / The Bloody Aftermath in Colombo / The Peace Package Diluted / The Mullaitivu Attack / Unceasing Battles / Chandrika Gets a Fresh Lease of Life / The Siege of Jaffna / Devolution Package Falls Through / Short-lived PA Government / THE LoNG AND UNEASY TRUCE / United National Party Wins on Peace Plank / Prabhakaran in the Dock / Prabhakaran Puts a Cat among Pigeons / Peace Talks Begin / Ups and Downs in Talks / LTTE opts out, but Ranil Does Not Give Up / A Missed opportunity / Chandrika Steps In, Norway Steps out / Karuna Splits LTTE / Yet Another Split Verdict / When Tsunami United Lanka / Post-tsunami Unity Crumbles / THE LAST PHASE / Mahinda Wins, with a Little Help from the LTTE / Undeclared War / operation Watershed / Accord Eludes Geneva II / Mahinda Strengthens His Hands / Goodbye Bala! / LTTE Takes to Wings / Tit-for-tat Air Raids / Echo in Tamil Nadu / Lanka Ends Truce / Tentative Moves for Solution / LTTE offers Truce, Colombo Spurns It / Prabhakaran’s Last Hurrah / LTTE Citadels Fall / The Final Battle / The Bitter End / Epilogue / Index

2012 • 392 pages • Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-321-0701-9)

PATHWAYS OF DISSENTTamil Nationalism in Sri Lanka

Edited by R Cheran University of Windsor, Canada

Pathways of Dissent endeavours to fill this important academic gap through its collection of ten in-depth essays that present a wide perspective of the subject. The book holistically portrays Tamil nationalism from various disciplinary perspectives like history, political science, international relations, art, literature, sociology and anthropology. In doing so, it tries to understand the nature of nationalism as it emerges in these areas and adds to the richness and complexity of the problem.The significance of this collection is not only its breadth of vision, but also the origins of the hypotheses.

2009 • 332 pages • Paperback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0222-9)

25A

Peace & Conflicts

WOMEN IN TERRORISM Case of the LTTE

Tamara Herath Central Justice Unit, Central London Police Station, UK

Women in Terrorism examine the growing number of women actively engaged in terrorist activity and consider the significance of this for theorising gender, conflict and social politics. With that aim, the book studies Tamil women combatants of the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), an armed resistance group which is identified as one of the deadliest terrorist groups globally.

Drawing on narrative life histories, the book canvasses three decades of ethno-nationalist war in Sri Lanka contributing to a major social change for Tamil women in Jaffna. It identifies the LTTE as providing an ‘alternative’ familial kinship founded upon friendship, which transcends caste and religion. The book reveals that the LTTE combatant woman’s paradoxical equality may differ from Western feminist notions of emancipation, but represents a profound change within its own patriarchal society.

This original book presents the argument that engagement in armed conflict has transformed combatant women’s understanding of themselves into female slayers of injustice and protectors of the Tamil nation, with a (re)constructed gender identity and sense of empowerment

CoNTENTSAcknowledgments / Notes on the Language Conventions / Entering a Tiger’s Lair / The Lions and The Tigers: A Historical overview of the Sri Lankan Conflict and the Role of Women / Displacement and Contributing Factors to Joining the LTTE / The Tiger Family: Kin Identity amongst Women Combatants of the LTTE / Death and the Suicide Bomber / Ah-lu-mai: Equality and Empowerment of the New Woman, Puthumai Pen / Ending a Journey: Final Reflections / Bibliography / Index / About the Author

2012 • 264 pages • Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0695-1)

TERRORISMPatterns of Internationalization

Edited by Jaideep Saikia Security and Terrorism Analyst, India and Ekaterina Stepanova Stockholm International Peace Research Institute

Although a great deal of literature has come to the fore post 9/11, an objective and realistic analysis of the phenomenon has not quite been done. [This book] fills the void. The book’s strength lies in its ability to problematise terrorism and elevates the concepts to an academic domain. The closely written introduction by Saikia-Stepnova, both internationally renowned terrorism experts, is testimonial to this…. Apart from the robust analytical content…this book is a work by theatre experts, specialists who dissects terrorist organisations in whose areas of operation they live and work. It is a rare recipe for conflict experts.

USI Journals

2009 • 316 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-782-9951-8)

ENDGAME IN AFGHANISTAN For Whom the Dice Rolls

Hiranmay Karlekar Consulting Editor, The Pioneer

Endgame in Afghanistan covers a wide territory related to the war in Afghanistan, the stakes the whole world—and not just the United States—has in it, and its possible outcome. It shows that it is not merely a war for the future of Afghanistan, but a conflict between the regressive worldview of the Taliban and al Qaeda and modernity.

The book examines the consequences of an American exit from Afghanistan under circumstances indicating a defeat; the ability of the Karzai government or its successor to hold its own thereafter; and the regional and global geo-strategic consequences, including those on Pakistan, of a Taliban–al Qaeda takeover of Afghanistan. It also explores the possibility of the United States arriving at a peace settlement with the Taliban as well as that (the possibility) of the Americans winning the Afghan war.

CoNTENTSList of abbreviations / Preface/ The spectacular episodes syndrome / A war for the world / Wooing the ‘good Taliban’ / Poor progress and its causes / Patron of choice / The shadow of jihadis / For Whom the Dice Rolls / Index / About the Author

2012 • 308 pages • Paperback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0974-7)

COUNTERING TERRORISMPsychosocial Strategies

Edited by Updesh Kumar Mental Health Division Defence Institute of Psychological Research, Research and Development Organization, Ministry of Defense, New Delhi and Manas K Mandal Director of the Defence Institute of Psychological Research, Defence Research and Development Organization (DRDO), Ministry of Defence, Government of India, New Delhi

Countering Terrorism contextualizes the issues related to terrorism and places the discourse within the gambit of socio-cultural theories. The book goes beyond the obvious and commonsensical notions of terror and counter-terror and discusses the relevant issues from inter-disciplinary perspectives, informed by theoretical stances of not only psychological sciences, but other social sciences like political science, criminology, military and sociology as well. It includes articles by experts from the developed as well as developing parts of the world, and in a manner covers the multiplicity of perceptions and interpretations on the issue.

ABRIDGED CoNTENTSForeword / Preface / UNDERSTANDING TERRoRIST: PSYCHoSoCIAL PRoFILE / Terrorism: A Conceptual Framework / Terrorism: Psychological Issues / Sociocultural Aspects of Terrorism / The Sociopsychological Impact of Terrorism: Key Concepts, Research, and Theory / The Behavioral Profile of a Terrorist: Theoretical and Empirical observations / Understanding Terrorist Groups / The Leadership Puzzle in Terrorism Study / Bioterrorism: Psychological Implications of Biological Weapons Agents and Mass Contagion / The Role of the Media in Propagating Terrorism / CoUNTERING TERRoRISM: PSYCHoSoCIAL STRATEGIES / Terrorist Motives: A Reassessment of the Conventional Wisdom /Rational Choice and Terrorist Target Selection / Impact of Virtual World in Creation and Sustenance of Terrorists / Risk Assessment in Counterterrorism / Strategic Interrogation: Interviewing Terrorist Suspects / Educating People to Counterterrorism: “Cognitive Immunization” against Violent Extremism in Indonesia / How Policies Impacting Intergroup Relations May Escalate or De-escalate Political Aggression / The Role of Strategic Information operations in Countering Terrorism / Psychospiritual Basis of Understanding, Prevention, and Control of Violence and Terrorism / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

2012 • 460 pages • Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0959-4)

26A

Peace & Conflicts

MUMBAI POST 26/11An Alternate Perspective

Edited by Ram Puniyani Social Activist, Mumbai and Shabnam Hashmi Social and Human Rights Activist, Delhi

mumbai Post 26/11 analyzes the terror attacks on 26/11 in Mumbai from various angles, based on the understanding that deeper issues are hidden behind every such tragedy. It discusses terrorism, law, Indo-Pak relations, the indigenous causes of terrorism in India, the role of the state, the pattern of investigations so far, the prevalent laws, the response of civic society, the role of the media, the unsolved puzzles and the need for a deeper inquiry into the incident. Most of the chapters have been written in the immediate aftermath of the incident and bear the imprint of the pain and anguish it caused.

CoNTENTSPreface / Introduction / Terror: The Aftermath Anand Patwardhan / As the Fires Die: The Terror of the Aftermath Biju Mathew / Hotel Taj: Icon of Whose India? Gnani Sankaran / Why the United States Got it Wrong P Sainath / Death of a Salesman Tarun Tejpal / Counter-terrorism Must not Kill Democracy Praful Bidwai / Responding to Mumbai Terror: Need for Diplomacy and Restraint, not War Praful Bidwai / Mumbai UNDER Siege Yoginder Sikand / Handling Queries: Democratic Responses—Antulay Remarks and the Aftermath Ram Puniyani / The Mumbai Terror Attacks: Need for a Thorough Investigation Raveena Hansa / India’s Terror Dossier: Further Evidence of Conspiracy Raveena Hansa / Terrorism, Rule of Law, and Human Rights K G Balakrishnan / Acts of Terror and Terrorizing Act / Unfolding Indian Tragedy Sukla Sen / our Politicians are Still not Listening Colin Gonsalves / Terrorism: Are Stronger Laws the Answer? Prashant Bhushan / Lesson from the Mumbai Attack Gautam Navlakha / Epilogue / Appendix I: Acts of Terrorism by the RSS Combine / Appendix II: Unraveling Truth: People’s Tribunal on Atrocities Committed in the Name of Combating Terrorism / Selected Bibliography

2010 • 188 pages • Hardback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0308-0)

THE STATE, DEMOCRACY AND ANTI-TERROR LAWS IN INDIAUjjwal Kumar Singh University of Delhi

An eminently readable work, the book…is rich in detail, yet incisive for its analysis. The book…makes an important contribution when it recognises the “complex interlocking system of laws” that takes place between security legislation and other criminal law allowing additional bypassing of procedures and safeguards…Detailed coverage of such technicalities makes this book a valuable resource for lawyers and scholars alike.

Economic & Political Weekly

2007 • 352 pages • Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-0-7619-3518-6)

NEGOTIATING PEACE IN DEEPLY DIVIDED SOCIETIESA Set of Simulations

Edited by Radha Kumar Mandela Centre for Peace and Conflict Resolution, Jamia Millia Islamia University

Negotiating Peace in Deeply Divided Societies makes an innovative application of stimulations training exercises for peacemaking and puts the readers in the role of key actors during the conflict resolution process, giving them an understanding of the risk and opportunity.

The Financial Express

The chapters are well-researched and peppered with information including timeline, historical documents, maps wherever applicable and so forth. Simulations are written by the regional experts who exhibit a deep and intricate understanding of the local history, flavour and the main areas of conflict. No wonder, in many cases, these serve as models which can be adapted for designing simulations for varied situations. Taken together, these are designed to be useful for administrators, negotiators and peace keeping forces, as well as students.

Business India

2009 • 424 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-782-9882-5)

THE IDENTITY POLITICS OF PEACEBUILDINGCivil Society in War-torn Sri Lanka

Camilla Orjuela Goteborg University, Sweden

This book looks at civil society and peace movements in the context of the identity-based armed conflict in Sri Lanka. Focussing on the identity politics inherent in peace work, it demonstrates why civil society groups engaged in peace activities often fail to enhance the sense of security among civilians and are also unable to challenge the underlying structures of war. The book highlights the role peace organisations play in providing alternatives to dominant discourses of militarism. It draws on unique empirical material, including 150 interviews with leaders, participants and key actors involved in civil society peace work in Sri Lanka.

2008 • 292 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-0-7619-3658-9)

HUMAN RIGHTS AND PEACEIdeas, Laws, Institutions and Movements

Edited by Ujjwal Kumar Singh University of Delhi

The book contains powerful accounts of the human rights challenges in the South Asian region; wars and conflicts, inter-ethnic disputes, the plight of displaced persons and the terror of extra-judicial killings and apparently state-sponsored violence.

Peace and Conflict Studies: Journal of Peace Psychology

SoutH ASiAn PeAce StudieS, volume 4

2009 • 368 pages • Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-81-782-9884-9)

27A

Social Work

FROM SEVA TO CYBERSPACEThe Many Faces of Volunteering in India

Femida Handy University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA, Meenaz Kassam American University of Sharjah, United Arab Emirates, Jillian Ingold PhD Candidate, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA and Bhagyashree Ranade Marketing and Market Research Consultants & Discovery & Transition, Pune

From Seva to Cyberspace examines the phenomenon of volunteering in India from its earliest instances to present-day manifestations. Tracing the origins of voluntary action in India, the authors examine the historic, religious, and cultural traditions of Seva (direct service to others) that have played an important role in inspiring Indians toward voluntary action.

The book defines the volunteer and discusses the methods of measuring the value of volunteer labor to NGos. It includes a detailed discussion of the particular contributions of the oldest and youngest volunteers in India. The distinctive motivations and contributions of those with a religious inspiration for voluntary action are explored at length, as are the important issues of service clubs and corporate support for volunteer activities. A unique feature of the book is that it is enriched with narratives and case studies of individuals and organizations that throw light on specific aspects of volunteerism in the Indian context.

CoNTENTSForeword Shabana Azmi / Preface / Introduction / A Brief History of Volunteering in India: When Did It Start? / Volunteering: Who is a Volunteer? / The Young ones: Do Youth Volunteer? / Corporate Social Responsibility: Promoting Employee Volunteering? / Volunteering by Mature Adults in India: Never Too Late? / Religious Volunteering: Serving God? / The Value of Volunteering: What is It Worth? / old and New Trends in Volunteering: Virtual Volunteers, What Next? / Bibliography / Index

2011 • 272 pages • Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0698-2)

FROM STREET TO HOPEFaith Based and Secular Programs in Los Angeles, Mumbai and Nairobi for Street Living Children

Neela Dabir and Naina Athale both at Tata Institute of Social Sciences and a Child Counsellor

Globally, street-living children are the most fluid population of vulnerable children. They are conspicuous yet subsist on the fringes of the marginalized. This book attempts to sketch a holistic picture of the street child phenomenon across the globe. The book incorporates empirical data from a cross-cultural study of this phenomenon in three mega cities—Mumbai, Nairobi and Los Angeles—and some of the best practices developed by faith-based and secular organizations to help street-living children. These data include global estimates, analysis of the causative factors, occupations of these children, as also the resulting problems. The book also gives new insights into the impact of state policies to support secular and faith-based organizations, and the way social service is practised by such organizations in India, Kenya and USA.

CoNTENTSPreface / THEoRIZING AND RESEARCHING STREET CHILDREN IN LoS ANGELES, MUMBAI AND NAIRoBI / Street Children Conceptualized: The Problem with the Definition / From Definitional to Real: Global Realities of Street Children / Street Children in the Big City: The Case of Los Angeles, Mumbai and Nairobi / Public-Private Partnership: Empirical Review of the Involvement of Faith Based and Secular organizations / Street Children in the USA, India and Kenya: Policies and Programmes / Global Initiatives for Street Children: Efforts by the UNICEF and ILo in the USA, India and Kenya / THE RESEARCH FINDINGS / Similarities and Diversities: Services for Street Living Children across the Three Cities / Evidence based Interventions at the Global Level / Bibliography

2011 • 336 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0513-8)

FROM ECSTASY TO AGONY AND BACK Journeying with Adolescents on the Street

Barnabe D’Souza Executive Director, Shelter Don Bosco, Mumbai, India

From Ecstasy to Agony and Back presents the journey of an adolescent street drug-addict—from psychological brokenness resulting from family disruption to the process of mending; from abuse, trauma and vulnerability to building up of self-esteem, talents and personality; and finally to the process of moving off the streets.

Based on the author’s experience of working with the street children for 26 years, the book explores the universe of street children interestingly yet empathetically. The author discusses laws and policies affecting street children, root causes and their effects on them and their families, the various stakeholders like agencies, employers and institutions involved in their care and guidance.

CoNTENTSList of Figures / Preface / Acknowledgments / Through the Mist: Introduction / Shadows and Silhouettes: Self-worth / Defining Images: Personal ownership / In Transition: Moving off the Street / Shifting Frontiers: organizational Issues / The Resurgent Self—the A-ha Experience: Mindsets / The Enduring Image: Conclusion / Annexures / Glossary / References / Index / About the Author

2012 • 244 pages • Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0703-3)

SKILL TRAINING FOR SOCIAL WORKERSA Manual

Edited by Sudha Datar Formerly at Karve Institute of Social Service, Pune Ruma Bawikar, Geeta Rao, Nagmani Rao and Ujwala Masdekar all at Karve Institute of Social Service, Pune

Main features of the book are:

• Includes theoretical inputs, games and exercises on the theme of understanding perception, self-awareness, sensitivity, communication and working with individuals and groups.

• Covers a variety of topics, role plays, songs, case studies, street plays and exercises on self-awareness, self-development, SWoT analyses, communication, goal setting, time management and stress management.

• Allows for flexibility to adapt modules to the local realities, drawing from students’ field experiences and using indigenous agency case records or material.

CoNTENTSForeword by Dr Deepak Walokar / Preface / Introduction / Note to the Facilitator / Understanding the Laboratory Approach in Skill Training Sudha Datar and Ruma Bawikar / SELF-DEVELoPMENT / Understanding Perception Sudha Datar / Self-awareness Sudha Datar, Ruma Bawikar and Geeta Rao / Sensitivity Development Ruma Bawikar and Nagmani Rao / CoMMUNICATIoN / Understanding Communication: A Theoretical framework Sudha Datar, Anuradha Patil, Ruma Bawikar and Nagmani Rao / Workshops on Communication Sudha Datar, Anuradha Patil and Ruma Bawikar / Use of Audio-visual Media Ruma Bawikar And Nagmani Rao / Use of Innovative Media in Communication Ruma Bawikar, Anand Pawar, Manjusha Doshi, Vidya Ghugari, Anjali Maydeo, Ujwala Masdekar and Sameer Datye / METHoD TRAINING / Working with Individuals and Families (Social Casework) Sudha Datar and Geeta Rao / Working with Groups (Group Work Method) Ruma Bawikar and Ujwala Masdekar / Working with Communities / Nagmani Rao and Ujwala Masdekar / Glossary / Consolidated Bibliography / Index

2010 • 308 pages • Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-321-0238-0)

28A

Social Work | Social Change

DRAMA FOR DEVELOPMENTCultural Translation and Social Change

Edited by Andrew Skuse University of Adelaide, South Australia Marie Gillespie The Open University Milton Keynes, UK and Gerry Power InterMedia, London, UK

How do drama serials communicate development goals and achieve dramatic impact? What is involved in translating storylines, such as those from the BBC’s longest running radio soap opera, The Archers, for diverse local cultural contexts? Can drama serials bring about positive social change? This book offers unprecedented insights into the production and consumption of a range of popular radio and television drama serials, broadcast in places as diverse as Afghanistan, Burma, Cambodia, Nepal, Pakistan, India, Nigeria and Rwanda.

Cultural translation means different things for dramatists, development practitioners, donors, audiences, and scholars. Their interests may collude or collide. What accommodations and adjustments are entailed in transnational circuits of serial drama production? What imaginative investments are required on the part of dramatists unfamiliar with local cultures? What cultural assumptions need to be exploded to reach audiences? This book offers an innovative framework for analysing drama for development that will appeal to practitioners and academics alike.

CoNTENTSIntroduction: Drama for Development—Cultural Translation and Social Change Andrew Skuse, Marie Gillespie And Gerry Power / Re-framing Drama for Development Andrew Skuse / Great Expectations and Creative Evolution: The History of Drama for Development at the BBC World Service Trust Caroline Sugg and Gerry Power / Audience Research in Drama for Development: A Contact Zone of Translation and Transnational Knowledge Production Gerry Power / Creative Tensions: Audience Research and the Representational Challenge of Dramatising opium Substitution in Afghanistan Andrew Skuse / Considering Men, Masculinity and Drama Charlotte Lapsansky and Joyee S Chatterjee / Telling other People’s Stories: Cultural Translation in Drama for Development Emily Leroux-Rutledge, Gerry Power and Carol Morgan / Broadcasting ‘The State’: Tribe, Citizenship and the Politics of Radio Drama Production in Afghanistan Andrew Skuse and Marie Gillespie / Dramatising ‘New Nepal’ Andrew Skuse and Michael Wilmore / A Dynamic Encoding Process: Making the Cambodian ‘Taste of Life’ Drama Lizz Frost Yocum / Jasoos Vijay: Self-efficacy, Collective Action and Social Norms in the Context of an HIV and AIDS Television Drama Lauren B Frank, Sonal Tickoo Chaudhuri, Anurudra Bhanot and Sheila T Murphy / ‘Passport to Love’: Dramatising Forced Marriage between Pakistan and the Pakistani Diaspora Sadaf Rizvi / Urunana Audiences at Home and Away: Together ‘Hand in Hand’? Helen M Hintjens and Fortunee Bayisenge / Gossiping for Change: Dramatising ‘Blood Debt’ in Afghanistan Andrew Skuse and Marie Gillespie / Appendix 1: Serial Dramas Produced by the BBC World Service Trust 1999–2010 / Appendix 2: Models of Narrative Structure / Index

2011 • 352 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0591-6)

WHEN REBELS BECOME STAKEHOLDERSDemocracy, Agency and Social Change in India

Subrata K Mitra Heidelberg University and the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi and V B Singh Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi

When Rebels Become Stakeholders explores the agency of ordinary men and women in the making of democratic and orderly social change in India…Drawing on the rich empirical base of the national surveys, the volume provides the missing links in terms of the casual link that ‘transforms rebels into stakeholders’.

The Book Review

2009 • 344 pages • Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-81-782-9945-7)

STRATEGIC RESEARCH AND POLITICAL COMMUNICATION FOR NGOSInitiating Policy Change

Accenture-Stiftung Germany, School Of Communication Management International University in Germany, Bruchsal and The Banyan India

[The book] provides help right from starting an NGo to successful policy advocacy by an NGo. The 11 chapters in the book cover a wide variety range- from explanation of NGo work in general to the NGos sector in India to strategising advocacy and political communication aspects of NGos. These aspects are provided with illustrative case studies of eight NGos. Each of the central chapters illustrated with the work of one or two best practice case studies of NGos…. The book is an interesting read to those who are new to the NGo sector and those who have not seen the extent of development of the sector.

Journal of Social and Economic Development

2009 • 208 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0120-8)

THE MODERN PRINCE AND THE MODERN SAGETransforming Power and Freedom

Edited by Ananta Kumar Giri Associate Professor, Madras Institute Development Studies, Chennai

The Modern Prince and the Modern Sage draws from various sources—traditions of wisdom, creative experiments in socio-political theorizing and spiritual mobilizations—and brings together voices of struggle and movements for creative transformations from around the world. Ever since the Renaissance in the thirteenth century, the ‘prince’ has been the dominant archetype of ‘being’ and ‘becoming’. Power and politics have provided the modern world with determinant frames of self-constitution and social emancipation, along with a singular definition of ‘freedom’. In this context, The Modern Prince and the Modern Sage: Transforming Power and Freedom is concerned with rethinking and transforming the concepts of ‘power’ and ‘freedom’ in discourse, society and history.

2009 • 664 pages • Hardback: ` 950.00 (978-81-782-9827-6)

GLOBALIZATION ON THE GROUNDMedia and the Transformation of Culture, Class, and Gender in India

Steve Derne SUNY-Geneseo

In Globalization on the Ground: media and the transformation of Culture, Class, and Gender in India, Steve Derné argues that the effects of globalization on existing cultural values differ among social groups. The non-élite middle class in India, for whom globalization has brought little change in economic position and opportunities, has resisted changes to existing ideas about family, marriage, and gender relations. The book suggests that the non-élite middle class accepts only those meanings which can be layered on top of existing meanings that support obdurate social structures, thereby reiterating existing social stereotypes.

2008 • 244 pages • Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-782-9826-9)

29A

Social Change

KHADI: GANDHI’S MEGA SYMBOL OF SUBVERSIONPeter Gonsalves Salesian Pontifical University, Rome

Khadi: Gandhi’s mega Symbol of Subversion investigates the power of a symbol to qualitatively transform society by studying Mahatma Gandhi’s use of clothing as a metaphor for unity, empowerment and liberation from imperial subjugation. The book brings together historical evidence of Gandhi’s search for a semiotics of attire in his quest for personal integrity and socio-political change. From a multidisciplinary perspective, it closely examines the subversion underlying his sartorial communication.

CoNTENTSList of Tables and Figures / List of Photographs and Images/ List of Abbreviations / Foreword by John S Moolakkattu / Acknowledgements / Introduction / I : SUBVERTING THE SELF / The Passion to Be an ‘English Gentleman’ (1869–1891) / In Search of Sartorial Significance (1892–1913) / ‘Unclothing’ of the Mahatma (1914–1948) / II: ECo-PoLITICAL SUBVERSIoN / The Rape of India / Gandhi’s Eco-political Subversion / Controversy / III: PSYCHo-CULTURAL SUBVERSIoN / Inferiorisation of the People / Gandhi’s Psycho-cultural Subversion / Controversy / IV: SoCIo-RELIGIoUS SUBVERSIoN—UNToUCHABILITY / India’s Shame / Gandhi’s Socio-religious Subversion—Untouchability / Controversy / V: SoCIo-RELIGIoUS SUBVERSIoN—MILITANCY / India’s Schism / Gandhi’s Socio-religious Subversion—Militancy / Controversy / VI: THE PHILoSoPHY oF GANDHIAN SUBVERSIoN THRoUGH KHADI / Foundational Principles of Gandhian Subversion / The Metaphysics of Khadi / Conclusion / Photographs and Images / Appendix / Glossary of Sanskrit and Indian Vocabulary/ Timeline of Gandhi and the Swadeshi Movement / Select Bibliography / Index / About the Author

2012 • 344 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0735-4)

THINKING DESIGNS Balaram D J Academy of Design, Coimbatore

Thinking Design looks at ‘design’ in its broadest sense and shows how design originates in ‘human need’ which is not only physical but also psychological, socio-cultural, ecological and spiritual. The book calls for broad-based, socially integrated designs with a large global vision that offer creative solutions to a variety of subjects rather than providing multiplicity of objects. Exploring the course taken by design during the time of Gandhi and in the following era, the author advocates the need for service- or process-oriented designs in contrast to product-oriented designs.

CoNTENTSForeword by GASToN RoBERGE / Introduction / DESIGN: NATURE AND PoWER / The / Wonder That Is: The Context of Designing / Modern Indian Design: The Roots / The Power of Representation: Semiotics for Mass Movement / Fitting the Man to the Task: The Design Training Paradox / DESIGN: HUMAN PERSPECTIVES AND CoNCERNS / Design and Rule: Design Colonisation / Politics is not a Four-letter Word: The Impact of State Policies and Politics on Design / Tools for Change: Learning from the Artisans / For the People, By the People: Design without Designers / The Barefoot Designer: Design as Service to Rural People / DESIGN: NEW DIMENSIoNS AND THE FUTURE / QWER: Freedom in Design / Leave Well Enough Alone: The Need for Restraint in Designing / Invisible Design: The Alternative Approaches / DESIGN REALISATIoNS: CASE STUDIES : The Case Studies / Design Pedagogy in India: A Perspective / References / Notes on Select Figures / Index

2011 • 288 pages • Paperback: ` 900.00 (978-81-321-0314-1)

ATLANTIC GANDHIThe Mahatma Overseas

Nalini Natarajan University of Puerto Rico, US

Atlantic Gandhi takes Mahatma Gandhi out of the national space of India and examines him as an ocean-faring diasporic cosmopolitan whose life reverberates with the revolutionary currents of the Atlantic rim. Using the frames of diaspora theory, post-colonial discourse theory and the recent Atlantic turn in studies of resistance, the book brings into relief Gandhi’s experience as a traveler moving from a classic colony in India to the plantation and mining society of South Africa. It argues that such a move between modes of production brought him into contact with indentured laborers, with whom he shared exilic and diasporic consciousness, and whose difficult yet resilient lives inspired his philosophy

CoNTENTSPreface / From Kathiawar / Sailing the High Seas / Deconstructing the Coolie / Plotting a Diasporic Nation / Local cosmopolitan and modern anti-modern: Hind Swaraj and Satyagraha in South Africa / The Tamil women of the Transvaal / Gandhi and Atlantic Modernity / “Prophet in homespun”: Deenabandhu C.F. Andrews / Conclusion: Diasporic Gandhi / Bibliography / Index

2013 • 272 pages • Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0968-6)

UNDERSTANDING GANDHIGandhians in Conversation with Fred J Blum

Usha Thakkar Institute of Research on Gandhian Thought and Rural Development and Jayshree Mehta Sumandeep Vidyapeeth University, Vadodara

Understanding Gandhi is a collection of interviews of six of Mahatma Gandhi’s closest associates—J.B. Kriplani, Raihana Tyabji, Dada Dharmadhikari, Sushila Nayar, Jhaver Patel and Sucheta Kripalani. The interviewees reflect on Gandhi’s ideas in the light of changes that took place in India after Independence. The book provides glimpses of Gandhi’s ideas and working relationship with his colleagues who came from a wide range of backgrounds, professions and geographical regions.

2010 • 572 pages • Paperback: ` 550.00 (9788-1-321-0557-2)

CLOTHING FOR LIBERATIONA Communication Analysis of Gandhi’s Swadeshi Revolution

Peter Gonsalves Salesian Pontifical University, Rome

Mahatama Gandhi used Khadi less as garment and more as a message to both Indians and the British. This is the sum of Peter Gonsalves’ Clothing for Liberation. The author shows how Gandhi became, perhaps, the best communicator of his age. The sheer simplicity of clothing (or fabric) as a medium of this communication, he shows, was an act of genius.

Businessworld

2010 • 188 pages • Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-321-0310-3)

30A

Social Change | Family & Aging | Behavioural Studies

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN THE INDIAN CONTEXTA Socio-cultural Focus

Volume 2

Margaret Khalakdina Independent consultant

A contextual complement to its prequel, this volume presents the major socio-psychological and cultural influences on the development of an Indian. This volume analyses development of a person from childhood to adolescence in the Indian context.

The author incorporates psychological, sociological, anthropological and even economic and socio-political dimensions that affect development, giving this work multi-disciplinary breadth. It has a futuristic perspective and focuses academic attention on social reality frames as well as on indigenised constructs, attempting to analyse through empirical data the development theories relevant to the Indian subject.

This book is context-specific and content-sensitive to the Indian psyche. It culminates its discussions with identifying the future foci that could give empirical information for creating a theoretical base on the development of the Indian.

CoNTENTSForeword by Shyam Menon / Prologue / Introduction / Socialisation: The Process / Socialisation: Actors and outcomes / The Engendering of the Female / Selected Critical Goals of Development / The Dynamics of Culture / Bases of the Development of the Lifespan / Significant Domains during the Lifespan / Towards a Future Focus / Glossary / Index

2011 • 452 pages • Hardback: ` 1,400.00 (978-81-321-0581-7)

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN THE INDIAN CONTEXTA Socio-Cultural Focus

Volume 1

Margaret Khalakdina Independent consultant

Human Development in the Indian Context, Volume 1 contains essential information for an understanding of the nature of development of the Indian psyche and ethos. In this context, the author examines the significant aspects of development. In doing so, she presents a paradigm of an eclectic point of view, analysing basic concepts, sources and knowledge of human development in the Indian situation. She also discusses the critical skills required of the individual, the identity of the Indian and his adaptive resilience to the heterogeneity of his culture. This volume provides information to new readers and is a reference book targeted at university students, developmental institutions and to some extent, the students of comparative Asian studies.

2008 • 392 pages • Hardback: ` 1,100.00 (978-0-7619-3610-7)

ALIEN TECHNOLOGYCoping with Modern Mysteries

Ananda Mitra Wake Forest University, North Caroline, USA

Alien Technology explores the consequences of technological alienation on individuals and communities in the modern times. The world is already witnessing situations in which those who are alienated from technologies are at the mercy of those who are “in the know”. This may even lead to the creation of a new kind of class system based on technology literacy.

CoNTENTSPreface / The Law of Technological Alienation / The Cup Holder on My PC is Broken / Maybe My Monitor’s out of Ink / Computer Problems? Don’t Go Nuts / I Can Fix This / I Am Glad I Don’t Know / Those Who Know Are in Control / What Do I Need to Do? / Preliminary Steps / Notes / Index

2011 • 224 pages • Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-321-0466-7

DEMOCRACY IN THE FAMILYInsights from India

Edited by Joy Deshmukh-Ranadive Indian School of Microfinance for Women, Ahmedabad

Democracy in the Family is unique in the way it employs diverse research methods to address the issue of justice in the family under the common theme of examining whether the ethos of democracy is relevant to it. The interface between principles of democracy inside and outside the home is explored through the sub-themes of Èxperiencing the Family , Èxpressing the Family , `Seeking Justice` and Ìncluding the Excluded .

2008 • 256 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-0-7619-3631-2)

RESEARCHING FAMILIES AND CHILDRENCulturally Appropriate Methods

Edited by S Anandalakshmy Consultant, Chennai Nandita Chaudhary and Neerja Sharma both at University of Delhi

Researching Families and Children highlights methodological issues that arise while conducting research on human development in India. This compilation deals with the dynamics of transacting research in the field, instead of providing formalized instructions on how to conduct research. Dwelling on authentic encounters in the field, the authors articulate the various processes of interaction, while providing transparency in procedure and practicality in approach.

2008 • 252 pages • Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-81-782-9872-6)

DISCOURSES ON AGING AND DYINGEdited by Suhita Chopra Chatterjee and Priyadarshi Patnaik both at Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur and Vijayaraghavan Chariar Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi

Discourses on Aging and Dying…is an unusual book in the sense that it explores the truth about…inevitable yet painful bodily processes from widely different perspectives, ranging from the philosophical, spiritual and ethical to the political and medical.

The Telegraph

2008 • 272 pages • Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-0-7619-3644-2)

31A

Behavioural Studies | Environment Studies

CLIMATE CHANGE IN ASIA AND THE PACIFIC How Can Countries Adapt?

Edited by Venkatachalam Anbumozhi Asian Development Bank Institute, Japan, Meinhard Breiling Vienna University of Technical, Austria, Selvarajah Pathmarajah University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka and Vangimalla R Reddy USDA-ARS Crop Systems and Global Change Laboratory, Plant Sciences Institute, Beltsville Agricultural Research Center, USA

Climate change is regarded as one of the most serious developmental challenges the world faces, and adapting to it is an urgent requirement for countries across the globe. Developing countries of the Asia and Pacific region, despite contributing the least to the emission of greenhouse gases, are the most vulnerable to the effects of climate change.

Climate Change in Asia and the Pacific compiles policies and best practices on climate change adaptation, emphasizing the fact that the Asia and Pacific region needs immediate measures—both structural and nonstructural—in order to adapt to climate change. The discussions elaborate on issues related to agriculture, water resources, and natural resources management, which are some of the most vital sectors for the region from environmental, social, and economic perspectives.

CoNTENTSPreface / Acknowledgments / Introduction Worapot Manupipatpong and Venkatachalam Anbumozhi / I: CLIMATE CHANGE CHALLENGES, SCENARIoS, RISKS, AND PLANNING TooLS / Review of the Economics of Climate Change on Southeast Asia Tae Yong Jung / Agricultural Impact of Climate Change: A General Equilibrium Analysis with Special Reference to Southeast Asia Fan Zhai and Juzhong Zhuang / Monitoring the Vulnerability and Need for Adaptation Planning for Food Security Vangimalla R Reddy, David H Fleisher, Dennis J Timlin, Venkatachalam Anbumozhi, K Raja Reddy, and Yang Yang / Mainstreaming Climate Change Adaption into Development Planning : opportunities and Challenges for Asia and the Pacific Venkatachalam Anbumozhi / II: EVoLVING ADAPTATIoN MEASURES IN THE REGIoN / Valuing Natural Resource Management: Climate Change Adaptation in the European Union Meinhard Breiling / Monitoring the Vulnerability and Adaptation Planning for Water Security Zhijun Chen / Water Management Practices and Climate Change Adaptation: South Asian Experiences Selvarajah Pathmarajah / Adaptation Measures for Climate Change in Japan Toshio Okazumi and Eiji Otsuki / Climate Change Impacts on the Mekong River Delta Shigeko Haruyama / Integrated Approach to Climate Change Impact Assessment on Agricultural Production Systems Tsugihiro Watanabe / Adaptation in Urban Settings: Asian Experiences Jostacio M Lapitan / III: SUCCESSFUL PRoGRAMS AND MEASURES oF ADAPTATIoN IN VULNERABLE AREAS / Flood Disasters and Warning Systems in Northern Thailand Thada Sukhapunnaphan and Taikan Oki / Integrated Flood Analysis System: An Efficient Tool to Implement Flood Forecasting and Warning Systems Kazuhiko Fukami, Tomonobu Sugira, Go Ozawa, Jun Magome, and Takahiro Kawakami / Effectiveness of Early Warning Systems and Monitoring Tools in the Mekong Basin Guillaume Lacombe, Chu Thai Hoanh, and Thierry Valéro / Insurance Solutions to Climate Change in Asia and the Pacific Yuri Murayama, Harumi Yashiro, and Hideki Kimura / Community-based Approaches to Climate Change Adaptation: Lessons and Findings Masanori Kobayashi and Ikuyo Kikusawa / Learning to Adapt: Case of Gender Alliance in Japan Midori Aoyagi / Structural and Nonstructural Adaptation Measures of Climate Change in India Agastin Baulraj / IV: ACTIoN PLAN FoR PoLICYMAKERS AND PLANNERS To REDUCE RISK IMPACT / Adapting to Climate Change: Developing Local Capacity Srikantha Herath / Financing Adaptation Responses: Disaster Mitigation in Viet Nam Bui Duong Nghieu / Economic Analysis of Climate Change Impacts on Agriculture at Farm Level Kuppannan Palanisami, Coimbatore Ramarao Ranganathan, Samiappan Senthilnathan, and Sevi Govindaraj / Supporting Climate Action Plans: The Role of the Adaptation Knowledge Platform Serena Fortuna / V: CAPACITY BUILDING STRATEGIES FoR MAINSTREAMING CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATIoN / Enhancing the Adaptive Capacity in the Asia and Pacific Region: opportunities for Innovation and Experimentation Venkatachalam Anbumozhi / Current Status of Adaptation Planning in the Region Tomonori Sudo / Mainstreaming Climate Change Adaptation into Development Planning Youssef Nassef / Conclusions, Policy Implications, and the Way Forward Robert Dobias, Venkatachalam Anbumozhi, vangimalla r. reddy, and Meinhard Breiling / Glossary / About the Editors and Contributors / Index

2012 • 404 pages • Hardback: ` 1,195.00 (978-81-321-0894-8)

SECOND EDITION!

APPLIED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGYUnderstanding and Addressing Social and Practical Problems

Frank W Schneider University of Windsor, Ontario, Canada, Jamie A Gruman University of Guelph and Larry M Coutts EPSI, Inc.

This textbook serves as an introduction to the field of applied social psychology, which focuses on understanding social and practical problems and on developing intervention strategies directed at the amelioration of such problems. A core feature of the book is attaining a balance among theory, research, and application. In the Second Edition, the contributing authors have updated the text with the latest research and incorporated current examples to which students can relate.

CoNTENTSPreface / Part I. Foundations of Applied Social Psychology / Defining the Field of Applied Social Psychology Frank Schneider, Jamie Gruman, and Larry Coutts / Social Psychological Theory Greg Chung-Yan, and Shelagh Towson / Research Methods Kenneth Cramer, and Louise Alexitch / Intervention and Evaluation Adam Lodzinski, Michiko Motomura, and Frank Schneider / Part II. Applying Social Psychology to Arenas of Life / Applying Social Psychology to Clinical and Counseling Psychology Kenneth Hart, David Ledgerwood, and Phillip Ianni / Applying Social Psychology to Sport Teams Philip Sullivan, Deborah Feltz, and Lori Dithurbid / Applying Social Psychology to the Media David Ewoldsen, and Beverly Roskos-Ewoldsen / Applying Social Psychology to Health Kathryn Lafreniere, and Kenneth Cramer / Applying Social Psychology in Education Louise Alexitch / Applying Social Psychology to organizations Larry Coutts, and Jamie Gruman / Applying Social Psychology to the Criminal Justice System David Day, and Stéphanie Marion / Applying Social Psychology to the Community Kathryn Lafreniere, Stewart Page, and Charlene Senn / Applying Social Psychology to the Environment Robert Gifford / Applying Social Psychology to Diversity Catherine Kwantes, Sherry Bergeron, and Ritu Kaushal / Part III. Applying Social Psychology to one’s own Life / Applying Social Psychology to Personal Relationships Ann Weber / Applying Social Psychology to the Classroom Randolph Smith / Applying Social Psychology to Positive Well-Being: Focus on optimism Kenneth Hart, and Phillip Ianni / References / Index / About the Editors / Contributors



ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND CLIMATE CHANGEConserving Power for a Sustainable Future

B Sudhakara Reddy Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, Mumbai Gaudenz B Assenza Palacky University, Czech Republic Dora Assenza Palacky University Olomouc, Czech Republic and Franziska Hasselmann University of Fribourg, Switzerland

Energy Efficiency and Climate Change discusses the development of policy instruments to promote energy-efficiency investments that can bridge the gap between energy-efficiency potential and practice. It directly addresses the ‘Energy Efficiency Gap’ that every country has faced in the form of opposition to energy reform policies. A discussion on implications of international laws on climate change is followed by proposing the commercialization of energy-efficient technologies, with special focus on the role of multilateral institutions in promoting the adoption of energy-efficiency measures.

2009 • 372 pages • Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0228-1)

32A

Environment Studies

FOURTH EDITION!

AN INVITATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGYMichael Mayerfeld Bell University of Wisconsin - Madison, Chile

The Fourth Edition of An Invitation to Environmental Sociology brings out the sociology of environmental possibility, inviting students to delve into this rapidly changing field. Written in a lively, engaging style, covers the broad range of topics in environmental sociology with a personal passion rarely seen in sociology textbooks. With extensively updated material on the environmental situation, this edition challenges readers with the complexity of environmental puzzles.

CoNTENTSEnvironmental Problems and Society / Part I: The Material / Consumption and Materialism / Money and Machines / Population and Development / Body and Health / Part II: The Ideal / The Ideology of Environmental Domination / The Ideology of Environmental Concern / The Human Nature of Nature / The Rationality of Risk / Part III: The Practical / Mobilizing the Ecological Society / Governing the Ecological Society



A Graphic Book from SAGE!

OUR TOXIC WORLDA Guide to Hazardous Substances in our Everyday Lives

Toxics Link New Delhi

Our Toxic World takes a closer look at the ‘hidden perils,’ which dominates our urban lives today. A graphic narrative, conceived, structured and scripted by Aniruddha Sen Gupta, the book suggests alternatives for readers to improve the physical quality of their lives and the environment in which they live.

The Times of India

The mode of development that the world—and India—has followed has led to a situation where we are surrounded by numerous hazardous substances in our everyday lives, affecting the health of people, of other living creatures, and of the planet as a whole. our Toxic World is an effort to shine a keen light on these substances, and suggest alternatives that will allow readers to improve the physical quality of their lives and of their environment.

CoNTENTSForeword by Ravi Agarwal / Introduction / Cast of Characters / Construction: City of Bones / Automobile Pollution: Air Today, Gone Tomorrow / Environmental Legislation: Laws of the Land / Industrial Pollution: Poisonous Development / Chemicals: Killer Cocktail / Electronic Waste: System Failure Imminent / Plastics: Material Mayhem / Heavy Metals: Trail of Destruction / Food: Toxins at your Table / Household Waste: Attitudes that Stink / Recycling: The Right Stuff / Festivals: Callous Celebrations / Glossary / Behind the Book

2010 • 180 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0306-6)

A FOREST HISTORY OF INDIARichard P Tucker School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, USA

[The book] deepens our understanding of India’s environment history within the broader analytical and global contest…The book is a useful reference for scholars of environment history in India as a compilation of a set of the author’s main publications from the region.

Current Science

A Forest History of India highlights the two main strains of conflict that characterize the evolution of professional forestry in India. First, the tension between the subsistence needs of the local population and the commercial needs of the colonial state, and second, the clash between the forest department, which sought to preserve and manage forests, and the revenue department, which was driven by the need to expand agriculture and industry.

CoNTENTSIntroduction / Forest Management and Imperial Politics: Thana District, Bombay, 1823—1887 / The Forests of the Western Himalayas: The Legacy of British Colonial Administration / The British Colonial System and the Forests of the Western Himalayas, 1815—1914 / The Historical Context of Social Forestry in the Kumaon Himalayas / The Evolution of Transhumant Grazing in the Punjab Himalaya / The British Empire and India’s Forest Resources: The Timberlands of Assam and Kumaon, 1914—1950 / The Depletion of India’s Forests under British Imperialism: Planters, Foresters, and Peasants in Assam and Kerala / The Commercial Timber Economy under Two Colonial Regimes in Asia / Resident Peoples and Wildlife Reserves in India: The Prehistory of a Strategy / Non-Timber Forest Products Policy in the Western Himalayas under British Rule / Index

2011 • 276 pages • Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0693-7)

UNDERSTANDING ENVIRONMENTEdited by Kiran B Chhokar, Mamata Pandya and Meena Raghunathan all at Centre for Environment Education, Ahmedabad

So here we are at a time when the future…of the planet is being decided. It is going to be in our lifetime. You can just say it is all going to hell, and do nothing—to make sure that you are right—making it all self-fulfilling. or you can be optimistic to the extent that you think you can make a difference. If that is the case you keep going. It is hard to keep your head and your heart, but you have to.

Thomas Lovejoy, Chief Biodiversity Advisor, World Bank

2004 • 336 pages • Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-0-7619-3277-2)

Cities in a World eConomyFourth Edition

Saskia Sassen Columbia University

This bestselling book shows how certain characteristics of our turn-of-the-millennium flows of money, information and people have led to the emergence of a new social formation: global cities. These developments give new meaning to such fixtures of urban sociology as the centrality of place and the importance of geography in our social world.

Key features of this volume include:

• it takes a multidisciplinary approach to urban sociology, supported by global examples

• it examines the impact of global processes on the social structure of cities

• it strikes an ideal balance between maintaining academic rigor and employing new and innovative concepts

• it discusses a unique perspective on the highly gendered and unequal nature of the global city, and how it forces the underprivileged to live a dangerous and unpredictable life on global survival circuits.

New to the Fourth Edition:

• a new chapter analyzing the challenges and vulnerabilities facing major cities in terms of the environment, the global financial crisis and asymmetric war

• a new section on global migrations• a new section on comparing global cities• three new case studies comparing Shanghai and Hong Kong, the

Gulf States, and Istanbul

CoNTeNTSPlace and Production in the Global economy \ The Urban Impact of economic Globalization \ National and Transnational Urban Systems \ The New Urban economy: The Intersection of Global Processes and Place \ Issues and Case Studies in the New Urban economy \ The New Inequalities within Cities \ Global Cities and Global Survival Circuits \ The Urbanizing of Global Governance Challenges \ A New Geography of Centers and Margins

Sociology For a NEw cENtury SEriES2012 • 424 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8803-2) • $35.00

For spaCeDoreen Massey The Open University

Doreen Massey's acclaimed and impassioned argument for revitalising our imagination of space. A classic in the field.


Key thinKers on spaCe and plaCeSecond Edition

edited by Phil Hubbard Loughborough University and Rob Kitchin National University of Ireland

In this new edition of Key Thinkers on Space and Place, editors Phil Hubbard and Rob Kitchin provide a fully revised and updated text that highlights the work of over 65 key thinkers on space and place. Unique in its concept, the book is a comprehensive guide to the life and work of some of the key thinkers particularly influential in the current 'spatial turn' in the social sciences.

Providing a synoptic overview of different ideas about the role of space and place in contemporary social, cultural, political and economic life, each portrait comprises:

• biographical information and theoretical context• an explication of their contribution to spatial thinking• an overview of key advances and controversies• guidance to further reading.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSIntroduction: Why Key Thinkers? \ benedict Anderson \ Mark Augé \ Trevor barnes \ Jean baudrillard \ Zygmunt bauman \ Ulrich beck \ brian berry \ Homi K bhabha \ Pierre bourdieu \ Judith butler \ Anne buttimer \ Manuel Castells \ Michel de Certeau \ Stuart e Corbridge \ Denis Cosgrove \ Mike Davis \ Michael Dear \ Gilles Deleuze \ Peter Dicken \ Arturo escobar \ Michel Foucault \ J K Gibson-Graham \ Anthony Giddens \ Reginald Golledge \ Derek Gregory \ Torsten Hagerstrand \ Peter Haggett \ Stuart Hall \ Donna Haraway \ J brian Harley \ David Harvey \ bell Hooks \ Tim Ingold \ Peter Jackson \ Cindi Katz \ bruno Latour \ Henri Lefebvre \ David Ley \ Kevin Lynch \ Doreen Massey \ Linda McDowell \ Anssi Paasi \ Allan Pred \ Gillian Rose \ edward W Said \ Saskia Sassen \ Andrew Sayer \ Amartya Sen \ David Sibley \ Neil Smith \ edward J Soja \ Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak \ Michael Storper \ Peter Taylor \ Nigel Thrift \ Gerard Toal \ Waldo Tobler \ Yi-Fu Tuan \ John Urry \ Paul Virilio \ Immanuel Wallerstein \ Michael J Watts \ benno Werlen \ Raymond Williams \ Alan Wilson \ Iris Marion Young


enCyClopedia oF Urban stUdies

Two-Volume Set

edited by Ray Hutchinson University of Wisconsin, Green Bay

In this urban age, there is clearly a need for such major works as Ray Hutchinson's excellent Encyclopedia of Urban Studies.... A wonderfully rich reference work

- The Times Literary Supplement


33

Urban & environmental Sociology

the enCyClopedia oF hoUsingSecond Edition

edited by andrew t carswell University of Georgia

The Second Edition of The Encyclopedia of Housing has been updated to reflect the significant changes in the market that make the landscape of the industry so different today, and includes articles and references from a fresh set of scholars who have contributed to the field over the past 12 years.

2012 • 934 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-8957-2) • $340.00


SAGE Reference Online (978-1-4522-1838-0)

the sage handbooK oF hoUsing stUdiesedited by David F Clapham Cardiff University, William A V Clark University of California, Los Angeles and Kenneth Gibb University of Glasgow

The comprehensive volume we have long been waiting for. Chapters by leading scholars from many disciplines offer students, housing professionals and policy analysts an insightful examination of the complex aspects of the housing sector

- Andrejs Skaburskis, Professor and North American Editor of Housing Studies, Queen's University,

Kingston, Ontario

Cross-disciplinary and critical in its approach, The SAGE Handbook of Housing Studies is an elucidating look at the key issues within the field. It covers the study of housing retrospectively, but also analyses the future directions of research and theory, demonstrating how it can contribute to wider debates in the social sciences.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSPART oNe: HoUSING MARKeTS \ Introduction \ Understanding Housing Markets: Real Progress or Stalled Agendas? \ House-building and Housing Supply \ Housing behaviour \ Residential Mobility and the Housing Market \ Neighbourhoods and their Role in Creating and Changing Housing \ PART TWo: APPRoACHeS \ Introduction \ The Neo-Classical Legacy to Housing Research \ Institutional economics \ Social Geographic Interpretations of Housing Spaces \ Social Policy Approaches to Housing Research \ Social Constructionism and beyond in Housing Research \ A Review of Structurally Inspired Approaches in Housing Studies \ Housing Politics and Political Science \ People - environment Studies \ PART THRee: CoNTeXT \ Introduction \ Housing and the economy \ Housing: From Low energy to Zero Carbon \ Housing Politics and Political Science \ Housing and Social Life \ Housing and Welfare Regimes \ PART FoUR: PoLICY ISSUeS \ Introduction \ Homelessness \ Affordable Housing \ ethnic Residential Segregation: Reflections on Concepts, Levels and effects \ Social Consequences of Residential Segregation and Mixed Neighbourhoods \ Managing Social Housing


the sage handbooK oF arChiteCtUral theoryedited by C Greig Crysler University of California, Berkeley, Stephen Cairns University of Edinburgh and Hilde Heynen Catholic Univeristy of Leuven

This book is much more than just a Handbook of architecture ... None of the existing Readers on architecture, urbanism or space have the breadth, the pedagogic value and amalgamation of creative thinking ... A must as a reference resource'

- Scott Lash, Goldsmiths College, University of London

This unique and comprehensive collection of articles maps out the contemporary landscape of architectural theory. Its focus on interdisciplinarity and cross-cultural ties ensures the discipline's relationship with the social sciences is fully explored.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSPART oNe: PoWeR/DIFFeReNCe/eMboDIMeNT \ PART TWo: AeSTHeTICS/PLeASURe/eXCeSS \ PART THRee: NATIoN/WoRLD/SPeCTACLe \ PART FoUR: HISToRY/MeMoRY/TRADITIoN \ PART FIVe: DeSIGN/PRoDUCTIoN/PRACTICe \ PART SIX: SCIeNCe/TeCHNoLoGY/VIRTUALITY \ PART SeVeN: NATURe/eCoLoGY/SUSTAINAbILITY \ PART eIGHT: CITY/MeTRoPoLIS/TeRRIToRY


CUltUres and globalizationCities, Cultural Policy and Governance

edited by Helmut K Anheier Hertie School of Governance and Heidelberg University and yudhishthir raj isar The American University of Paris

'This is a significant volume that firmly situates the discussion about globalization, cultural production and the challenges for policy formulation in the dynamic, slippery and ever-shifting terrain of the contemporary urban condition' - Rahul Mehrotra, Graduate School of Design, Harvard UniversityLooking at the city through its internal dynamics, this book examines how governance and cultural policy play out in a national and international framework. Making a truly global contribution to the literature, the editors bring together an international and highly respected team of scholars. In doing so, they skilfully steer debates beyond the city as an economic powerhouse, to cover issues that fully comprehend a city's cultural dynamics and its impact on policy including alternative economies, creativity, migration, diversity, sustainability, education and urban planning.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSPART oNe: MeTRoPoLITAN CULTURAL PoLITICS, PoLICIeS AND GoVeRNANCe \ overarching issues \ City experiences \ PART TWo: INDICAToR SUITeS

tHE culturES aND globalizatioN SEriES2012 • 472 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0122-0) • £90.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0123-7) • £36.99

34


global shiFtMapping the Changing Contours of the World Economy

Sixth Edition

Peter Dicken University of Manchester

This Sixth Edition has been completely revised and updated using the latest available sources. New chapters have been introduced to take account of recent empirical developments, new ideas on production, distribution and consumption in the global economy, and the implications of the global financial crisis.

A Companion Website includes a selection of over 150 full-text online readings from SAGe journals (alongside links to key non-SAGe articles) compiled specifically for students in sociology and linked to each chapter.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSIntroduction: Questioning Globalization \ PART oNe: THe SHIFTING CoNToURS oF THe GLobAL eCoNoMY \ Global Shift: Changing Geographies of the Global economy \ PART TWo: PRoCeSSeS oF GLobAL SHIFT \ Tangled Webs: Unravelling Complexity in the Global economy \ Technological Change: 'Gales of Creative Destruction' \ Transnational Corporations: The Primary 'Movers and Shapers' of the Global economy \ The State Really Does Matter \ The Uneasy Relationship between TNCs and States: Dynamics of Conflict and Collaboration \ PART THRee: THe PICTURe IN DIFFeReNT eCoNoMIC SeCToRS \ 'Making Holes in the Ground': The extractive Industries \ 'We Are What We eat': The Agro-Food Industries \ 'Fabric-ating Fashion': The Clothing Industries \ 'Wheels of Change': The Automobile Industry \ 'Making the World Go Round': Advanced business Services - especially Finance \ 'Making the Connections, Moving the Goods': Logistics and Distribution Services \ PART FoUR: WINNING AND LoSING IN THe GLobAL eCoNoMY \ 'Capturing Value' within Global Production Networks \ 'Destroying Value': environmental Impacts of Global Production Networks \ Winning and Losing: Where You Live Really Matters \ Making the World a better Place


Key ConCepts in Urban geographyAlan Latham University Col lege London, Derek McCormack Oxford University Centre for the Environment, UK, Kim McNamara Donald McNeill University of Western Sydney, Australia

Key Concepts in Urban Geography is a new kind of textbook that forms part of an innovative set of companion texts for the human geography subdisciplines. organized around 20 short essays, Key Concepts in Urban Geography provides a cutting-edge introduction to the central concepts that define contemporary research in urban geography. Involving detailed and expansive discussions, the book includes:

• an introductory chapter providing a succinct overview of the recent developments in the field

• over 20 key concept entries with comprehensive explanations, definitions and evolutions of the subject

• extensive pedagogic features that enhance understanding including a glossary, figures, diagrams and further reading.

This is an ideal companion text for upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students in urban geography and covers the expected staples of the subdiscipline from global cities and urban nature to transnational urbanism and virtuality.

CoNTeNTSIntroduction / LoCATIoN AND MoVeMeNT / Centrality / Mobility / Global Cities / Transnational urbanism / CoNSTRUCTIoNS / Nature / Materiality / Infrastructure / Architecture / eNVISIoNING AND eXPeRIeNCe / Diagram / Photography / body / Virtuality / Surveillance / SoCIAL AND PoLITICAL SPACeS / Segregation / Urban politics / Community / SITeS AND PRACTICeS / Consumption / Media / Public space / Commemoration

KEy CONCEPTS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHy LECTURERS2009 • 240 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-3041-3) • £66.00Paperback (978-1-4129-3042-0) • £21.99

the sage handbooK oF gis and soCietyedited by Timothy Nyerges University of Washington, Helen Couclelis University of California, Santa Barbara and Robert McMaster University of Minnesota

This book fills a major gap in knowledge about the recursive relationship between GIS and society, helping social researchers better understand the influences that link GIS technology and post-industrial society.


Key ConCepts in geographySecond Edition

Nicholas Clifford King's College London, UK, Sarah Holloway, Stephen P Rice both at Loughborough University, UK and Gill Valentine University of Leeds

Key Concepts in Geography explains the key terms - space, time, place, scale, landscape - that define the language of geography. It is unique in the reference literature as it provides - in one volume - concepts from both human geography and physical geography; especially relevant now that environment is so critical to our understanding of geography.

Four introductory chapters on different intellectual traditions in geography situate and introduce the entries on the key concepts. each entry then comprises a short definition, a summary of the principal arguments, a substantive 5,000-word discussion, the use of real-life examples, and annotated notes for further reading.


35


an invitation to environmental soCiologyFourth Edition

Michael Mayerfeld Bell University of Wisconsin, Madison

Written in a lively, engaging style, Michael Mayerfeld bell covers the broad range of topics in this field with a personal passion rarely seen in sociology textbooks. With extensively updated material on the environmental situation, this edition challenges readers with the complexity of environmental puzzles.

2012 • 400 PAGESPaperback (978-1-4129-9053-0) • $76.00

Understanding environmental issUesedited by Susan Buckingham and Mike turner both at Brunel University

There is now an unprecedented interest in, and concern about, environmental problems. This unique book explains the environmental science behind these problems, alongside the economic, political, social and cultural factors which produce and reproduce them. It constitutes a wonderful teaching text that weaves together often disparate fields.


enCyClopedia oF global Warming and Climate ChangeSecond Edition

edited by S George Philander Princeton University

The First Edition of the Encyclopedia of Global Warming and Climate Change provided a multi-authored, academic yet non-technical resource for students and teachers to understand the importance of global warming, to appreciate the effects of human activity and greenhouse gases around the world, and to learn the history of climate change and the research enterprise examining it. This Second Edition updates more than half of the original entries and adds new perspectives and content to keep students and researchers up-to-date in a field that has proven provocatively lively.


the sage handbooK oF environmental Change

Volume One: Approaches, Evidences and Causes

Volume Two: Human Impacts and Responses

Two-Volume Set

edited by John a Matthews Swansea University

In more than 40 chapters, this new two-volume work examines the historic importance and future development of the field of environmental change, including its relationship to theory, research and practice.

2012 • 1056 pages Hardback (978-0-85702-360-5) • £275.00

green ConsUmerismAn A-to-Z Guide

edited by Juliana Mansvelt Massey University

This sixth volume in the SAGE Series on Green Society covers the consumption, availability and distribution of energy and other resources in the personal consumer environment.

tHE SagE rEFErENcE SEriES oN grEEN SociEty2010 • 560 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-9685-3) • $110.00SAGE Reference Online (978-1-4129-7380-9)

green CUltUreAn A-to-Z Guide

edited by Kevin Wehr California State University

From green Hollywood to green spirituality, green art and green restaurants, this volume contains 150 articles exploring the on-going paradigm shift in culture and lifestyles toward promoting a sustainable environment.

tHE SagE rEFErENcE SEriES oN grEEN SociEty2011 • 584 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-9693-8) • $110.00SAGE Reference Online (978-1-4129-7571-1)

36


enCyClopedia oF poWeredited by Keith Dowding Australian National University

Despite, or perhaps because of, its ubiquity, power has been analyzed in numerous and diverse ways in different discourse communities. This encyclopedia provides authoritative and comprehensive coverage of the use of power in those different discourses, enabling the different language communities to learn from each other. It is a compendium of the concepts that build the ways in which power is conceptualized and provides analyses of related concepts. It also serves as a sourcebook for those interested in studying power and cross-references the many insights that have been provided by theorists over the years.


international migration

Four-Volume Set

edited by andrew geddes University of Sheffield

This collection brings together the best research into migration across state borders. Reflecting the complexity and diversity of work in this area, the set draws on the work of sociologists, lawyers, economists, political scientists and geographers as well as international relations scholars. Andrew Geddes' selection examines the causes, modes, patterns and consequences of international migration and demonstrates how its analysis requires connections to be made between the domestic and the international.

SagE library oF iNtErNatioNal rElatioNS2011 • 1528 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-089-5) • £600.00

enCyClopedia oF ConsUmption and Waste

The Social Science of Garbage

Two-Volume Set

edited by Carl A Zimring Roosevelt University and William L Rathje University of Arizona

How do different societies around the world cope with their garbage in these troubled environmental times? How does our waste give insight into our attitudes about gender, class, religion and art? the Encyclopedia of Consumption and Waste explores the topic across multiple disciplines within the social sciences and ranges further to include business, consumerism, environmentalism and marketing to comprise an outstanding reference for academic and public libraries.

Key Themes include:

• archaeology of garbage • consumption and waste - industrial/commercial • consumption and waste - personal • geography, culture and waste • history of consumption and waste • issues and solutions • sociology of waste • the United States: consumption, waste collection and disposal • waste - municipal/local • the world's 20 largest cities: consumption, waste collection

and disposal.

2012 • 1232 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-8819-3) • $350.00


SAGE Reference Online (978-1-4522-1852-6)

governmentalityPower and rule in Modern Society

Second Edition

Mitchell Dean Macquarie University, Sydney

In this timely Second Edition, Mitchell Dean engages with the full textual basis of Foucault's lectures and, once again, provides invaluable insights into the traditions, methods and theories of political power identifying the authoritarian as well as liberal sides of governmentality.


37

Urban & environmental Sociology / Political Sociology

the politiCs oF belongingIntersectional Contestations

Nira yuval-Davis University of East London

In this groundbreaking book, Nira Yuval-Davis provides a cutting-edge investigation of the challenging debates around belonging and the politics of belonging. Alongside the hegemonic forms of citizenship and nationalism which have tended to dominate our recent political and social history, the author examines alternative contemporary political projects of belonging constructed around the notions of religion, cosmopolitanism and the feminist 'ethics of care'. The book also explores the effects of globalization, mass migration and the rise of both fundamentalist and human rights movements on such politics of belonging, as well as some of its racialized and gendered dimensions. A special space is given to the various feminist political movements that have been engaged as part of, or in resistance to, the political projects of belonging.

Yuval-Davis deconstructs notions of national and ethnic and interrogates the effects that different political projects of belonging have on members of these collectivities who are differentially located socially, economically and politically.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSIntroduction: Framing the Questions \ The Citizenship Question: of the State and beyond \ The National Question: From the Indigenous to the Diasporic \ The Religious Question: The Sacred, the Cultural and the Political \ The Cosmopolitan Question: Situating the Human and Human Rights \ The Caring Question: The emotional and the Political \ Concluding Remarks


Contemporary China stUdiesCollection: Sets 1 & 2

Eight-Volume Set

edited by Tak-Wing Ngo University of Macau

This collection provides a much-needed set of quality references for academics and researchers in this area. The collection bridges some gaps in the state of the field by being the first to bring together the seminal writings. It contains 200 carefully selected articles and book chapters focusing on the politics, economy and society of China since 1949. It is grouped in two four-volume collections. each set is self-contained with the first set dealing with politics and the second with economy and society.

Set One: PoliticsVolume One: Continuities and Changes of the Party-StateVolume Two: Forms of Discipline and ControlVolume Three: Local Autonomy and the Struggle over central authorityVolume Four: Multiculturalism and the Quest for National Unity

Set Two: Economy and SocietyVolume One: Market Reform and Legacies of the Command EconomyVolume Two: Government-Business Relations in the Hybrid MarketVolume Three: Civil Society, Citizenship and Popular ResistanceVolume Four: Social Cleavages and forms of Marginalization

2011 • 3328 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-820-4) • £1100.00

Contemporary China stUdies 1

Politics

Four-Volume Set


2011 • 1584 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-4884-5) • £600.00

Contemporary China stUdies 2

Economy & Society

Four-Volume Set


2011 • 1624 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-4883-8) • £600.00

soCial and politiCal movements

Four-Volume Set

edited by Cyrus Ernesto Zirakzadeh University of Connecticut

This collection contains more than 55 writings by academics and public intellectuals. The essays are drawn from different decades of the 20th and 21st centuries, and from across the globe, presenting different and sometimes divergent lines of thinking about social movements.

Volume One: Theorizing about Movements after World War IIVolume Two: Emergence and Evolution of Political-Process TheoryVolume Three: Cultural ApproachesVolume Four: Components, Contradictions and Contexts

SagE library oF Political SciENcE2011 • 1640 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-091-8) • £600.00

38

Political Sociology

QUestioning genderA Sociological Exploration

Robert Ryle Hanover College

Rather than providing definitive answers about gender, this unique book exposes readers to new material that will lead them to question their assumptions. The author uses both historical and cross-cultural approaches - as well as a focus on intersectionality and transgender issues - to help students understand the socially constructed nature of gender.

Debunking ideas of what is normal and abnormal, this provocative book explores the core theories and topics of the course, including the gender of sexuality, the gender of friendship and dating, the gender of media and popular culture, and the gender of politics and power.

AbRIDGeD CoNTeNTSPART oNe: WHAT ARe THe IMPoRTANT QUeSTIoNS To ASK AboUT GeNDeR? \ PART TWo: HoW ARe oUR LIVeS FILLeD WITH GeNDeR? \ PART THRee: HoW IS GeNDeR AN IMPoRTANT PART oF THe WAY oUR SoCIeTY WoRKS?

2012 • 568 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-6594-1) • $66.00

the sage handbooK oF prejUdiCe, stereotyping and disCriminationedited by John F Dovidio Yale University, Miles Hewstone University of Oxford, Peter Glick Lawrence University and Victoria M Esses University of Western Ontario

This volume contains comprehensive coverage on the state of research, critical analysis and promising avenues for further study on prejudice, stereotyping and discrimination.


enCyClopedia oF gender in mediaedited by Mary Kosut State University of New York, Purchase

The Encyclopedia of Gender in Media critically examines the role of the media in enabling, facilitating or challenging the social construction of gender in our society. It addresses a variety of entertainment and news content in print and electronic media and analyzes gender issues related to media ownership and the media workforce.


the aFtermath oF FeminismGender, Culture and Social Change

Angela McRobbie Goldsmiths College, University of London

In this trenchant inquiry into the state of feminism, Angela McRobbie breaks open the politics of sexual equality and 'affirmative feminism' and sets down a new theory of gender power. This volume marks a turning point in feminist theory.

culturE, rEPrESENtatioN aND iDENtity SEriES2008 • 192 pagesHardback (978-0-7619-7061-3) • £70.00 Paperback (978-0-7619-7062-0) • £22.99

enCyClopedia oF Women in today's World

Four-Volume Set

edited by Mary Zeiss Stange Skidmore College, Carol K Oyster University of Wisconsin, LaCrosse, Jane Sloan Rutgers University, New Brunswick and Golson Books Ltd

This work includes 1000 entries covering the spectrum of defining women in the contemporary world.

2011 • 2016 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-7685-5) • $495.00

raCe & CrimeMichael Rowe Northumbria University

In this original and cutting-edge new textbook, Michael Rowe explores the key topics in race and crime. examining the main issues from an historical and comparative approach, the book fully situates arguments and ideas in a global context with contemporary examples.

KEy APPROACHES TO CRIMINOLOGy2012 • 224 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-726-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-727-0) * £22.99

39

Race & Gender

A Very PersonAl MethodAnthropological Essays Drawn From Life

Edited by Richard Fardon School of Oriental and African Studies

Mary Douglas was one of the leading contemporary anthropologists. Her work is wide-ranging and was developed along many fronts. Her method of analysis was idiosyncratic and sometimes downright mysterious.

This timely, well-informed book draws together her chief writings on method. It reveals a thinker who was continuously innovative and individual.

Richard Fardon is a major commentator on Douglas's work. In this book he brings together a fascinating collection of original material to provide a definitive account of Douglas's methodology.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: FAMILIAR FEELIngs \ PART TWo: THInKIng AboUT CATHoLICIsM In LELE RELIgIoUs EXPERIEnCE \ PART THREE: TAboo AnD RITUAL \ PART FoUR: ConTEMPoRARIEs \ PART FIVE: InCLUsIon As ConCLUsIon


Cultures And CrisesUnderstanding Risk and Resolution


This collection brings together 13 essays on culture, not previously collected, from the last decade and a half of Mary Douglas's life.

They focus on the collaborative development of 'cultural theory' from the 'grid and group' analysis of the 1970s through to is application and elaboration in her later thought. The material covers questions of culture and institutions, the challenges to culture posed by climate change and the nature of risk in culture. What emerges is the most complete picture of Mary Douglas's cultural theory that is currently available to us.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: CULTURAL THEoRY \ PART TWo: CULTURE AnD CLIMATE \ PART THREE: InsTITUTIonALIZED RIsKs


the sAGe hAndbook of soCiAl AnthroPoloGy

Published with the Association of Social Anthropology

Two Volume Set


In two volumes, The SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology is the definitive overview of contemporary research in the discipline. It explains the what, where and how of current and anticipated work in social anthropology. With 80 authors, contributing more than 60 chapters, this is the most comprehensive and up-to-date statement of research available and the essential point of departure for future projects.

The Handbook is divided into four sections:

• Part One: Interfaces: examines social anthropology's disciplinary connections, from art and literature to politics and economics, from linguistics to biomedicine, from history to media studies

• Part Two: Places: examines place, region, culture, and history, from regional, area studies to a globalized world

• Part Three: Methods: examines issues of method; from archives to war zones, development projects to art objects and ethics

• Part Four: Futures: anticipates anthropologies to come: in the brain sciences; post-development; the body and health; technologies; and materialities.

Edited by the leading figures in social anthropology, the Handbook includes a substantive introduction by Richard Fardon, a think piece by Jean Comaroff and John Comaroff, and a concluding last word on futures by Marilyn strathern. The authors - each at the leading edge of the discipline - contribute in-depth chapters on both the foundational ideas and the latest research.

ConTEnTsPART onE: InTERFACEs \ Anthropology and Linguistics \ Anthropology and Psychology \ The Anthropology of biomedicine and bioscience \ Art and Anthropology \ Anthropology, Media and Cultural studies \ Anthropology and Public Policy \ Anthropology and Law \ Anthropology and History \ Anthropology and Archaeology \ Anthropology, Economics and Development studies \ Anthropology and Politics \ Anthropology and Religious studies \ Anthropology and Museology \ Anthropology and gender \ Identity, subjectivity and the Postcolonial in Africa \ Anthropology and Literature \ PART TWo: PLACEs \ Place, Region, Culture, History: From Area studies to a globalized World \ A Circumpolar north \ Replacing Europe \ Central and southwest Asia \ south Asia \ The Asian Pacific Rim \ Island southeast Asia \ Australasia \ Middle East and north Africa \ sub-saharan Africa \ Indigenous Americas: south America \ Indigenous Americas: north America \ Mexico And Central America \ north and Latin American national societies \ Migration and Movement \ Zones of Conflict and War \ The Cosmopolitan World \ PART THREE: METHoDoLogIEs \ Fieldwork \ History/The Archive \ Anthropology and Artefacts \ Pragmatics in Research on speech \ Visual Anthropology \ Performance and Textuality \ Anthropology as Infra-Ethical and supra-Ethical \ Ethics in Anthropology \ Conflicts and Compromises: Dealing With Disputes at the Interface of Anthropology and Public Policy \ Comparison and Analogy \ Knowledge/Actor network Theory/Experimental Practice \ short Duration Field Methods \ PART FoUR: FUTUREs \ brain sciences, biology and neo-Darwinism \ neuroanthropology \ Embodied Cognition and Communication \ Anthropology and neo-Darwinism \ Anthropology, neurobiology and Cognitive sciences \ After Development: Environment, Food, Energy, Disaster \ Environment and society \ biodiversity and Development \ Food \ Water and Territory \ Disaster and social Change \ The Indigenous World \ Transforming bodies, Health and Demographics \ new Medical Anthropology \ Drugs \ Demographics in Flux \ Transforming bodies: gender, sex and sexuality \ new Technologies and Materialities \ Anthropology and Computing \ Media and Mediation \ Future IT and Communications \ nanotechnology and Materiality \ Anthropology in a new Millennium \ Conclusion: A Last Word on Futures


40

social Anthropology

JAPAnese reliGions

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Lucia Dolce School of Oriental and African Studies

This set illustrates the diversity and complexity of the Japanese religious experience, past and contemporary, while at the same time offering an overview of the most updated research in the field. The selection demonstrates the range of religious practices and the contexts in which these practices are performed, with the aim of counterbalancing the traditional foci on either theological (doctrinal) studies or ethnographic studies only.

Volume One: The Critical Discourse on Japanese Religions: Fields of Enquiry and Methodological Approaches Volume Two: The Practice of Religion: Organization and Institutional Practices Volume Three: The Practice of Religion: Sacred SpaceVolume Four: The Practice of Religion: Performative Practices and Ritual Dynamics

SAGE BEnCHMARkS In RELIGIOUS STUDIES2012 • 1678 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-033-2) • £600.00

the soCioloGy of reliGionGrace Davie University of Exeter

grace Davie is one of the best analysts of religion in contemporary sociology. This book caps a distinguished record of studies of religion - first of britain, then of Europe, then globally. This is a magisterial work, which should be read by anyone interested in the place of religion in the modern world

- Peter L Berger, Boston University

BSA nEw HORIzOnS In SOCIOLOGy2007 • 296 pagesHardback (978-0-7619-4891-9) • £83.00 Paperback (978-0-7619-4892-6) • £26.99

enCyCloPediA of GlobAl reliGion

Two-Volume Set

Edited by Mark Juergensmeyer and wade Clark Roof both at University of California, Santa Barbara

The multi-volume Encyclopedia of Global Religion provides a comprehensive overview of the globalization of religious culture and society around the world in both its historical and contemporary aspects. The encyclopedia includes topics related to the diaspora of cultures and dispersions of peoples; the transitional aspects of religious ideas and practices; the cultural diversity of religious traditions; and the responses of religion - both negative and positive - to multicultural society.


Gods in the GlobAl VillAGeThe world's Religions in Sociological Perspective

Third Edition

Lester R kurtz George Mason University, Australia

How can we enable the various religious and secular traditions to coexist peacefully on the planet? This is a fully revised and updated edition of a popular sociological exploration of the world's religions and their place in the emerging global social order.

SOCIOLOGy FOR A nEw CEnTURy SERIES2012 • 400 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9125-4) • $38.00

reliGion in soCioloGiCAl PersPeCtiVeFifth Edition

keith A Roberts Hanover College and David yamane Wake Forest University

This fully updated Fifth Edition uses one framework throughout (the open systems model), to cover all the major perspectives and issues.

2012 • 472 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8298-6) • $58.00

seCulArizAtionFour-Volume Set

Edited by Bryan S Turner City University of New York

Secularization traces the decline of religion and the rise of secular belief systems. It includes the transition from traditional to modern systems of organization, the replacement of metaphysical beliefs with science and the transition from community to association.

Volume One: Defining Secularization: The Secular in Historical and Comparative PerspectiveVolume Two: The Sociology of SecularizationVolume Three: American ExceptionalismVolume Four: The Comparative Sociology of De-Secularization

SAGE kEy DEBATES In SOCIOLOGy2010 • 1624 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-087-4) • £600.00

41

sociology of Religion

reseArChinG sPort, exerCise & heAlthPhilosophies, Strategies and Realities

Michael Atkinson University of Loughborough

sport and health are large and growing fields of study. Until now, they have not possessed a genuine, 'must-have' research methods book which answers the needs of students in the disciplines. All of that has changed with this book. Michael Atkinson has produced a landmark text that provides a complete, reliable, accessible and fun guide.

The book:

• examines the rationale for research• explores the basic quantitative methods• describes and assesses the strengths and weaknesses of core

qualitative methods• explores research design• provides samples of research proposals, surveys and interviews.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: WHAT WE ARE DoIng, AnD WHY WE Do IT! \ Research for What? For Whom? \ Paradigms in sport, Exercise and Health Research \ PART TWo: so, WHAT Do YoU WAnT To KnoW? \ generating a Research Puzzle \ Literature Reviews and Meta-Reviews \ Interdisciplinary and Team-based Research \ Research Ethics \ PART THREE: HoW Do WE FInD oUT? \ section I: Quantitative Designs \ Designing a Quantitative study \ Measuring Variables \ sampling \ Experiments \ surveys and secondary Data \ scales \ Analyzing Quantitative Data \ Assessing Reliability, Validity and Error \ section II: Qualitative Designs \ Designing a Qualitative study \ sensitizing Concepts and guided Exploration \ sampling \ Interviews \ Ethnography \ narratives and Discourse \ Computer-Mediated and Visual Methods \ Representing Qualitative Data \ Evaluation Criteria for Qualitative Research \ section III: Evaluation Research Designs \ Research beyond the University \ Triangulation and Translation in Evaluation Research \ Appendices \ Internet Resources for sport, Exercise and Health students \ A List of Journals in sport, Exercise and Health \ A sample survey \ A sample Interview schedule \ 3-4 sample Attitude scales//Questionnaires Used in sport and Health Research \ A Research Ethics Institutional Checklist Example \ An Informed Consent sheet Example \ A (brief) Research Proposal Example


key ConCePts in sPort And exerCise reseArCh MethodsMichael Atkinson University of Loughborough

This book systematically demonstrates the significance and application of method in plain language. Written for students, it contains the core methodological concepts, practices and debates they need to understand and apply research methods within the field of sport and exercise. The book provides a comprehensive panoramic introduction which will reassure and empower its readers. Written by a leading academic and drawing on years of teaching experience, it includes carefully cross-referenced entries which critically engage with interdisciplinary themes and data.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsAcademic Journals \ Analytic Epidemiology \ Applied versus Pure Research \ Archival Research \ Causality \ Critical Theory \ Descriptive statistics \ Discourse Analysis \ Distributions \ Epistemology \ Ethnography \ Evaluation Research \ Evidence-based Research and Practice \ Experiments \ grounded Theory \ Hypotheses \ Inferential statistics \ Interdisciplinary Research \ Interpretivism \ Interviewing \ Literature Reviews \ Media Analysis \ Meta-Analysis \ ontology \ Populations and samples \ Positivism \ Quantitative versus Qualitative Research \ Questionnaires \ Reliability \ Representation \ Research Ethics \ Research Proposals \ Research Questions \ Theory \ Translation \ Triangulation \ Unobtrusive Methods \ Validity \ Variables \ Visual Methods

SAGE kEy COnCEPTS SERIES2012 • 256 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-728-6) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-729-3) • £19.99

sPort MArketinGPaul Blakey Northumbria University

An accessible, UK-focused text providing comprehensive coverage of the application of the key principles, ideas and techniques of sport marketing.

A LEARnInG MATTERS PUBLICATIOnACTIVE LEARnInG In SPORT SERIES2011 • 224 pagesPaperback (978-0-85725-090-2) • $38.00 soCioloGy

of sPortFour-Volume Set

Edited by Richard Giulianotti University of Durham

With no competing works in the field, this seminal reference text focuses on what has become a large subdiscipline within the fields of sociology and sport studies.

Volume One: Core Theories and Perspectives on SportVolume Two: Social Divisions and Conflicts in SportVolume Three: Social Identities and Sites of SportVolume Four: Sport and Globalization

SAGE LIBRARy OF TOURISM, HOSPITALITy & LEISURE2011 • 1664 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-919-5) • £600.00

42

sport, Leisure & Tourism

QuAlitAtiVe reseArCh in sPort And PhysiCAl ACtiVityIan Jones, Lorraine Brown and Immy Holloway all at Bournemouth University

Designed especially for students of sport and physical activity, this book provides a detailed guide to planning, undertaking and writing up qualitative research. opening with a discussion of the main traits of qualitative inquiry and its use in sport and physical activity, the authors provide a coherent and accessible overview of qualitative research using numerous examples to bring research alive.

The book features chapters on:

• methods of data collection• analysing your data• writing up and disseminating your findings.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: InTRoDUCTIon To QUALITATIVE REsEARCH \ The nature and Usefulness of Qualitative Research \ Ethical Issues \ The Qualitative Research Process \ Reviewing the Literature \ PART TWo: CoLLECTIng THE DATA \ sampling \ Interviewing \ Focus group Interviews \ observation and Participant observation \ Written, Visual and Multimedia Materials \ PART THREE: CHoosIng THE REsEARCH APPRoACH \ grounded Theory \ Phenomenology \ narrative Research \ Ethnography \ Mixed Methods \ PART FoUR: AnALYZIng AnD REPoRTIng QUALITATIVE DATA \ Data Analysis \ Ensuring the Quality of the Data \ Writing up and Disseminating


sPort soCioloGySecond Edition

Paul Beedie and Peter Craig both at University of Bedfordshire (Bedford)

A welcome addition for those who teach sports studies at the HnD or sub-degree level. Used as a primer, this book provides readers with excellent introduction to the key sociological concepts, methods, and theories, and, also offer useful examples and contextualised discussions that beginners to the realm of sociology will no doubt appreciate. beedie has compiled for students a good companion text that could certainly be used in conjunction with more detailed books, and, to guide students through more complex academic texts. students have certainly appreciated beedie's efforts to help them apply sociological rigour to analysing their sporting worlds, identities and experiences.

– Dr Geoffery Kohe Institute of Sport and Exercise Science, Worcester University

sociology is central to the study of sport in higher education. This reader-friendly textbook introduces all of the subject’s core themes, such as power, diversity and mediation, and relates them to major contemporary social issues such as commercialisation and globalisation. special emphasis is given throughout to examples drawn from the UK and to the significance of the 2012 olympics. Theoretical explanation is fully supported by case studies, practical and reflective exercises and guidance on further study.

ACTIVE LEARnInG In SPORT SERIES2010 • 312 pagesPaperback (978-1-8444-5464-8) • £23.99

key ConCePts in sPort MAnAGeMentTerri Byers Coventry University, Milena Parent University of Ottawa and Trevor Slack University of Alberta

sharp, clear and relevant, this book meets the needs of those studying and researching within the growing discipline of sport management. The intelligently cross-referenced entries provide a concise overview of the key concepts in the field guiding the reader through the important debates, sources and research methods in the management and delivery of sport. The book introduces readers to the concepts at the centre of their studies; it suggests relevant further reading and thoughts for future research and applies academic theory to business and organizational problems in a real-world context. The entries are designed to meet study needs and include clear definitions, comprehensive examples, practical applications and effective research methods.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsorganizational Theory \ structure \ Change \ Commercialisation \ Competitive balance \ Conflict \ Context \ Control \ Corporate social Responsibility (CsR) \ Corruption \ Critical Theory and Critical Management studies \ Decision Making \ Demand \ Effectiveness or Efficiency \ Employability \ Entrepreneurship \ Ethics \ globalization \ governance \ Image, Identity and Reputation \ Knowledge Transfer \ Leadership \ Legacy \ Media / broadcasting \ Mega Events \ networks \ organizational Culture \ organizational goals \ Performance Management \ Power \ Quality \ sponsorship \ sport Development (and sport for Development, Development through sport) \ sports Funding and Finance \ sports Law \ sport Marketing \ sport organisation \ sport Participation \ sport Policy \ sport Tourism \ stakeholders \ strategic Planning \ strategy \ strategic Alliances \ structure \ Technology \ Typologies and Taxonomies \ Voluntary \ Conclusions \ Keeping up to Date: Useful sources

SAGE kEy COnCEPTS SERIES


GlobAl sPorts PoliCyCatherine Palmer University of Durham

globalization is a key part of everyday lives, and sport itself is an increasingly global phenomenon. This book successfully brings the two together, locating the study of sports policy within a broader consideration of global processes, practices and consequences.

Drawing upon a range of empirical case studies, Catherine Palmer successfully illuminates issues that have not previously been discussed. Exploring the relationship between the local and the global, globalization and governance, new technologies, human rights, environment and corporate responsibility, she sets out the ground for a new and refreshed understanding of policy making in sport and how this affects society moreover.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsglobalization, sport and Policy \ The Local and the global in sports Policy \ globalization and the governance of sports Policy \ network Policy: new Technologies and global sports Policy \ social Theory, globalization and sports Policy in a Risk society \ globalization, Policy and sporting Mega-Events \ safety, security and the Policing of sporting Mega-Events \ Mega-Events, sports Policy and Human Rights \ Mega-Events, the Environment and Corporate Responsibility \ Reflections on global sports Policy


43


eVent PowerChris Rojek Brunel University

Events dominate our screens, our lives and increasingly global geopolitics. Analysis of events and their management has remained rooted in leisure and management studies - until now.

This breakthrough book provides an introduction to event management but also situates events in questions of power and social control. Chris Rojek powerfully argues that events are essential elements in corporate-state partnerships of 'invisible government' that have revived the romance of charity so as to form illusory communities, while cloaking power imbalances and social inequalities. Events are moving politics from the old idea of 'the personal is political' to the new, more seductive notion that 'representation is resistance'.

Wielding rich case studies from the World Cup and the olympics to Live Aid, burning Man and Mardis gras, Rojek presents a dazzlingly original account of communication power, social ordering and control.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPreface: The goodwill newsletter \ What Is Event Management? \ What Are The Main Types of Event? \ Why Is 'Moral Regulation' Relevant? \ How Is Event Cognition Formulated? \ How Are global Events organized? \ What Do Cyclical Events Do? \ Why Are We Drawn To Events? \ What Is Event Consciousness? \ What Do single-Issue Events Do? \ Why Are Events so Emotional? \ What Is Event Appropriation? \ Do global Events Have A Future?

December 2012 • 192 pagesCloth (978-0-85702-517-3) • £65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-518-0) • £21.99

enCyCloPediA of sPorts MAnAGeMent And MArketinG

Four-Volume Set

Edited by Linda E Swayne University of North Carolina, Charlotte and Mark Dodds State University of New York, Cortland

There is currently no comprehensive reference work bringing both sports management and sports marketing together in one place. This Encyclopedia is designed to fill this gap in the literature.

on the management side, it introduces principles and procedures of economics, budgeting and finance, leadership, governance, communication, business law and ethics, and human resource practices, all in the sports context. on the marketing side it explores two broad streams: marketing of sport and sport-related products; and using sport as a platform for marketing non-sports products, as seen in celebrity endorsements of a particular brand of watch or the corporate sponsorship of a tennis tournament.


eVents MAnAGeMentAn International Approach

nicole Ferdinand London Metropolitan University and Paul kitchin Ulster University

Providing comprehensive coverage of the most common types of events, this volume will prepare students for a future career in events management. Covering key issues such as fundraising, sponsorship, globalization and sustainability, the text addresses the challenges and examines the realities of events management in an international context. A wide range of case studies and examples look at sporting, music, catering and fundraising events across Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia and north America.

Key features include:

• an international approach drawing on global cases• extensive pedagogical features such as 'diary of an event manager'• a Companion Website offering a full Instructor's Manual,

PowerPoint slides, additional case studies and links to sAgE journal articles.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: InTRoDUCIng An InTERnATIonAL APPRoACH To EVEnTs MAnAgEMEnT \ PART TWo: InTERnATIonAL EVEnTs MAnAgEMEnT In PRACTICE \ PART THREE: ConTEMPoRARY IssUEs In InTERnATIonAL EVEnTs MAnAgEMEnT \ PART FoUR: EXTEnDED CAsE sTUDIEs


the sAGe hAndbook of tourisM studiesEdited by Tazim Jamal Texas A & M University and Mike Robinson University of Birmingham

This is the strongest overview I have encountered of the scope and the current state of research across all the fields involved in advancing our understanding of tourism. For its range of topics, depth of analyses and distinction of its contributors, nothing is comparable. It will be greeted enthusiastically as an indispensable reference source

- Professor Dean MacCannell, University of California, Davis

now available in paperback, this critically acclaimed Handbook is a sign of the maturity of tourism studies. It provides an essential resource for teachers and students to determine the roots, key issues and agenda of the field. Ranging from local to global issues, and from questions of management to the ethical dilemmas of tourism, this is a comprehensive, critically informed, constructively organized overview of the field.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: APPRoACHEs To ToURIsM sTUDIEs \ PART TWo: KEY ToPICs In ToURIsM \ PART THREE: CRITICAL IssUEs AnD EMERgIng PERsPECTIVEs

2012 • 736 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-2397-2) • £95.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0875-5) • £31.99SAGE Reference Online (978-0-8570-2107-6)

now in PAPerbACk!

44


tourisM MAnAGeMentAn Introduction

Clare Inkson University of Westminster and Lynn Minnaert University of Surrey

Written specifically for those looking for core topic coverage in a manageable and concise format, this text will be essential reading for those looking for a contemporary introduction to tourism management.


key ConCePts in tourisM reseArChDavid Botterill University of Wales Institute, Cardiff and Vincent Platenkamp

Taking students through the social research concepts that inform the selection and application of research methods in tourism, this book uses clear definitions and informed suggestions for further reading. It introduces the relevant language and theory behind key methodologies, and the historical and philosophical context of each concept is carefully laid out alongside examples drawn from international tourism research. An understanding of the concepts is developed further still through an elaboration of the main ideas or techniques involved and points of critique. Each concept provides:

• an authoritative and reliable summary• applications in contemporary tourism research• detailed discussion of theories and their critics.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsAction Research \ Auto-Ethnography \ Case study \ Constructionism \ Content Analysis \ Critical Realism \ Critical Theory \ Deduction \ Delphi Method \ Document Analysis \ Empiricism \ Epistemology \ Ethical Practice \ Ethnomethodology \ Evaluation Research \ Experiment \ Feminism \ Figurationalism \ grounded Theory \ Hermeutics \ Interview//Focus group \ Modeling \ narrative \ Paradigm \ Phenomenology \ Positivism \ Post-Colonialism \ Postmodernism \ Realism \ Repertory grid \ survey \ symbolic Interactionism \ Visual Methods



the tourist GAze 3.0Third Edition

John Urry University of Lancaster and Jonas Larsen University of Roskilde

The original Tourist Gaze was a classic, marking out a new land to study and appreciate. This new edition extends into fresh areas with the same passion and insight of the object. Even more essential reading!

- Nigel Thrift, Vice-Chancellor, University of Warwick

This Third Edition of a seminal text restructures, reworks and remakes the groundbreaking previous versions making this book even more relevant for tourism students, researchers and designers. The 'tourist gaze' remains an agenda-setting theory.

Packed full of fascinating insights this major new edition intelligently broadens its theoretical and geographical scope to provide an account that responds to various critiques.

All chapters have been significantly revised to include up-to-date empirical data, many new case studies and fresh concepts. Three new chapters have been added which explore:

• photography and digitization• embodied performances• risks and alternative futures.

ConTEnTsPreface \ Preface to the second Edition \ Preface to 3.0 \ Theories \ Mass Tourism \ Economies \ Working under the gaze \ Changing Tourist Cultures \ Places, buildings and Design \ Vision and Photography \ Performances \ Risks and Futures

PUBLISHED In ASSOCIATIOn wITH THEORy, CULTURE & SOCIETy2012 • 296 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-376-0) • £79.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-377-7) • £25.99

45


An introduCtion to the soCioloGy of work And oCCuPAtionsSecond Edition

Rudi Volti Pitzer College

An introductory undergraduate text connecting work and occupations to the key areas of sociological inquiry: social and technological change; race; ethnicity; gender; social class; education; social networks; and modes of organization. The book is now accompanied by a Companion Website, visit www.sagepub.com/volti2e.

2012 • 320 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9285-5) • $59.00

ChAnGinG Contours of workJobs and Opportunities in the new Economy

Second Edition

Stephen Sweet Ithaca College and Peter Meiksins Cleveland State University

Through engaging vignettes and rich data, this text frames the development of jobs and employment opportunities in an international comparative perspective, revealing the historical transformations of work and identifying the profound effects that these changes have had on lives, jobs and life chances.

SOCIOLOGy FOR A nEw CEnTURy SERIES2012 • 304 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9086-8) • $34.00

understAndinG orGAnizAtionAl CultureSecond Edition

Mats Alvesson Lund University

The Second Edition of this groundbreaking text in organizational studies has been revised and updated to keep apace with developments within organizational culture.

Unlike other prescriptive books about organizations, the Second Edition challenges and provokes critical thinking, giving insight into the field of organizational culture while also using examples to develop and illustrate ideas on how cultural thinking can be used in managerial and non-managerial organizational theory and theory-supported practice.

This new edition includes added pedagogical features to increase accessibility and contains expanded coverage of topics such as globalization.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsThe Concept of organizational Culture \ organizational Culture as Metaphor and Metaphors for Culture \ organizational Culture and Performance \ organizational Culture and strategy \ organizational Culture and Identity \ organizational Culture, branding and Marketing \ organizational Culture and Leadership \ Culture as a Constraint and Prison: An Emancipatory View \ organizational Culture and Work \ organizational Culture, Differentiation and Fragmentation \ Cultural Change: Emergent and Planned


the soCioloGy of workContinuity and Change in Paid and Unpaid work

Second Edition

Stephen Edgell University of Salford

stephen Edgell's book charts the rise of 'work' and explores all aspects of work including paid and unpaid, standard and non-standard, and unemployment. new material has been incorporated covering the theories and practices of globalization, interactive service work, economic crisis, technological and organizational change, and trade unions.

Drawing on classic and contemporary theorists, the book:

• covers key issues regarding paid industrial and service sector work: alienation; skill; post-industrial society; network enterprises; flexibility; Fordism; neo-Fordism; post-Fordism; McDonaldization; emotional labour; the de-standardization of work; and the social impact of unemployment

• discusses key issues regarding non-paid work: domestic work as 'work'; the impact of technology; symmetrical family thesis; the impact of feminism; and globalization

• is accompanied by a Companion Website providing student exercises, links to carefully selected Websites, an extensive glossary and full access to selected sAgE journal articles related to each chapter. Visit www.sagepub.co.uk/edgell

2012 • 296 pages Hardback (978-1-84920-412-5) • £75.00

Paperback (978-1-84920-413-2) • £24.99

ConTEnTsT h e H i s t o r i c a l Transformation of Work \ Work and Alienation \ Work and Deskilling \ Work, Upskilling and Polarization \ Industrial Work: Fordism, neo-Fordism and Post-Fordism \ service Work: Fordism, neo-Fordism and Post-Fordism \ non-standard Work \ out of Work: Unemployment \ Domestic Work \ globalization: Paid and Unpaid Work

46

Work & organizations

soCioloGy of orGAnizAtionsStructures and Relationships

Edited by Mary Godwyn Babson College and Jody Hoffer Gittell Brandeis University

The sociological study of organizations encompasses both planned and formal organizations as well as spontaneous and informal ones. sociologists examine organizations with attention to structure and objectives, interactions among members and among organizations, the relationship between the organization and its environment and the social significance or social meaning of the organization. The ways of defining and examining organizations vary depending on the theoretical emphasis.

This book focuses on three things:

• providing a wide and historically accurate portrait of the diversity of sociological theories and their application to organizational studies

• updating selections that reflect a variety of ways that new technology affects methods of organizing and types of organizations

• including readings that examine a range of both formal and informal structures, and both deliberate and impromptu interactions.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsPART onE: THE RELATIonAL oRgAnIZATIonAL FoRM \ PART TWo: THE bUREAUCRATIC oRgAnIZATIonAL FoRM \ PART THREE: Co-oRDInATIon oF WoRK \ PART FoUR: AUTonoMY AnD ConTRoL \ PART FIVE: oRgAnIZATIonAL CULTURE \ PART sIX: oRgAnIZATIonAL ConFLICT \ PART sEVEn: DIVERsITY WITHIn oRgAnIZATIons \ PART EIgHT: oRgAnIZATIonAL LEARnIng AnD CHAngE \ PART nInE: nEW TECHnoLogY, soCIAL MEDIA AnD EMERgIng CoMMUnITIEs


MAnAGinG And orGAnizAtionsAn Introduction to Theory and Practice

Third Edition

Stewart R Clegg University of Technology, Sydney, Martin kornberger Copenhagen Business School and Tyrone Pitsis Newcastle University Business School

The Third Edition presents seamless coverage of the essential topics of organizational behaviour while at the same time offering a realist's guide to management that captures the complexity of organizational life, its central themes and debates, in an accessible and entertaining way.


A Very short, fAirly interestinG And reAsonAbly CheAP book About studyinG orGAnizAtionsThird Edition

Chris Grey Warwick University

Chris grey shies away from the sterility of conventional textbooks, offering students an accessible and palatable overview of the field of organization studies that questions and challenges the traditional literature.

VERy SHORT, FAIRLy InTERESTInG & CHEAP BOOkS2013 • 164 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0736-9) • £45.00 Paperback (978-1-4462-0737-6) • £14.99

the soCioloGy of orGAnizAtionsClassic, Contemporary, and Critical Readings

Edited by Michael J Handel University of Wisconsin, Madison

This volume of primary readings and overview essays provides a comprehensive introduction to the sociology of organizations. The readings represent a wide range of theoretical perspectives and substantive topics. Most readings are either classics in the field or works that are widely used and cited.

2002 • 552 pagesPaperback (978-0-7619-8766-6) • $95.00

orGAnizinG & orGAnizAtionsFourth Edition

Stephen Fineman, yiannis Gabriel both at University of Bath and David Sims City University London

Organizing and Organizations is well loved by students and lecturers for its accessible, conversational tone and insightful real-life examples introducing the study of organizations and organizational behaviour.


47


understAndinG identity And orGAnizAtionskate kenny National University of Ireland, Andrea whittle Cardiff University and Hugh willmott Cardiff Business School

While conventional management textbooks nod to in-groups, cohesion and discrimination, this text offers, instead, a deeper, more nuanced understanding of why people, groups and organizations behave the way they do.


A Very short, fAirly interestinG And reAsonAbly CheAP book About studyinG leAdershiPSecond Edition

Brad Jackson University of Auckland and ken Parry Bond University

This Second Edition of the bestselling, short, readable, critical text with coverage of contemporary debates that encourages students to think in fresh and innovative ways.

VERy SHORT, FAIRLy InTERESTInG & CHEAP BOOkS2011 • 208 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-738-6) • £45.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-739-3) • £14.99

key ConCePts in leAdershiPJonathan Gosling University of Exeter, Ian Sutherland Memorial University of Newfoundland and Stephanie Jones Maastricht School of Management (MSM)

This wide-ranging, interdisciplinary book provides readers with a complete introduction to the essentials of leadership. Included here are accessible and insightful entries on what leadership is, how it is practised and the relevant strengths and pitfalls. It provides a one stop introductory guide to one of the most central and contested concepts in the social sciences. An invaluable reference tool, it contains consistent, concise and authoritative entries on:

• the eight questions of leadership• the five minds of the manager• leadership and psychology• developmental approaches to leadership.

AbRIDgED ConTEnTsThe Eight Questions of Leadership \ Purposive and opportunistic Leadership \ generalist and Expert Leadership \ Leading from the Front or behind the scenes \ balanced and Focused Leadership \ Participative and Authoritative Leadership \ Managing Leadership and Leading Leadership \ Inspirational and Pedestrian Leadership \ Here and now Leadership and Legacy Leadership \ The Five Minds of the Manager \ Reflective and Knee-Jerk Leadership \ Analytical and Unstructured Leadership \ Worldly Leadership and the Leadership of Convergence \ Collaborative versus Individual Leadership \ Action and Continuity Leadership \ Leadership and Psychology \ Leadership and Emotional Intelligence \ Leadership as a Team Role \ Leadership as a Conflict Mode \ Extrovert and Introvert Leadership \ Developmental Approaches to Leadership \ Mentoring and Directing Leadership \ Developmental and Mid-Career Leadership \ building a Leadership brand \ Functional Leadership \ The Finance Leader \ The Marketing/PR/sales/Customer service Leader \ The HR Leader \ The Production Leader \ Public and Private sector Leadership \ The Project Manager/Leader \ Leading Volunteers and not-for-Profits \ Leadership Practice \ Interim Leadership and Permanent Leadership \ Ethical Leadership and Pragmatic Leadership \ Leadership and Diversity \ Leading Celebrities \ Toxic Leadership \ Leadership and national Culture



48


Understanding the sociology of healthAn Introduction

Third Edition

Anne-Marie Barry Research Consultant, Edinburgh and Chris Yuill Robert Gordon University

Understanding the Sociology of Health, Third Edition is a truly readable introduction to a subject which is often shrouded in jargon. Providing case studies and exercises to really get you thinking, the book shows how sociology provides the means to answer complex questions about health and illness, such as why health inequalities exist:

The Third Edition includes four new chapters on:

• the history of health and healing• sexuality• sport, fitness and exercise• death and dying.Though aimed primarily at students on health and social care courses and professions allied to medicine, this textbook provides valuable insights for anyone interested in the social aspects of health.

ConTenTsPART one: THeoRIes, PeRsPeCTIVes AnD ConCePTs \ sociological Theory: explaining and Theorising \ Concepts of Health and Medicine \ Medical Power and Knowledge \ Challenging Medical Dominance \ evidence and enquiry: An overview of sociological Research \ PART TWo: KeY THeMes \ Class and Health \ ethnicity, Race and Health \ Gender and Health \ Mental Health \ sexualities and Health \ sociology of the Body: Chronic Illness and Disability \ Health, Aging and the Life Course \ PART THRee: ConTeXTs \ Places of Care \ Health Care in Context \ A Brief social History of Health and Healing \ sport, Health, exercise and the Body \ Death and Dying


Medicine, health and societyHannah Bradby Visiting Fellow, King's College London

sharp, bold and engaging, this book provides a contemporary account of why medical sociology matters in our modern society. Combining theoretical and empirical perspectives, and applying the pragmatic demands of policy, this timely book explores society's response to key issues such as race, gender and identity to explain the relationship between sociology, medicine and medical sociology.

each chapter includes an authoritative introduction to pertinent areas of debate, a clear summary of key issues and themes, and a dedicated bibliography.

Brimming with fresh interpretations and critical insights this book will contribute to illuminating the practical realities of medical sociology.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsPrologue: sociology, Medicine and Medical sociology \ Introducing the sociology of Medicine, Health and society \ social Theory and the sociology of Health and Medicine \ Health Inequalities \ Women, Gender and Feminism \ ethnicity, Racism and Difference \ Bodies, Pain and suffering \ The Workings of Medicine


Medicine as cUltUreIllness, Disease and the Body

Third Edition

Deborah Lupton University of Sydney

Medicine as Culture is unlike any other sociological text on health and medicine. It combines perspectives drawn from a wide variety of disciplines including sociology, anthropology, social history, cultural geography, and media and cultural studies. The book explores the ways in which medicine and health care are sociocultural constructions, ranging from popular media and elite cultural representations of illness to the power dynamics of the doctor-patient relationship. The Third Edition has been updated to cover new areas of interest, including:

• studies of space and place in relation to the body• actor-network theory as it is applied in research related to medicine• the Internet and social media and how they contribute to lay health

knowledge and patient support• obesity and fat politics.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsTheoretical Perspectives on Medicine and society \ The Body in Medicine \ Representations of Medicine, Illness and the Body \ The Lay Perspective on Illness and Disease \ Power Relations and the Medical encounter \ Feminisms and Medicine


49

Health, Illness & Body

the Body and social theoryThird Edition

Chris Shilling University of Kent

Unrivalled in its clarity and coverage, this Third Edition of Chris shilling's classic text is a masterful account of the emergence and development of body matters in sociology and related disciplines.

A timely, well-reasoned response to current concerns and controversies across the globe, it provides chapter-by-chapter coverage of the major theories, approaches and studies conducted in the field. each chapter has been revised and updated, with new discussions of: action network theory; bodywork; pragmatism; the global resurgence of religious identities; new genetics; biological citizenship; and figurations of the living and dead.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsThe Body in sociology \ The naturalistic Body \ The socially Constructed Body \ The Body and social Inequalities: embodying sociology \ The Body and Physical Capital \ The Civilized Body \ The Body, self-Identity and Death: Figurations of Life and Death \ Afterword: embodiment, Identity and Theory

PUBlISHED In ASSoCIATIon wITH THEorY, CUlTUrE & SoCIETY2012 • 336 pagesHardback (978-0-85702-532-6) • £75.00 Paperback (978-0-85702-533-3) • £25.99

critical issUes in clinical and health PsychologyPoul rohleder Anglia Ruskin University

A student-friendly textbook covering the main topics in health from a critical perspective. Integrating issues relating to disability as well as research methods throughout.


agingConcepts and Controversies

Seventh Edition

Harry r Moody Director of Academic Affairs, AARP, Washington, D.C and Jennifer S. Sasser Marylhurst University

An engaging and really student-oriented exploration of aging and social gerontology used on sociology, social policy and health courses across the world.

2012 • 576 PagESPaperback (978-1-4522-0309-6) • $103.00

Key concePts in Body and societyKate Cregan Melbourne University

This book provides a clear, focused road map for the study of the body in society. It defines, explains and applies core topics relating to the human body, demonstrating how we approach it as a social phenomenon. each concept:

• includes an easy to understand definition• provides real-world examples• gives suggestions for further reading• is carefully cross-referenced to other related concepts.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsAgeing and Childhood \ Anorexia, Bulimia, obesity \ Appearance and Beauty \ Civilizing Processes \ Class and Caste \ Clothing \ Colonialism/Post-colonialism \ Consumption \ Cyborgs \ Death and Dying \ Difference \ Disability/Ability \ Discourse \ Dualism \ emotion \ Feminism \ Food \ Gender \ Genetics \ Gesture and Habits \ Habitus \ Health and Illness \ Identity \ Media and Representation \ Medicine and science \ Modification \ nature/Culture \ Pain \ Performativity \ Phenomenology \ Power \ Private/Public \ Psychoanalysis \ Queer \ Race and ethnicity \ Religion \ Reproduction \ sexuality \ sport \ Technology \ Violence \ Work \ Youth

SagE KEy ConCEPtS SEriES2012 • 224 pagesHardback (978-1-84787-543-3) • £65.00 Paperback (978-1-84787-544-0) • £20.99

iMMaterial BodiesAffect, Embodiment, Mediation

lisa Blackman Goldsmiths College

In this unique book, Lisa Blackman focuses upon the affective capacities of bodies, while addressing the challenges of the affective turn within the social sciences. she uncovers the paradoxes and tensions at work in affect studies by focusing on practices and experiences including voice hearing, suggestion, hypnosis, telepathy, the placebo effect and rhythm.

Questioning the traditional idea of mind over matter, as well as discussing the danger of setting up a false distinction between the two, Blackman's powerful and engaging work discusses the immaterial body across the neurosciences, physiology, media and cultural studies, body studies, artwork, performance, psychology and psychoanalysis.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsThe subject of Affect: Bodies, Process, Becoming \ The Problem of Personality \ Mental Touch \ The Re-enchantment of Materialism \ Affect, energy, Rhythm and Transmission \ The Problem of Automatism: Divided Attention, Voice Hearing and Machinic Vision \ neuroscience: The Bicameral Mind and the Double Brain

PUBlISHED In ASSoCIATIon wITH THEorY, CUlTUrE & SoCIETY2012 • 248 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-472-9) • £85.00Paperback (978-1-44626-685-4) • £26.99

50

Health, Illness & Body

Key concePts in childhood stUdiesSecond Edition

Allison James and Adrian James both at University of Sheffield

This is a revised and updated edition of a book that has proven itself as a course adoption leader in childhood studies.

The Second Edition retains all of the strengths of the first edition and thoroughly revises old entries and adds new ones. The book is the most accessible, relevant student introduction to this expanding and interdisciplinary field. It is an indispensable teaching text and an ideal prompt for researchers.

Comprehensive and judged with the needs of students in mind, it is a model of clarity and precision and has been acknowledged as such in reviews and course feedback.

ConTenTsAge and Maturity \ Agency \ Best Interests \ Child \ Child-Focused Research /Research with Children \ Child-Friendly \ Childhood \ Child soldiers \ Childhood studies \ Children as Consumers \ Children as Researchers \ Children's Voices \ Citizenship \ Competence \ Cultural Politics of Childhood \ Cultural Relativism \ Delinquency \ Developmentalism \ Developmental Psychology \ Disappearance or Loss of Childhood \ Diversity \ ethnicity \ Family \ Familialisation \ Friendship \ Futurity \ Gender \ Generation \ Global Childhood \ Health \ Innocence \ Internet and new social Media \ Interpretive Reproduction \ Minority Group status \ nature vs. nurture \ needs \ neglect \ Parenting \ Participation \ Peer Group \ Play \ Poverty \ Protection \ Representation \ Resilience \ Responsibility \ Rights \ schooling and schools \ sexualisation \ sexual Abuse \ social Actor \ social Construction \ social World \ socialisation \ spaces for Children and Children's Places \ standpoint \ street-Children \ structure \ United nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UnCRC) \ Vulnerability \ Welfare \ Work and Working Children \ Youth


the sage reference series on disaBilityCollection of 8 Volumes: Key Issues and Future Directions

gary L albrecht University of Illinois, Chicago

The SagE reference Series on Disability is a cross-disciplinary and issues-based series which examines topics central to the lives of individuals with disabilities and their families. Taken individually, each volume sets out the fundamentals of the topic it addresses, accompanied by compiled data and statistics, recommended further readings, a guide to organizations and associations, and other annotated resources, thus providing the ideal introductory platform and gateway for further study. Taken together, the series represents both a survey of major disability issues and a guide to new directions and trends and contemporary resources in the field as a whole.

The series includes the following volumes:

Volume one: Ethics, Law and PolicyVolume two: arts and HumanitiesVolume three: Employment and WorkVolume Four: EducationVolume Five: Disability through the Life CourseVolume Six: Health and MedicineVolume Seven: assistive technology and ScienceVolume Eight: rehabilitation interventions

2013 • 2432 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-8015-9) • $600.00

child ProtectionAn Introduction

Second Edition

Chris Beckett University of East Anglia

This broad introduction to, and critical analysis of, the complex issues involved in child protection work is written in an approachable style and presents these issues in a clear and engaging way while also encouraging reflection and debate.


disaBility stUdiesan interdisciplinary introduction

Dan goodley Manchester Metropolitan University

Injects new energy into disability studies... the first introduction to disability studies that is both global and cosmopolitan

- Bill Hughes, Glasgow Caledonian University

Discussing the global nature of disability studies and disability politics, this book introduces key debates in the field and represents the intersections of disability studies with feminist, class, queer and post-colonial analyses. Its clear and coherent format matches the interdisciplinary framework of disability studies - including chapters on sociology, critical psychology, discourse analysis, psychoanalysis and education.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsIntroduction: Global Disability studies \ Debates: Political Disability studies \ Intersections: Diverse Disability studies \ society: sociological Disability studies \ Individuals: De-Psychologizing Disability studies \ Psychology: Critical Psychological Disability studies \ Discourse: Post-structuralist Disability studies \ Culture: Psychoanalytic Disability studies \ education: Inclusive Disability studies \ Developments: Critical Disability studies

students of disability studies across the fields of sociology, health and social care, social work, social policy and psychology


51

Health, Illness & Body / Childhood, Families & education

the sociology of childhoodThird Edition

william A Corsaro Indiana University, Bloomington

This Third Edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect the recent explosion of research in this field. It now includes:

• expanded and updated material on children's symbolic culture and material culture, as well as a new section on 'Children, Parents and Consumer Culture'

• a new section on 'Generation M: electronic Media in the Lives of Pre-Adolescents and Adolescents' covering debates on the effects on youth of electronic media

• 'socio-Dramatic Role Play' incorporating two new cases studies• a discussion of current policy debates and changing demographics

regarding children's quality of life around the world.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsPART one: THe soCIoLoGICAL sTUDY oF CHILDHooD \ social Theories of Childhood \ The structure of Childhood and Children's Interpretive Reproductions \ studying Children and Childhood \ PART TWo: CHILDRen, CHILDHooD AnD FAMILIes In HIsToRICAL AnD CULTURAL ConTeXT \ Historical Views of Childhood and Children \ social Change, Families and Children \ PART THRee: CHILDRen's CULTURes \ Children's Peer Cultures and Interpretive Reproduction \ sharing and Control in Initial Peer Cultures \ Conflict and Differentiation in the Initial Peer Culture \ Pre-Adolescent Peer Cultures \ PART FoUR: CHILDRen, soCIAL PRoBLeMs AnD THe FUTURe oF CHILDHooD \ Children's social Problems and the Family \ Children, social Problems and society \ The Future of Childhood

SoCioLogy For a nEW CEntury SEriES2011 • 456 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7943-6) • $43.00

children's rights in Practiceedited by Phil Jones University of Leeds and gary Walker Leeds Metropolitan University

Helping readers to understand what good practice entails, this book provides clear guidance on the rights of young people today. Covering education, social care and welfare, and health, this book allows readers to put policy into practice in their setting.


involving Parents in their children's learningSecond Edition

Margy whalley Pen Green Centre, Corby

This book is the story of the pioneering work of the Pen Green early Years Centre for children and families. showing how early years practitioners can collaborate effectively with parents, the book includes case studies of parents and children who have attended the centre, and studies that chart developments in learning for both children and parents.


Key concePts in faMily stUdiesJane ribbens McCarthy The Open University and rosalind Edwards University of Southampton

A thought fu l and somet imes challenging elaboration of some of the key concepts in contemporary family studies.... students and researchers will want to have this book close to hand, not simply as a reference work but as a stimulus to critical social analysis

- David H J Morgan, Emeritus Professor of Sociology, University of Manchester

This book's individual entries introduce, explain and contextualize the key concepts and related debates in studying families. Definitions, summaries and key words are developed throughout with careful cross-referencing allowing students to move effortlessly between core ideas and themes.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsAttachment and Loss \ Biology \ Care \ Child Development \ Childhood and Children \ Comparative Approaches \ Conflict Theories \ Coupledom: Marriage, Partnership and Cohabitation \ Demography \ Division of Labour \ Domestic Violence and Abuse \ Families of Choice \ Family as Discourse \ Family Change and Continuity \ Family effects \ Family Forms \ Family Law \ Family Life Cycle and Life Course \ Family Policies \ Family Practices \ Family systems \ Fatherhood, Fathers and Fathering \ Feminisms \ Functionalism \ Grandparents \ Home \ Household \ Individualization \ Intimacy \ Kinship \ Motherhood, Mothers and Mothering \ negotiation \ new Right \ Parenthood, Parents and Parenting \ Personal \ Phenomenological Approaches \ Post-Coupledom: separation, Divorce and Widowhood \ Power \ Problem Families \ Public and Private \ Rationalities \ Role Theory \ siblings \ social Divisions \ socialization \ Transnational Families


52

Childhood, Families & education

gloBal faMiliesSecond Edition

Meg w Karraker University of St Thomas

global Families examines the various challenges and opportunities presented to families by the globalization of politics, economics, culture and other social systems. The book provides an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of globalization and then examines the ways in which globalization impinges on families throughout the world in four major areas: demographic transitions; transnational employment; international violence; and worldwide culture. It concludes with a discussion of supra-national policies and other efforts to position families in this global landscape.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsIntroduction: Families in Global Context \ Global Change and Demographic shifts: Family Characteristics and societal Transformation \ Families and Worldwide Culture systems: Media, Technology, and Consumption \ International Violence: Family Legacies of oppression and War \ Transnational employment: Work-Family Linkages Across Borders \ Positioning Families in Global Landscapes: Families, Policies, and Futures

2012 • 288 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-9863-5) • $25.00

Understanding faMiliesa global introduction

linda McKie Glasgow Caledonian University and Samantha Callan Edinburgh University

I don't know how often I've wished for an introductory text on family life which encompassed critical contemporary sociological thinking alongside the basic information students need, and have only found fossilized thinking on a stodgy subject. But now all that has changed. McKie and Callan have achieved what I thought was almost impossible in Understanding Families; this is a textbook which provides unrivalled foundations for a critical understanding of contemporary families and relationships

- Carol Smart Professor of Sociology, Morgan Centre, University of Manchester

Families are the core building blocks of society. our experience of them affects many aspects of our everyday lives, shaping our expectations and future plans.

Written by experts in family studies and family policy, this clear, engaging book adopts a global perspective to usefully examine how modern families can be explored and understood in research, policy and practice. Packed with critical pedagogy, including case studies, think points, key words and a glossary, it guides students through topics such as relationships, sexualities, and paid and unpaid work, continually returning to its central themes of process and structure.

The book also:

• applies key social theories from classical sociological theory to contemporary theory

• examines key studies on researching families and family life• explores the role of government policies and practices.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsIntroduction \ PART one: InTRoDUCInG FAMILIes \ Families and Relationships \ explaining Families \ PART TWo: ReseARCH AnD PoLICY \ Researching Families \ Politics, Policies and Practices \ PART THRee: FAMILIes In ACTIon \ Relationships and sexualities \ Families and Work \ PART FoUR: ConCLUsIons \ Families into the Future \ Glossary


encycloPedia of Motherhood

three-Volume Set

Andrea o'reilly York University

This unique Encyclopedia captures the interdisciplinary foundation of the subject of motherhood in one convenient reference. It explores major topics related to motherhood, from geographical, historical and cultural entries to anthropological and psychological contributions.

2010 • 1520 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-6846-1) • $395.00SagE reference online (978-1-4129-7927-6)

schools and societya Sociological approach to Education

Fourth Edition

edited by Jeanne H Ballantine Wright State University and Joan Z Spade The College at Brockport, State University of New York

A comprehensive, theoretically balanced overview of the sociology of education that includes a wealth of original readings. Fully revised and updated with over 20 new articles.

2012 • 552 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7924-5) • $61.00

53


Key issUes in edUcation and social JUsticeEmma Smith University of Birmingham

This book focuses on educational experience as a lifelong and society-wide issue. emma smith draws on research, policy and contemporary thinking in the field to provide a comprehensive guide to the educational inequalities that may exist and persist throughout an individual's educational course.

EDuCation StuDiES: KEy iSSuES2012 • 176 pagesHardback (978-1-84920-810-9) • £60.00 Paperback (978-1-84920-811-6) • £19.99

Psychology of close relationshiPs

Five-Volume Set

edited by Harry T reis University of Rochester

The field of close relationships produces rich and diverse research that can be daunting to access. Psychology of Close relationships emphasizes original empirical investigations, as well as including conceptual papers that set the stage for relationship science or that build basic theories.

Volume one: theoretical Foundation - Why relationships MatterVolume two: attraction and relationship DevelopmentVolume three: relationship Cognition and EmotionVolume Four: relationship Maintenance ProcessesVolume Five: relationship Deterioration

SagE Library in SoCiaL PSyCHoLogy2012 • 2160 pagesHardback (978-1-4462-0881-6) • £825.00

Special introductory offer: £750.00

encycloPedia of diversity in edUcation

Four-Volume Set

edited by James A Banks University of Washington

With 695 signed entries, cross-references and recommended readings, the Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, in both print and electronic formats, presents research and statistics, case studies and best practices, policies and programs at pre and post-secondary levels.

2012 • 2600 pagesHardback (978-1-4129-8152-1) • $595.00

Special introductory offer: £325.00

SagE reference online (978-1-4522-1853-3)

introdUction to edUcation stUdiesThird Edition

Steve bartlett University of Wolverhampton and Diana Burton Liverpool John Moores University

Provides first-time students and those engaged in more advanced aspects of the subject with all the tools that they need to approach education studies. The book encourages a critical, questioning approach which will put readers in good stead for further study.


edUcation and cUltUral citizenshiPnick Stevenson University of Nottingham

Th is dynamic, ene rge t ic book systematically brings together the major developments in the social and political theory of education. It offers a global introduction to the major debates within the field and provides a sustained argument for a democratic and normative view of education.

PUBlISHED In ASSoCIATIon wITH THEorY, CUlTUrE & SoCIETY2011 • 184 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-646-3) • £63.00

See the full listings of all our Sociology titles online at

www.sagepub.in

54


violence and societylarry ray University of Kent

A compelling analysis of violence and our society from a theoretical and historical approach. The book purposefully adopts an interdisciplinary stance and will appeal to upper-level students and academics in criminology, sociology, psychology and other related disciplines.


introdUction to criMinologyTheories, Methods, and Criminal behavior

Eighth Edition

Frank E Hagan Mercyhurst College

neW To THe eIGHTH eDITIon

• The eighth edition has an entirely new chapter on victims and victimization (Ch. 4)—introducing the study of victims, the consequences of victimization, and how the criminal justice system accommodates and assists victims—to set the stage for the discussions of criminological theories and types of criminal behavior that follow.

• The text includes coverage of additional topics such as: victimology, investigating insurance fraud, state international terrorism; casino cheating; famous faces in crime, home invasions, Medicare fraud, the 2011 largest mob roundup in history, the evolution of transnational organized crime, and the heavily publicized Trayvon Martin case.

• The topic of ethics is expanded and includes discussion of ethical issues such as “The Guatemala syphilis study” and the “Belfast Project.”

• Additional Crime Files boxes have been added, including “Kill the Irishman: the Danny Greene Mob and the Death of the Cleveland Mafia.”

• The Interactive eBook and student study site have been fully updated with new video clips, interviews, handbook articles, journal articles, and additional subjects discussed in the text.

• A more detail discussion on the U.S. Crime Dip and recent charges of administrative cover-up of statistics are included.

• An update on a paradigm shift in the motivation of spies in the twenty-first century.

• A new photo program includes links to corresponding videos on the study site.

Introduction to Criminology, 8th edition is a streamlined, focused introduction to the study of criminology with more attention to crime typologies than other texts, plus Crime Files boxes that offer real-world, well-known examples of the crime types discussed. Written by an active researcher, this student-focused text is intended to arouse student interest in the fascinating field of criminology. The full-color design and a new just-in-time learning enhancement—margin notes that link students to online learning materials at appropriate points in the chapters—bring the text to life for students visually and virtually. Key topics and statistics have been fully updated in this new edition to make the material most relevant for your course.

ConTenTsIntroduction \ Research Methods in Criminology \ General Characteristics of Crime and Criminals \ Victims and Victimization \ early and Classical Criminological Theories \ Biological and Psychological Theories \ sociological Mainstream Theories \ sociological Critical Theories and Integrated Theories \ Violent Crimes \ Property Crime: occasional, Conventional, and Professional \ White Collar Crime: occupational and Corporate \ Political Crime and Terrorism \ organized Crime \ Public order Crime \ Computer Crime \ epilogue: The Future of Crime

2013 • 520 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7971-9) • $99.00

the sage dictionary of criMinologyThird Edition

edited by Eugene Mclaughlin City University London and John Muncie The Open University

now in its Third Edition, this bestselling reference text has established itself as the authoritative source covering the key concepts, theories and methods in criminology and criminal justice. edited by two of the leading figures in the discipline, the book is:

• comprehensive: with over 300 entries, the new edition contains multiple revisions, new entries and an expanded editorial introduction

• definitive: concepts are precisely defined so students have a clear understanding of the history and development of each topic

• student-focused: each entry maps connections across various fields and issues and includes further reading to extend students' knowledge

• international: over 90 contributions from internationally renowned academics and practitioners ensure this book is global and comparative throughout.


55

Criminology

theorizing criMe and deviancea new Perspective

Steve Hall Social Futures Institute, Teesside University

A remarkable intellectual achievement, br inging to bear a grasp of contemporary social theory that is superbly sophisticated and up-to-date'

- Robert Reiner, Professor of Criminology, London School of Economics and Political Science

steve Hall uses cutting-edge philosophy and social theory to analyze empirical work on patterns of crime and illuminate contemporary criminological issues. He provides a fresh, relevant critique of the philosophical and political underpinnings of criminological theory and the theoretical canon's development during the 20th century. The book evocatively explores:

• the changing patterns of harm• the adoption and abandonment of specific social theories

within criminology• the application of new continental philosophy to the

criminological problem.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsHistorical Patterns of Crime in england \ Crime Trends in the neo-Liberal Age \ Philosophy, social Theory and Criminology: The Underlying Liberal narrative \ 20th Century Criminological Theory: From Aetiology to Controlology \ Living with the Undead: The Failure of Liberal-Left Theory \ The Return of the Dialectic \ The Transcendental Materialist subject \ on the stimulation and Pacification of Populations


criMinological theoryContext and Consequences

Fifth Edition

J robert lilly Northern Kentucky University, Francis T Cullen University of Cincinnati and richard A Ball Pennsylvania State University

The Fifth Edition of Criminological Theory builds on the success of previous editions with updated coverage of criminological theory within a broader sociological and historical context. Its diverse coverage of major theories spans traditional and contemporary perspectives, with an eye toward the policy implications inherent within the theory.

new to the Fifth Edition:

• a chapter on white-collar crime and the theories behind it• updated coverage of emerging biological theories including

advances in biotechnology such as brain imaging and implications of DnA

• new material on the major societal shifts in the last 30 years and their impact on crime theory including: immigration and depression in the first half of the 20th century; the 1960s and 1970s; and the conservative movement started by nixon and expanded by Reagan.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsThe Context and Consequences of Theory \ The search for the 'Criminal Man' \ Rejecting Individualism: The Chicago school \ Crime in American society: Anomie and strain Theories \ society as Insulation: The origins of Control Theory \ The Complexity of Control: Hirschi's Two Theories and beyond \ The Irony of state Intervention: Labeling Theory \ social Power and the Construction of Crime: Conflict Theory \ new Directions in Critical Theory \ The Gendering of Criminology: Feminist Theory \ Crimes of the Powerful: Theories of White-Collar Crime \ Bringing Punishment Back in: Conservative Criminology \ Choosing Crime in everyday Life: Routine Activity \ The search for the 'Criminal Man' Revisited: Biosocial Theories \ The Development of Criminals: Life-Course Theories

2011 • 504 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-8145-3) • $82.00

Media & criMeSecond Edition

yvonne Jewkes University of Leicester

'Transports students to a genuinely interesting place and makes other textbooks seem rather dull in comparison. It looks set to remain a classroom favourite for some time to come' - Chris Greer, City University, London

KEy aPProaCHES to CriMinoLogy2011 • 328 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-702-6) • £75.00 Paperback (978-1-84860-703-3) • £24.99

encycloPedia of coMMUnity correctionsedited by Shannon M Barton-Bellessa Indiana State University

Accessible and jargon-free, the one-volume Encyclopedia of Community Corrections explores all aspects of community corrections, from its philosophical foundation to its current inception.


56

Criminology

encycloPedia of drUg Policy

two-Volume Set

edited by Mark A r Kleiman University of California at Los Angeles and James E Hawdon

In A-to-Z format and spanning two volumes of 450 entries, this Encyclopedia covers all aspects of drug policy through a variety of disciplines including criminology, sociology, psychology and politics.


deviance and social controla Sociological Perspective

Michelle Inderbitzin Oregon State University

This book serves as a guide for students delving into the fascinating world of deviance for the first time, offering clear overviews of issues and perspectives in the field as well as introductions to classic and current academic literature.

The unique text/reader format provides the best of both worlds, offering both substantial original chapters that give an overview of the field and the theories, as well as carefully selected articles on deviance and social control taken directly from leading academic journals and books.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsPART one: InTRoDUCTIon \ Readings \ How to Read a Research Article \ The Diversity of Deviance \ Readings \ Researching Deviance \ Readings \ PART TWo: TRADITIonAL APPRoACHes To sTUDYInG DeVIAnCe \ Anomie/strain Theory \ Readings \ social Disorganization Theory \ Readings \ Differential Association and social Learning Theory \ Readings \ social Control Theories of Deviance \ Readings \ PART THRee: soCIAL ConsTRUCTIonIsT APPRoACHes To sTUDYInG DeVIAnCe \ Labeling Theory \ Readings \ Marxist/Conflict Theories of Deviance \ Readings \ Critical Theories of Deviance \ Readings \ PART FoUR: ResPonses To DeVIAnCe \ social Control of Deviance \ Readings \ Deviant Careers and Career Deviance

2012 • 688 pagesPaperback (978-1-4129-7377-9) • $70.00

encycloPedia of transnational criMe and JUsticeedited by Margaret E Beare York University

Accessible, jargon-free and available in both print and electronic formats, the one-volume Encyclopedia of transnational Crime and Justice contains a range of up-to-date entries that not only reflect transnational crime but transnational justice as well.


criMinologyThe Essentials

Second Edition

James treadwell University of Leicester

The second edition provides:

• summaries of key course content, including new sections on race and ethnicity, cybercrime, ordinary crime, state crime, global and comparative criminology, green criminology and zemiology

• A helpful study skills section with extensive hints and tips on how to write essays and pass exams, with new sections on how to avoid plagiarism and how to find, read and use journal articles

• Useful learning features including a new chapter on 'thinking like a criminologist', covering the differences between theoretical and 'common sense' views

• Recent UK case studies as well as international examples drawn from Australia, Africa and America

• An all new companion website providing guides to further reading and links to relevant blogs, journal articles and useful websites

Criminology: the Essentials is an indispensible learning tool. As well as mapping out course content in a coherent and engaging way, it offers students invaluable advice on how to get the most out of their studies.


Understanding terrorisMChallenges, Perspectives, and Issues

Fourth Edition

gus Martin California State University, Dominguez Hills

With a particular emphasis on terrorist incidents, this Fourth Edition has been fully updated to provide readers with a wide-ranging and crucial resource on contemporary terrorism.

2012 • 616 pagesPaperback (978-1-4522-0582-3) • $80.00

57

Criminology

Additional MaterialsMany of our textbooks are supported by accompanying websites which contain extra resources to assist lecturers with the planning of lectures and to help promote student learning. Additional material typically includes:• PowerPoint slides • Testbanks of questions • Instructor's manual or teaching notes • Case studies • Glossaries

• Free online readings from leading sAGe journals

• Weblinks • sample exams • Data sets

the sage encycloPedia of terrorisMSecond Edition

edited by gus Martin California State University, Dominguez Hills

This thoroughly updated edition with expanded coverage explores the impact of terrorism on economics, public health, religion and pop culture, and also includes details of ethical issues and debates relating to terrorism.


the sage handBooK of PUnishMent and societyedited by Jonathan Simon University of California, Berkeley and richard Sparks University of Edinburgh

the SagE Handbook of Punishment and Society draws together the major topics and central theoretical toolkits represented in this complex and expansive field into one compelling new volume. Two of the leading scholars in the field, Jonathan simon and Richard sparks, have crafted a comprehensive and definitive resource that illuminates some of the key themes in this complex area - from historical and prospective issues to penal trends and related contributions through theory, literature and philosophy. Incorporating a stellar and international line-up of contributors, the book addresses key research and current debates on issues such as: the prospects for abolition of capital punishment; penal change as a civilising process; the emerging role of human rights in shaping penal practices; and the role of neo-liberalism in producing penal trends like mass incarceration.

ABRIDGeD ConTenTsIntroduction: Punishment and society: The emergence of an Academic Field \ PART one: PUnIsHMenT AnD soCIAL THeoRY \ Punishment and social solidarity \ Punishment and Political economy \ Punishment and the Political Technologies of the Body \ Punishment and 'the Civilizing Process' \ Punishment and Meaning: The Cultural sociological Approach \ Risk and Punishment \ Punishment and the Penal Field \ PART TWo: MAss IMPRIsonMenT AnD ITs ConseQUenCe \ Punishment and Inequality \ Gender and Punishment \ Mass Incarceration and the Politics of Punishment \ The social Psychology of Mass Imprisonment \ Punishment, (neo)Liberalism and social Democracy \ PART THRee: MoDes oF PUnIsHMenT \ Prisons beyond the new Penology \ Capital Punishment in the United states \ Punishment in society: The Improbable Persistence of Probation and other Community sanctions and Measures \ Youth Justice \ The Punishment Debate in Restorative Justice \ Monetized Justice: Money and Punishment in Consumer societies \ PART FoUR: neW ConTeXTs \ Punishment and Human Rights \ Punishment and Migration Between europe and the United states: A Transnational 'Less eligibility' \ Amnesties, Transnational Justice and Governing Through Mercy \ Control without Punishment: Understanding Coercion

2012 • 520 pagesHardback (978-1-84860-675-3) • £95.00SagE reference online (978-1-4462-4762-4)

58

Criminology

Burns & Sinfield • (978-1-4462-0325-5)Craswell & Poore • (978-0-85702-928-7)Hargreaves • (978-1-4462-0287-6)Chong Ho Shon • (978-1-4462-0932-5)

Help your students achieve success!

SAGE Study Skills are essential study guides for students of all levels. From how to write great essays and succeeding at university, to writing your undergraduate dissertation and doing postgraduate research, SAGE Study Skills help you get the best from your time at university.

Writing for AcAdemic SucceSSSecond Edition

Gail Craswell Australian National University, Canberra and Megan Poore

Writing for Academic Success is a vital practical guide for any postgraduate student. If you seek to manage your writing effectively, reduce stress, and improve your confidence and efficiency, this book is for you. The authors show you how to acquire communicative rigor in research essays, reports, book and article reviews, exam papers, research proposals, and literature reviews, through to thesis writing, posters and papers for presentation and publication. This second edition has been fully revised to reflect the online learning explosion. The authors provide insightful new material about how to work productively in different online contexts such as with blogs and wikis, setting up an e-portfolio, and raising an online profile. They also set out a focused guide to issues unique to digital communication, and working with and across different media and technologies.

ReadeRshIpessential reading for undergraduate and graduate students seeking the best advice on successful academic writing.

SAGE Study SkillS SEriESDecember 2011 • 264 pagesCloth (978-0-85702-927-0) • £65.00 Paper (978-0-85702-928-7) • £22.99

eSSentiAl Study SkillSThe Complete Guide to Success at university

third Edition

tom Burns London Metropolitan University and Sandra Sinfield Coordinator for Learning Development

Essential Study Skills is a proven guide for every student wanting to achieve success at university. packed with study tips and handy activities, this study skills handbook shows students step-by-step how to study effectively and make the best of their time - whatever level they're at.

Whether they are going to university straight from school, a mature student, or an overseas student studying in the UK for the first time, every student will find out how to:

• Sail through those tricky first weeks

• Get the most out of lectures by understanding how they learn

• Learn techniques for academic writing and research

• Pass exams with flying colours

• Stay cool and cope with stress.

practical and interactive, this edition features three brand new chapters to arm students with even more essential skills including how to produce a dissertation, planning their career and focussing on building relationships with lecturers and other students to help them get ahead.

ReadeRshIpall university students and lecturers, student support staff and study skills coordinators.

SAGE Study SkillS SEriESMarch 2012 • 352 pagesCloth (978-1-4462-0324-8) • £56.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0325-5) • £14.99

HoW to reAd JournAl ArticleS in tHe SociAl ScienceSA Very Practical Guide for Students

Phillip Chong Ho Shon University of Ontario Institute of Technology

In this book, phillip C. shon teaches advanced undergraduates and graduate students how to read social science journal articles, and organize the information gathered from them as part of the writing process. By showing how social science texts are structurally organized, he teaches students how to do the "critical reading" that their professors have told them to do but never explicitly taught.

Using a unique reading code-published in full in the introduction - this book teaches students how to approach social and behavioural science journal articles as texts that can be deciphered structurally, mechanically and grammatically. The reading code sheet and strategies will allow students and researchers to systematise the reading, note-taking, and organizing of voluminous amounts of information in an easily identifiable and retrievable format.

ReadeRshIpsocial and behavioural science students and researchers who want to sharpen their critical evaluative skills for better academic writing purposes.

SAGE Study SkillS SEriESMarch 2012 • 120 pagesCloth (978-1-4462-0931-8) • £60.00 Paper (978-1-4462-0932-5) • £16.99

Index

60

1-100

15 Disturbing Things We Need to Know, Crone ............. 6

A

Affect and Emotion, Wetherell ..................................... 29Aftermath of Feminism, The, McRobbie ....................... 39Aging, Seventh Edition Moody ..................................... 50Albrecht The SAGE Reference Series on Disability,

Eight-Volume Set ........................................................ 51Alvesson & Karreman Qualitative Research

and Theory Development ............................................ 13Alvesson & Skoldberg Reflexive Methodology,

Second Edition ............................................................ 12Alvesson Interpreting Interviews .................................. 12Alvesson Understanding Organizational Culture,

Second Edition ............................................................ 46Andres Designing and Doing Survey Research ............ 10Anheier & Isar Cultures and Globalization ................. 29Anheier & Isar Cultures and Globalization ................. 34Antonius Interpreting Quantitative Data with

IBM SPSS, Second Edition ........................................... 9Appelrouth & Edles Classical and Contemporary

Sociological Theory, Second Edition ............................ 3Appelrouth & Edles Sociological Theory in the

Contemporary Era, Second Edition .............................. 3Argyrous Statistics for Research, Third Edition.............. 9Atkinson Key Concepts in Sport and Exercise

Research Methods ...................................................... 42Atkinson Researching Sport, Exercise & Health ........ 42

B

Ballantine & Roberts Our Social World Interactive E-Book, Third Edition .................................................... 4

Ballantine & Roberts Our Social World, Second Edition .............................................................. 4

Ballantine & Roberts Our Social World, Third Edition Media Update................................................................ 4

Ballantine & Spade Schools and Society, Fourth Edition .............................................................. 53

Banks Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 54

Barker Cultural Studies, Fourth Edition ........................ 26Barnett Encyclopedia of Social Networks .................... 20Barry & Yuill Understanding the Sociology of Health,

Third Edition ................................................................ 49Bartlett & Burton Introduction to Education Studies,

Third Edition ................................................................ 54Barton-Bellessa Encyclopedia of Community

Corrections .................................................................. 56Beare Encyclopedia of Transnational Crime and

Justice ......................................................................... 57Beckett Child Protection, Second Edition .................... 51Beedie & Craig Sports Sociology ................................ 43Bell An Invitation to Environmental Sociology,

Fourth Edition .............................................................. 36Blackman Immaterial Bodies ....................................... 50Blair , Blair & Czaja Designing Surveys,

Third Edition .................................................................. 9Blakey Sport Marketing ................................................ 42Body and Social Theory, The, Third Edition Shilling ..... 50Botterill & Platenkamp Key Concepts in Tourism

Research ..................................................................... 45Brabazon Popular Music .............................................. 28Bradby Medicine, Health and Society .......................... 49Braham Key Concepts in Sociology ............................... 5Brinkmann Qualitative Inquiry in Everyday Life ............ 13British Social Attitudes 28, Park, Clery, Curtice,

Philips & Utting ........................................................ 31Buckingham & Turner Understanding Environmental

Issues .......................................................................... 36Bulmer, Sturgis & Allum The Secondary Analysis of

Survey Data, Four-Volume Set .................................... 22Burns & Sinfield Essential Study Skills, Third Edition .. 59Byers, Parent & Slack Key Concepts in Sport

Management ............................................................... 43Byrne & Uprichard Cluster Analysis,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 22

C

Cameron Working with Spoken Discourse ................... 13Carswell The Encyclopedia of Housing,

Second Edition ............................................................ 34Chambliss & Schutt Making Sense of the

Social World, Fourth Edition ........................................ 15Changing Contours of Work, Second Edition

Sweet & Meiksins .................................................... 46Child Protection, Second Edition Beckett .................... 51Children’s Rights in Practice, Jones & Walker .......... 52Chirot How Societies Change, Second Edition ............ 32Chong Ho Shon How to Read Journal Articles in the

Social Sciences ........................................................... 59Cities in a World Economy, Fourth Edition Sassen....... 33Clapham, Clark & Gibb The SAGE Handbook of

Housing Studies .......................................................... 34Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory,

Second Edition Appelrouth & Edles .......................... 3Clegg, Kornberger & Pitsis Managing and

Organizations, Third Edition ........................................ 47Clough & Nutbrown A Student’s Guide to

Methodology, Third Edition ......................................... 16Cluster Analysis, Four-Volume Set

Byrne & Uprichard ................................................... 22Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, The,

Second Edition Saldana ............................................. 15Companion to Survey Research, A, Ornstein .............. 10Comparative-Historical Research Methods, Lange ..... 17Computational Social Science, Four-Volume Set

Gilbert ......................................................................... 23Conradson, DeVerteuil, Dunn & Jarvis

Key Concepts in Social Geography ............................ 35Constructing Grounded Theory, Second Edition

Charmaz ..................................................................... 11Consumption, Four-Volume Set Warde ........................ 29Contemporary China Studies 1, Four-Volume Set

Ngo ............................................................................. 38Contemporary China Studies 2, Four-Volume Set

Ngo ............................................................................. 38Contemporary China Studies, Eight-Volume Set

Ngo ............................................................................. 38Content Analysis, Third Edition Krippendorff............... 17Correlation and Regression Analysis,

Four-Volume Set Vogt & Johnson ............................ 22Corsaro The Sociology of Childhood, Third Edition ..... 52Craswell & Poore Writing for Academic Success,

Second Edition ............................................................ 59Creative Industries, The, Flew....................................... 24Cregan Key Concepts in Body and Society ................. 50Creswell Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design,

Third Edition ................................................................ 10Criminological Perspectives, Third Edition

McLaughlin, Muncie & Hughes .............................. 55Criminological Theory, Fifth Edition Lilly, Cullen &

Ball .............................................................................. 56Critical Issues in Clinical and Health Psychlogy,

Rohleder ..................................................................... 50Crone 15 Disturbing Things We Need to Know .............. 6Croteau, Hoynes & Milan Media / Society, Fourth

Edition ......................................................................... 25Crysler, Cairns & Heynen The SAGE Handbook of

Architectural Theory .................................................... 34Cultural Industries, The, Third Edition

Hesmondhalgh .......................................................... 24Cultural Sociology of the Middle East, Asia, and Africa,

Four-Volume Set Stanton, Ramsamy, Seybolt & Elliot ............................................................................ 32

Cultural Studies, Fourth Edition Barker ........................ 26Cultures and Crises, Fardon ........................................ 40Cultures and Globalization, Anheier & Isar ............... 29Cultures and Globalization, Anheier & Isar ............... 34Cultures and Societies in a Changing World,

Fourth Edition Griswold.............................................. 31Curtis & Curtis Social Research ................................ 16Cybercrime and Society, Second Edition

Yar & Rutter .............................................................. 57

D

Data Collection, Olsen ................................................. 18

David & Sutton Social Research, Second Edition...... 16David Methods of Interpretive Sociology,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 23Davie The Sociology of Religion ................................... 41Davies & Sigthorsson Introducing the

Creative Industries ...................................................... 24Dean Governmentality, Second Edition ........................ 37Denzin & Lincoln The SAGE Handbook of

Qualitative Research, Fourth Edition ........................... 12Designing and Doing Survey Research, Andres .......... 10Designing Research in the Social Sciences,

Maggetti, Radaelli & Gilardi .................................... 18Designing Surveys, Third Edition Blair, Blair & Czaja .... 9Developing Effective Research Proposals,

Second Edition Punch ................................................ 19Development and Social Change, Fifth Edition

McMichael .................................................................. 32Deviance and Social Control, Inderbitzin .................... 57Dicken Global Shift, Sixth Edition ................................. 35Disability Studies, Goodley .......................................... 51Discourse Studies, Second Edition van Dijk ................ 30Discovering Statistics Using R, Field, Miles & Field ... 8Discovering Statistics Using SPSS, Third Edition Field .. 8Doing Cultural Theory, Walton ..................................... 27Doing Discourse Research, Keller & Jenner ................ 14Doing Excellent Small-Scale Research, Layder .......... 17Dolce Japanese Religions, Four-Volume Set ................ 41Dovidio, Hewstone, Glick & Esses

The SAGE Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping and Discrimination ............................................................. 39

Dowding Encyclopedia of Power ................................. 37Dynamics of Social Practice, The, Shove,

Pantzar & Watson .................................................... 29

E

Edgell The Sociology of Work, Second Edition ............ 46Edles & Appelrouth Sociological Theory in the

Classical Era, Second Edition ....................................... 2Education and Cultural Citizenship, Stevenson .......... 54Emergence of Social Theory, The, Seventh Edition

Turner & Powers ........................................................ 3Emmison Researching the Visual, Second Edition ...... 13Encyclopedia of Community Corrections,

Barton-Bellessa ......................................................... 56Encyclopedia of Consumer Culture,

Three-Volume Set Southerton .................................. 29Encyclopedia of Consumption and Waste,

Two-Volume Set Zimring & Rathje .......................... 37Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education,

Four-Volume Set Banks .............................................. 54Encyclopedia of Drug Policy, Two-Volume Set

Kleiman & Hawdon .................................................. 57Encyclopedia of Gender in Media, Kosut .................... 39Encyclopedia of Global Religion,

Two-Volume Set Juergensmeyer & Roof ................ 41Encyclopedia of Global Warming and Climate Change,

Second Edition Philander ........................................... 36Encyclopedia of Housing, The, Second Edition

Carswell ..................................................................... 34Encyclopedia of Identity, Two-Volume Set

Jackson II ................................................................... 30Encyclopedia of Motherhood, Three-Volume Set

O’Reilly ....................................................................... 53Encyclopedia of Power, Dowding ................................ 37Encyclopedia of Social Networks, Barnett .................. 20Encyclopedia of Sports Management and Marketing,

Four-Volume Set Swayne & Dodds.......................... 44Encyclopedia of Transnational Crime and Justice,

Beare .......................................................................... 57Encyclopedia of Urban Studies, Two-Volume Set

Hutchinson ................................................................. 33Encyclopedia of Women in Today’s World, Four-Volume

Set Zeiss Stange, Oyster & Sloan ............................ 39Essential Study Skills, Third Edition Burns & Sinfield .. 59Ethnomethodology, Four-Volume Set

Lynch & Sharrock .................................................... 23Event History Analysis, Four-Volume Set Wu ................ 23Event Power, Rojek ...................................................... 44Events Management, Ferdinand & Kitchin ............... 44

Index

61

F

Fardon A Very Personal Method ................................... 40Fardon Cultures and Crises .......................................... 40Fardon The SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology,

Two-Volume Set .......................................................... 40Ferdinand & Kitchin Events Management ................... 44Field Discovering Statistics Using SPSS,

Third Edition .................................................................. 8Field, Miles & Field Discovering Statistics

Using R .......................................................................... 8Fineman, Gabriel & Sims Organizing &

Organizations, Fourth Edition ...................................... 47Flew The Creative Industries......................................... 24Focus Group Research, Walden .................................. 22For Space, Massey ...................................................... 33Frankfort-Nachmias & Leon-Guerrero

Social Statistics for a Diverse Society, Sixth Edition .... 8French Post-War Social Theory, Robbins ...................... 4

G

Gannon Understanding Global Cultures, Fifth Edition ................................................................. 31

Geddes International Migration, Four-Volume Set........ 37Gilbert Computational Social Science,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 23Gilbert Researching Social Life, Third Edition .............. 17Giulianotti Sociology of Sport, Four-Volume Set ......... 42Global Families, Second Edition Karraker ................... 53Global Shift, Sixth Edition Dicken ................................. 35Global Sport Policy, Palmer ......................................... 43Globalization and Culture, Four-Volume Set James ..... 31Gods in the Global Village, Third Edition Kurtz ............ 41Godwyn & Gittell Sociology of Organizations .............. 47Goodley Disability Studies ............................................ 51Gosling, Sutherland & Jones Key Concepts in

Leadership .................................................................. 48Governmentality, Second Edition Dean ........................ 37Green Consumerism, Mansvelt ................................... 36Green Culture, Wehr .................................................... 36Grey A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably

Cheap Book About Studying Organizations, Third Edition ................................................................ 47

Griswold Cultures and Societies in a Changing World, Fourth Edition .................................................. 31

Grounded Theory for Qualitative Analysis, Urquhart ..................................................................... 15

Guthrie Publishing ........................................................ 25

H

Hagan Introduction to Criminology, Eighth Edition ....... 55Hall Theorizing Crime and Deviance ............................. 56Hall, Evans & Nixon Representation,

Second Edition ............................................................ 27Handel The Sociology of Organizations ....................... 47Hartley, Potts, Cunningham, Flew, Keane & Banks

Key Concepts in Creative Industries ......................... 24Hesmondhalgh The Cultural Industries,

Third Edition ................................................................ 24Hine Virtual Research Methods, Four-Volume Set ........ 21Hodkinson Media, Culture and Society........................ 25Holliday Intercultural Communication & Ideology ...... 30How Societies Change, Second Edition Chirot ............ 32How to Do Media and Cultural Studies,

Second Edition Stokes ............................................... 27How to Read Journal Articles in the Social Sciences,

Chong Ho Shon ........................................................ 59Hubbard & Kitchin Key Thinkers on Space and Place,

Second Edition ............................................................ 33Hughes, Sharrock & Martin Understanding Classical

Sociology, Second Edition ............................................ 2Hutchinson Encyclopedia of Urban Studies,

Two-Volume Set .......................................................... 33

I

Illuminating Social Life, Fifth Edition, Kivisto .................. 6Immaterial Bodies, Blackman ..................................... 50Inderbitzin Deviance and Social Control ...................... 57

Inkson & Minneart Tourism Management .................. 45Intercultural Communication & Ideology, Holliday ..... 30International Migration, Four-Volume Set Geddes........ 37Interpreting Interviews, Alvesson ................................ 12Interpreting Qualitative Data, Fourth Edition

Silverman ................................................................... 11Interpreting Quantitative Data with IBM SPSS,

Second Edition Antonius .............................................. 9Introducing the Creative Industries,

Davies & Sigthorsson .............................................. 24Introduction to Criminology, Eighth Edition Hagan ....... 55Introduction to Education Studies, Third Edition

Bartlett & Burton ..................................................... 54Introduction to the Sociology of Work and

Occupations, An, Second Edition Volti ....................... 46Investigating the Social World, Seventh Edition

Schutt ......................................................................... 16Invitation to Environmental Sociology, An,

Fourth Edition Bell ...................................................... 36Involving Parents in their Children’s Learning,

Second Edition Whalley ............................................. 52

J

Jackson & Parry A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About Studying Leadership, Second Edition .............. 48

Jackson II Encyclopedia of Identity, Two-Volume Set .......................................................... 30

Jamal & Robinson The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Studies ........................................................................ 44

James & James Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition ............................................................ 51

James Globalization and Culture, Four-Volume Set ..... 31Japanese Religions, Four-Volume Set Dolce ................ 41Jewkes Media & Crime, Second Edition .................... 56Jones & Holmes Key Concepts in Media and

Communications ......................................................... 26Jones & Walker Children’s Rights in Practice ............ 52Jones, Brown & Holloway Qualitative Reseach in

Sport and Physical Activity ......................................... 43Juergensmeyer & Roof Encyclopedia of Global

Religion, Two-Volume Set ........................................... 41

K

Kalekin-Fishman & Denis The Shape of Sociology for the 21st Century ...................................................... 6

Karraker Global Families, Second Edition ................... 53Kattakayam Studies in Indian Sociology,

Seven-Volume Set ......................................................... 7Keller & Jenner Doing Discourse Research ................. 14Kenny, Whittle & Willmott Understanding

Identity and Organizations .......................................... 48Key Concepts in Body and Society, Cregan ............... 50Key Concepts in Childhood Studies,

Second Edition James & James .............................. 51Key Concepts in Classical Social Theory, Law .............. 2Key Concepts in Family Studies,

McCarthy & Edwards .............................................. 52Key Concepts in Geography Clifford,

Holloway, Rice & Valentine .......................................... 35Key Concepts in Leadership, Gosling,

Sutherland & Jones ................................................. 48Key Concepts in Media and Communications,

Jones & Holmes....................................................... 26Key Concepts in Social Geography, Conradson,

DeVerteuil, Dunn & Jarvis ....................................... 35Key Concepts in Sociology, Braham ............................. 5Key Concepts in Sport and Exercise

Research Methods, Atkinson .................................... 42Key Concepts in Sport Management, Byers,

Parent & Slack ......................................................... 43Key Concepts in Tourism Research, Botterill &

Platenkamp ................................................................ 45Key Concepts in Urban Geography Latham,

McCormack & McNamara ........................................ 35Key Issues in Education and Social Justice, Smith ..... 54Key Thinkers on Space and Place, Second Edition

Hubbard & Kitchin ................................................... 33Kivisto Illuminating Social Life, Fifth Edition ................... 6

Kleiman & Hawdon Encyclopedia of Drug Policy, Two-Volume Set .......................................................... 57

Korgen, White & White Sociologists in Action ............ 7Kosut Encyclopedia of Gender in Media ...................... 39Kozinets Netnography .................................................. 14Krippendorff Content Analysis, Third Edition............... 17Kurtz Gods in the Global Village, Third Edition ............ 41

L

Lange Comparative-Historical Research Methods ....... 17Law Key Concepts in Classical Social Theory ................ 2Layder Doing Excellent Small-Scale Research ............ 17Layder Understanding Social Theory, Second Edition ... 3Leon-Guerrero Social Problems, Third Edition .............. 7Letherby, Scott & Williams Objectivity and Subjectivity

in Social Research ....................................................... 18Lilly, Cullen & Ball Criminological Theory,

Fifth Edition ................................................................. 56Literature Review, The Second Edition Ridley .............. 19Locke, Silverman & Spirduso Reading and

Understanding Research, Third Edition ...................... 17Lupton Medicine as Culture, Third Edition ................... 49Lynch & Sharrock Ethnomethodology,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 23

M

Maggetti, Radaelli & Gilardi Designing Research in the Social Sciences ................................................. 18

Making Sense of the Social World, Fourth Edition Chambliss & Schutt ................................................. 15

Managing and Organizations, Third Edition Clegg, Kornberger & Pitsis ................................................. 47

Mansvelt Green Consumerism ..................................... 36Martin The SAGE Encyclopedia of Terrorism, Second

Edition ......................................................................... 58Martin Understanding Terrorism, Fourth Edition .......... 57Marvasti, Holstein, Gubrium & McKinney Marvasti

The SAGE Handbook of Interview Research, Second Edition ......................................................................... 12

Mason & Dale Understanding Social Research ......... 18Massey For Space ........................................................ 33Massey Ways of Social Change ................................... 32Matthews The SAGE Handbook of Environmental

Change, Two-Volume Set ............................................ 36McCarthy & Edwards Key Concepts in Family

Studies ........................................................................ 52McDonaldization of Society 7, The, Seventh Edition

Ritzer ............................................................................ 5McKie & Callan Understanding Families ................... 53McLauchlin & Muncie SAGE Dicrctionary of

Criminology, The ....................................................... 55McLaughlin & Muncie The SAGE Dictionary of

Criminology, Third Edition ........................................... 55McLaughlin, Muncie & Hughes Criminological

Perspectives, Third Edition ......................................... 55McMichael Development and Social Change,

Fifth Edition ................................................................. 32McRobbie The Aftermath of Feminism ......................... 39Media & Crime, Second Edition Jewkes .................... 56Media / Society, Fourth Edition Croteau,

Hoynes & Milan .......................................................... 25Media, Culture and Society, Hodkinson ...................... 25Medicine as Culture, Third Edition Lupton ................... 49Medicine, Health and Society, Bradby ........................ 49Methods of Interpretive Sociology, Four-Volume Set

David ........................................................................... 23Miller Understanding Digital Culture ............................. 25Moody Aging, Seventh Edition ..................................... 50

N

Netnography, Kozinets ................................................ 14Network Society, The, Third Edition van Dijk ............... 26Newman & O’Brien Sociology (Reader),

Ninth Edition .................................................................. 5Newman Sociology, Ninth Edition .................................. 5Ngo Contemporary China Studies 1,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 38

Index

62

Ngo Contemporary China Studies 2, Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 38

Ngo Contemporary China Studies, Eight-Volume Set ........................................................ 38

Nyerges, Couclelis & McMaster The SAGE Handbook of GIS and Society ................... 35

O

Objectivity and Subjectivity in Social Research, Letherby, Scott & Williams ..................................... 18

O’Brien The Production of Reality, Fifth Edition ........... 30O’Donnell Structure and Agency, Four-Volume Set ....... 4Olsen Data Collection ................................................... 18O’Reilly Encyclopedia of Motherhood,

Three-Volume Set ........................................................ 53Organizing & Organizations, Fourth Edition

Fineman, Gabriel & Sims ........................................ 47Ornstein A Companion to Survey Research ................ 10Our Social World Interactive E-Book, Updated Edition

Ballantine & Roberts ................................................. 4Our Social World, Second Edition

Ballantine & Roberts ................................................. 4Our Social World, Third Edition Media Update

Ballantine & Roberts ................................................. 4

P

Palmer Global Sport Policy .......................................... 43Park, Clery, Curtice, Philips & Utting British Social

Attitudes 28 ................................................................. 31Payne & Williams Teaching Quantitative Methods ...... 9Peri 6 & Bellami Principles of Methodology ................. 21Philander Encyclopedia of Global Warming and

Climate Change, Second Edition ................................ 36Pink Situating Everyday Life ......................................... 28Politics of Belonging, The, Yuval-Davis........................ 38Popular Music, Brabazon ............................................ 28Popular Music, Four-Volume Set Rojek ........................ 28Post Industrial Society, Four-Volume Set Smart ............. 5Prell Social Network Analysis ....................................... 20Principles of Methodology Peri 6 & Bellami ................. 21Privitera Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences ............. 8Production of Reality, The, Fifth Edition O’Brien .......... 30Psychology of Close Relationships, Five-Volume Set Reis

54Publishing, Guthrie ...................................................... 25Punch Developing Effective Research Proposals,

Second Edition ............................................................ 19

Q

Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition Creswell ................................................ 10

Qualitative Inquiry in Everyday Life, Brinkmann .......... 13Qualitative Reseach in Sport and Physical Activity,

Jones, Brown & Holloway ....................................... 43Qualitative Research and Theory Development,

Alvesson & Karreman ............................................. 13Questioning Gender, Ryle ............................................ 39

R

Race & Crime, Rowe .................................................. 39Ray Violence and Society ............................................. 55Reading and Understanding Research, Third Edition

Locke, Silverman & Spirduso ................................. 17Reason & Bradbury The SAGE Handbook of Action

Research, Second Edition ........................................... 19Reflexive Methodology, Second Edition Alvesson &

Skoldberg ................................................................... 12Reis Psychology of Close Relationships,

Five-Volume Set .......................................................... 54Religion in Sociological Perspective, Fifth Edition

Roberts & Yamane ................................................... 41Representation, Second Edition Hall,

Evans & Nixon .......................................................... 27Researching Social Life, Third Edition Gilbert .............. 17Researching Society and Culture, Third Edition

Seale ........................................................................... 15

Researching Sport, Exercise & Health, Atkinson ...... 42Researching the Visual, Second Edition Emmison ...... 13Ridley The Literature Review, Second Edition .............. 19Ritzer The McDonaldization of Society 7, Seventh

Edition ........................................................................... 5Robbins French Post-War Social Theory ....................... 4Roberts & Yamane Religion in Sociological

Perspective, Fifth Edition ............................................ 41Rohleder Critical Issues in Clinical and

Health Psychlogy ........................................................ 50Rojek Event Power ....................................................... 44Rojek Popular Music, Four-Volume Set ........................ 28Rose Visual Methodologies, Third Edition .................... 14Rowe Race & Crime .................................................... 39Ryle Questioning Gender .............................................. 39

S

SAGE Dictionary of Criminology, The McLauchlin & Muncie ............................................... 55

SAGE Dictionary of Criminology, The, Third Edition McLaughlin & Muncie ............................................. 55

SAGE Encyclopedia of Terrorism, The, Second Edition Martin ......................................................................... 58

SAGE Handbook of Action Research, The, Second Edition Reason & Bradbury ..................................... 19

SAGE Handbook of Architectural Theory, The, Crysler, Cairns & Heynen ........................................ 34

SAGE Handbook of Environmental Change, The, Two-Volume Set Matthews ........................................ 36

SAGE Handbook of GIS and Society, The, Nyerges, Couclelis & McMaster ............................................. 35

SAGE Handbook of Housing Studies, The, Clapham, Clark & Gibb ............................................................. 34

SAGE Handbook of Identities, The, Wetherell & Mohanty ..................................................................... 30

SAGE Handbook of Interview Research, The, Second Edition Marvasti, Holstein, Gubrium & McKinney Marvasti...................................................................... 12

SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioural Research Tashakkori & Teddlie ............. 20

SAGE Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping and Discrimination, The, Dovidio, Hewstone, Glick & Esses .......................................................................... 39

SAGE Handbook of Punishment and Society, The, Simon & Sparks ....................................................... 58

SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, The, Fourth Edition Denzin & Lincoln .............................. 12

SAGE Handbook of Social Anthropology, The, Two-Volume Set Fardon ............................................. 40

SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis, The, Scott & Carrington .................................................. 20

SAGE Handbook of Sociolinguistics, The, Wodak, Johnstone & Kerswill .............................................. 31

SAGE Handbook of Tourism Studies, The, Jamal & Robinson .................................................................... 44

SAGE Reference Series on Disability, The, Eight-Volume Set Albrecht ......................................... 51

Saldana The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, Second Edition .................... 15

Sales Sociology Today .................................................... 6Sassen Cities in a World Economy, Fourth Edition....... 33Schirato, Danaher & Webb Understanding

Foucault, Second Edition ............................................ 27Schnettler Small World Research, Four Volumes......... 21Schools and Society, Fourth Edition

Ballantine & Spade .................................................. 53Schutt Investigating the Social World,

Seventh Edition ........................................................... 16Scott & Carrington The SAGE Handbook of Social

Network Analysis ......................................................... 20Scott Social Network Analysis, Third Edition................ 21Seale Researching Society and Culture,

Third Edition ................................................................ 15Secondary Analysis of Survey Data,

The Four-Volume Set Bulmer, Sturgis & Allum ....... 22Secularization, Four-Volume Set Turner ....................... 41Self and Identity, Four-Volume Set

Vohs & Baumeister .................................................. 30Shape of Sociology for the 21st Century, The,

Kalekin-Fishman & Denis ......................................... 6

Shields Spatial Questions ............................................. 35Shilling The Body and Social Theory, Third Edition ...... 50Shove, Pantzar & Watson The Dynamics of Social

Practice ....................................................................... 29Siapera Understanding New Media .............................. 25Silverman Interpreting Qualitative Data,

Fourth Edition .............................................................. 11Simon & Sparks The SAGE Handbook of

Punishment and Society ............................................. 58Situating Everyday Life, Pink ....................................... 28Small World Research, Four Volumes Schnettler......... 21Smart Post Industrial Society, Four-Volume Set ............. 5Smith Key Issues in Education and Social Justice ....... 54Social and Political Movements, Four-Volume Set

Zirakzadeh ................................................................. 38Social Network Analysis, Prell ..................................... 20Social Network Analysis, Third Edition Scott................ 21Social Problems, Third Edition Leon-Guerrero .............. 7Social Research, Curtis & Curtis .............................. 16Social Research, Second Edition David & Sutton...... 16Social Statistics for a Diverse Society, Sixth Edition

Frankfort-Nachmias & Leon-Guerrero .................... 8Social Thought of C. Wright Mills, The, Trevino ............. 3Sociological Theory in the Classical Era,

Second Edition Edles & Appelrouth .......................... 2Sociological Theory in the Contemporary Era, Second

Edition Appelrouth & Edles ....................................... 3Sociologists in Action, Korgen, White & White .......... 7Sociology (Reader), Ninth Edition Newman &

O’Brien ......................................................................... 5Sociology of Childhood, The, Third Edition Corsaro .... 52Sociology of Organizations Godwyn & Gittell .............. 47Sociology of Organizations, The, Handel ..................... 47Sociology of Religion, The, Davie ................................. 41Sociology of Sport, Four-Volume Set Giulianotti ......... 42Sociology of Work, The, Second Edition Edgell ........... 46Sociology Today, Sales .................................................. 6Sociology, Ninth Edition Newman .................................. 5Southerton Encyclopedia of Consumer Culture,

Three-Volume Set ........................................................ 29Spatial Questions, Shields ........................................... 35Sport Marketing, Blakey .............................................. 42Sports Sociology, Beedie & Craig ................................ 43Stanton, Ramsamy, Seybolt & Elliot Cultural

Sociology of the Middle East, Asia, and Africa, Four-Volume Set .............................. 32

Statistics for Research, Third Edition Argyrous.............. 9Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, Privitera ........... 8Stevenson Education and Cultural Citizenship ............ 54Stokes How to Do Media and Cultural Studies,

Second Edition ............................................................ 27Structure and Agency, Four-Volume Set O’Donnell ....... 4Student’s Guide to Methodology, A, Third Edition

Clough & Nutbrown ................................................. 16Studies in Indian Sociology, Seven-Volume Set

Kattakayam .................................................................. 7Swayne & Dodds Encyclopedia of Sports Management

and Marketing, Four-Volume Set ................................ 44Sweet & Meiksins Changing Contours of Work,

Second Edition ............................................................ 46

T

Tashakkori & Teddlie SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioural Research ................ 20

Teaching Quantitative Methods, Payne & Williams .... 9Theorizing Crime and Deviance, Hall ........................... 56Tourism Management, Inkson & Minneart ................ 45Tourist Gaze 3.0, The, Third Edition Urry & Larsen .... 45Trevino The Social Thought of C. Wright Mills ............... 3Turner & Powers The Emergence of Social Theory,

Seventh Edition ............................................................. 3Turner Secularization, Four-Volume Set ....................... 41Turner What’s Become of Cultural Studies? ................ 27

u

Understanding Classical Sociology, Second Edition Hughes, Sharrock & Martin ........................................ 2

Understanding Digital Culture, Miller ........................... 25

Index

63

Dasgupta, Sangita .................................................15A Dasgupta, Sanjukta ..................................... 17A, 19ADatar, Sudha ..........................................................27ADavie, Grace ............................................................9ADebt and Death in Rural India..................................2ADecentralisation, Corruption and Social Capital ......7ADefragmenting India ..............................................23ADemocracy in the Family .......................................30ADerne, Steve ..........................................................28ADeshmukh-Ranadive, Joy .....................................30ADeshpande, R S ......................................................2ADeshpande, Satish ................................................10A Desouza, Peter Ronald ..........................................18ADev, Amiya ............................................................19ADey, Ishita ...............................................................6ADiscourses 0n Aging and Dying ............................30ADixit, Kanak Mani ..................................................16ADoubinsky, Sebastien ............................................17ADrama for Development ........................................28ADutt, Bishnupriya ...................................................14A Dutta, Nandana .....................................................21A

E

Elson, Diane ..........................................................12AEmergence of the Political Subject .........................6AEmpowering Rural Women ....................................12AEnarson, Elaine ......................................................13A Endgame in Afghanistan .........................................2AEnergy Efficiency and Climate Change .................31AEngendering Performance .....................................14AEthnic Activism and Civil Society in South Asia ......3AEthnic Life-Worlds in North-East India ..................22A

F

Fascinating Hindutva ...............................................9AFrom Ecstasy to Agony and Back ........................27AFrom Seva to Cyberspace .....................................27AFrom Street to Hope ..............................................27A

G

Gay Bombay ..........................................................15AGellner, David N .......................................................3AGender Discrimination in Land Ownership ............14AGhadially, Rehana ..................................................14AGillespie, Marie ......................................................28A Giri, Ananta Kumar ................................................28AGlobalization on the Ground ..................................28AGonsalves, Peter ...................................................29AGruman, Jamie A ...................................................31AGuha, Chinmoy ......................................................19A

H

Haan, Arjan De ........................................................5AHachhethu, Krishna .................................................3AHandy, Femida ......................................................27A Harvesting Feminist Knowledge for Public Policy .12AHashmi, Shabnam .................................................26AHasselmann, Franziska .........................................31AHegewald, Julia A B ..............................................16A Herath, Tamara .....................................................25AHuman Bondage .....................................................5AHuman Development in the Indian Context,

Volume 1 ..............................................................30AHuman Development in the Indian Context,

Volume 2 ..............................................................30AHuman Rights and Peace ......................................26AHussain, Monirul ....................................................22A

I

Identity Politics of Peacebuilding, The ..................26AIlaiah, Kancha ..........................................................9AIndian Youth in a Transforming World ....................18AIndigenous Roots of Feminism ..............................12AInflux: Contemporary Art in Asia ............................16AIngold, Jillian ..........................................................27A Interrogating Development ....................................22A

J

Jafa, Navina ...........................................................16AJaijee, Inderjit Singh ...............................................2A

Understanding Environmental Issues, Buckingham & Turner ............................................. 36

Understanding Families, McKie & Callan ................. 53Understanding Foucault, Second Edition Schirato,

Danaher & Webb ...................................................... 27Understanding Global Cultures, Fifth Edition

Gannon ....................................................................... 31Understanding Identity and Organizations, Kenny,

Whittle & Willmott .................................................... 48Understanding New Media, Siapera ............................ 25Understanding Organizational Culture,

Second Edition Alvesson ........................................... 46Understanding Social Research, Mason & Dale ....... 18Understanding Social Theory, Second Edition

Layder ........................................................................... 3Understanding Terrorism, Fourth Edition Martin .......... 57Understanding the Sociology of Health, Third Edition

Barry & Yuill .............................................................. 49Urquhart Grounded Theory for Qualitative Analysis ..... 15Urry & Larsen The Tourist Gaze 3.0, Third Edition ..... 45

v

van Dijk Discourse Studies, Second Edition ................ 30van Dijk The Network Society, Third Edition ................ 26Very Personal Method, A, Fardon ................................. 40Very Short Fairly Interesting and Reasonably

Cheap Book About Studying Leadership, A Second Edition Jackson & Parry ........ 48Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap

Book About Studying Organizations, A Third Edition Grey ............................................................................ 47

Violence and Society, Ray ............................................ 55Virtual Research Methods, Four-Volume Set Hine ........ 21Visual Methodologies, Third Edition Rose .................... 14Vogt & Johnson Correlation and Regression Analysis,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 22Vohs & Baumeister Self and Identity,

Four-Volume Set.......................................................... 30Volti An Introduction to the Sociology of Work and

Occupations, Second Edition ..................................... 46

W

Walden Focus Group Research .................................... 22Walton Doing Cultural Theory ....................................... 27Warde Consumption, Four-Volume Set ........................ 29Ways of Social Change, Massey ................................. 31Wehr Green Culture ...................................................... 36Wetherell & Mohanty The SAGE Handbook of

Identities ...................................................................... 30Wetherell Affect and Emotion ....................................... 29Whalley Involving Parents in their Children’s Learning,

Second Edition ............................................................ 52What’s Become of Cultural Studies?, Turner .............. 27Wodak, Johnstone & Kerswill The SAGE Handbook

of Sociolinguistics ....................................................... 31Working with Spoken Discourse, Cameron ................. 13Writing for Academic Success, Second Edition

Craswell & Poore ....................................................... 59Wu Event History Analysis, Four-Volume Set ................ 23

Y

Yar & Rutter Cybercrime and Society, Second Edition ............................................................ 57

Yuval-Davis The Politics of Belonging.......................... 38

Z

Zeiss Stange, Oyster & Sloan Encyclopedia of Women in Today’s World, Four-Volume Set ............................. 39

Zimring & Rathje Encyclopedia of Consumption and Waste, Two-Volume Set .............................................. 37

Zirakzadeh Social and Political Movements, Four-Volume Set ....................................................................................... 38

SAGE INDIA

A

A Forest History of India ........................................32AA People Stronger .................................................15AAccenture-Stiftung ................................................28AAdams, Bert N ........................................................5A

Sydie, R A ..............................................................5AAgrarian Crisis and Farmer Suicides .......................2AAhuja, Naman P .....................................................16AAlien Technology ...................................................29AAlternate Nation of Abanindranath Tagore, The ....18AAmita Baviskar .......................................................10AAn Invitation to Environmental Sociology ..............32AAnandalakshmy, S .................................................. 30 AAnbumozhi, Venkatachalam .................................31AAnthropologists Inside Organisations ....................19AApplied Social Psychology ....................................31AApte, Hemant .......................................................15AArora, Saroj ..............................................................2AAssenza, Dora ......................................................31AAssenza, Gaudenz B ............................................31AAthale, Naina .........................................................27A

B

Bagchi, Barnita ........................................................1ABalaram, S .............................................................29ABanerjee, Paula ....................................................13ABanerji, Debashish.................................................18ABangwei, Wang ..................................................19ABasu, Partha Pratim .............................................17ABasu, Raj Sekhar ...................................................10ABawikar, Ruma.......................................................27ABearing the Brunt ....................................................13Being Muslim and Working for Peace .....................8ABhattacharjee, Anuradha .........................................3ABhaumik, Subir ......................................................22ABiswas, Prasenjit .......................................... 21A, 22A Blisters on their Feet ..............................................22ABorders, Histories, Existences ...............................13ABreiling, Meinhard .................................................31ABridging the Gap .....................................................1ABroken Mirrors .......................................................11ABrun, Cathrine .........................................................7ABrunner, Hans-Peter ..............................................22ABuddhism in India ....................................................9A

C

Caste-Based Reservations and Human Development in India .................................................................11A

Chakrabarti, P G Dhar ...........................................13AChakrabarti, Rajesh .................................................6AChakravarti, Sudeshna ..........................................17AChalam, K S ..........................................................11AChanda, Ipshita .....................................................17AChariar, Vijayaraghavan .........................................30AChatterjee, Suhita Chopra ....................................30AChaudhary, Nandita ................................................. 30AChaudhury, Anasua Basu Ray ...............................13AChaudhury, Sabyasachi Basu Ray .........................6ACheran, R ..............................................................24AChhokar, Kiran B ...................................................32AChidambaranathan, M ...........................................12A

Jeyaseelan, L .......................................................12AChowdhry, Prem ....................................................14ACivilizations ..............................................................1AClimate Change in Asia and the Pacific ................31AClothing for Liberation ...........................................29AConfronting the State ............................................21AConstruction of Evil in North East India .................21ACountering Terrorism .............................................25ACoutts, Larry M ......................................................31ACulture in Minds and Societies ..............................18A

D

D’Souza, Barnabe .................................................27ADabir, Neela ..........................................................27 ADalits and the Democratic Revolution ...................11ADalits in India .........................................................10ADalits in Modern India ............................................11ADas, Samir Kumar .................................................22ADasgupta, Abhijit ...................................................20A

Index

64

Jain, Devaki ...........................................................12A James, Jonathan D ...............................................18AJasbir Jain .............................................................12A

K

Kanungo, Pralay ...................................................... 16A Karlekar, Hiranmay ......................................... 2A, 25AKassam, Meenaz ...................................................27A Kattakayam, Jacob John .........................................4AKelkar, Sanjeev ........................................................7A

Power, Gerry ........................................................28AKhadi: Gandhi’s Mega Symbol of Subversion .......29AKhair, Tabish .........................................................17AKhalakdina, Margaret ............................................30AKhwaja, Jamal .......................................................19AKirk, Jackie ............................................................14AKishwar, Madhu Purnima ......................................14AKrishna, Daya ..........................................................1AKujur, Joseph Marianus .........................................10AKumar, Radha ........................................................26AKumar, Sanjay .......................................................18A Kumar, Updesh .....................................................25A

L

Living the Body ......................................................15ALiving the Qur’an in Our Times ..............................19ALocal Democracy in South Asia...............................3ALocating Cultural Change ......................................17ALost Years of the RSS ..............................................7A

M

Madan, T N ..............................................................5AMahajan, Sucheta ...................................................7AMahanta, Nani Gopal.............................................21AMaharaj, Brij .........................................................20AManchanda, Rita ...................................................20AMandal, Manas K ..................................................25AMander, Harsh .......................................................10A Margins of Faith .....................................................10AMarriage, Migration and Gender............................14AMarx, Durkheim, Weber ...........................................5AMasdekar, Ujwala ..................................................27AMasood, Nazia .....................................................11AMayerfeld, Michael ................................................32AMcdonaldisation, Masala Mcgospel and Om

Economics ...........................................................18AMedia, Gender and Popular Culture in India .........17AMenon, Meena .....................................................23AMinorities and the State.........................................20AMishra, Lakshmidhar ...............................................5AMitra, Ananda ........................................................29AMitra, Subrata K ........................................... 16A, 28AModern Prince and the Modern Sage, The ...........28AMorrison, Ken ..........................................................5AMukherjee, Aditya ....................................................7AMukherjee, Mridula ..................................................7AMukherji, Parul Dave .............................................16AMultiple Meanings of Money .................................12AMumbai Post 26/11 ...............................................26AMunsi, Urmimala Sarkar ........................................14AMurari, S ................................................................24A

N

Naidoo, Kogi ..........................................................12A Nambiar, Harish .....................................................23ANandanar’s Children ..............................................10ANarayan, Badri ................................................ 9A, 11ANarayan, Badri ................................................ 9A, 11ANayar, Pramod K ...................................................18ANegotiating Peace in Deeply Divided Societies.....26ANo Nonsense Guide to Minority Rights in

South Asia, The ...................................................20ANorth East India .....................................................22A

O

Ocean in the Drop, The ..........................................1AOmvedt, Gail ................................................. 9A, 11AOrjuela, Camilla .....................................................26AOther India, The .......................................................6AOur Toxic World .....................................................32A

P

Packaging Life .......................................................18APadhi, Ranjana ........................................................2APalriwala, Rajni ......................................................14A Pandya, Mamata ...................................................32APatankar, Pallav .....................................................15APatel, Ashraf ...........................................................1APatel, Fay ...............................................................12APathmarajah, Selvarajah ........................................31A Pathways of Dissent ..............................................24APatnaik, Priyadarshi ...............................................30A Peace is Everybody’s Business .............................22APerforming Heritage ..............................................16APfaff-Czarnecka, Joanna ......................................20APillai, Latha .............................................................1APolitics of Belonging in the Himalayas, The ..........20APolitics of the (Im)Possible, The ..............................1APost-Hindu India ......................................................9APrabhakaran Saga, The .........................................24APrakash, Kamini .....................................................1APrameela, V ...........................................................12APremchander, Smita ..............................................12AProstitution and Beyond ........................................15APublic Hinduisms ....................................................8APuniyani, Ram .......................................................26A

Q

Questions of Identity in Assam ..............................21A

R

Raghunathan, Meena ............................................32ARaghuram, Parvati .................................................20A Ranade, Bhagyashree ..........................................27ARao, Geeta ............................................................27ARao, Nagmani ........................................................27A Rao, R Raj .............................................................15A Ray, Arjun ..............................................................23ARay, Ayesha ...........................................................23AReading Literature Today .......................................17AReddy, B Sudhakara .............................................31AReddy, Deepa S .......................................................7A Reddy, Vangimalla R ..............................................31ARemesh, Babu P ....................................................1AResearching Families and Children .......................30ARe-Use–The Art and Politics of Integration and

Anxiety .................................................................16ARinpoche, Patrul .....................................................9ARiots and After in Mumbai ....................................23ARobinson, Rowena ...............................................10ARSS, School Texts and the Murder of Mahatma

Gandhi ...................................................................7A

S

S M Michael ...........................................................11ASahni, Rohini .........................................................14ASahoo, Ajaya Kumar ..............................................20A Saikia, Jaideep ......................................................25A Samaddar, Ranabir ..................................................6ASangha, Dave ........................................................20ASarma, Dibyajyoti .................................................15ASavage Humans and Stray Dogs .............................2ASchneider, Frank W ..............................................30ASecond Homeland, The ...........................................3AShah, Ghanshyam................................................... 10A Shahani, Parmesh .................................................15AShankar, V Kalyan ................................................. 15AShankardass, Rani Dhavan ...................................11ASharma, Neerja ......................................................30AShastri, Sandeep ...................................................18AShekhar, Arjun .........................................................1ASidhu, Aman ........................................................... 2ASingh, Deepak K ....................................................21ASingh, Kavita ........................................................16ASingh, Suneeta .....................................................14ASingh, Ujjwal Kumar ..............................................26ASingh, V B ..............................................................28ASinha, Dipankar ....................................................17ASinha, Minati ..........................................................15ASkill Training For Social Workers ...........................27ASkuse, Andrew ......................................................28A Sociological Theory .................................................5ASociological Traditions .............................................5ASociology of Religion, The .......................................9A

Socio-Political and Economic Challenges in South Asia ........................................................................7A

Soldier and the State in India, The ........................22ASouth Asian Sensibility, The ..................................16ASpatialising Politics ..................................................7ASridhar, Devi ..........................................................19AState, Democracy and Anti-Terror Laws in India, The .

26AStateless in South Asia ..........................................21AStates in Conflict with their Minorities ...................20AStepanova, Ekaterina ............................................25AStrategic Research and Political Communication for

NGOs ...................................................................28AStrong Religion, Zealous Media ..............................9AStudies in Indian Sociology ....................................4ASuklabaidya, Chandan ..........................................22ASunder, L Shanthakumari .......................................8ASusewind, Raphael ..................................................8ASustainability of Rights after Globalisation ..............6ASwamy, M R Narayan ............................................24A

T

Tagore and China ..................................................19ATagore—At Home in the World .............................19ATan Tai Yong ............................................................7ATan, Chung ............................................................19A Terrorism ................................................................25AThapan, Meenakshi ...............................................15AThinking Design .....................................................29AThomas, C Joshua ................................................20AThomas, Pradip Ninan .............................................9AThorat, Sukhadeo ....................................................9AThose Who Did Not Die ..........................................2ATiger Vanquished, The ...........................................24AToffin, Gérard .........................................................20ATogawa, Masahiko .................................................20A Barkat, Abul ...........................................................20ATowards a New Poverty Agenda in Asia ..................5AToxics Link .............................................................32ATracing an Indian Diaspora ....................................20ATroubled Periphery ................................................22ATucker, Richard P ..................................................32A

u

Uberoi, Patricia ......................................................14AUnderstanding Environment ..................................32AUntouchability in Rural India ..................................10AUrban Women in Contemporary India ...................14A

v

Valsiner, Jaan .........................................................18AValues and Influence of Religion in Public

Administration .......................................................8AVarieties of Activist Experience................................3AVenkateswaran, Meenu ..........................................1AVepa, Swarna S .....................................................13A

W

Wadhera, Kiron .....................................................12A Koreth, George ....................................................12A

Warrier, Maya ...........................................................8A Wei, Liming ............................................................19AWhen Rebels Become Stakeholders .....................28AWhistling in the Dark ..............................................15AWidmalm, Sten ........................................................7AWilliams, Raymond Brady .......................................8AWomen Heroes and Dalit Assertion in

North India ...........................................................11AWomen in Indian Borderlands ...............................13AWomen in Peace Politics .......................................13AWomen in Terrorism ..............................................25AWomen Teaching in South Asia .............................14AWomen, Gender and Disaster ...............................13AWords of My Perfect Teacher ..................................9AWorking Women ....................................................12AWyatt , Robin .........................................................13A

Z

Zavos, John............................................................... 8A Zealous Reformers, Deadly Laws ..........................14A

SALES INFORMATIONResources you cannot afford to miss!!

NEW DELHIB-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative Industrial AreaMathura Road, Post Bag 7New Delhi 110 044Tel: +(91-11) 4053 9222 Fax: +(91-11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

KOLKATAGround Floor, 59/5Prince Baktiar Shah RoadTollygungeKolkata 700 033Tel: +(91-33) 2422 0611e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAIE-1, Karthik Apartments New No. 16 (old 6) Vijayaraghava Road T NagarChennai 600 017 Tel: +(91-44) 2815 8405 2815 8406; 2815 8407 e-mail: [email protected]

HYDERABADH No: 5- 9-1037/2 Next to Madina Medical Centre Basheerbagh King Koti Road Hyderaguda, Post Box No.1031 Hyderabad 500 029 Tel: +(91-40) 2323 1447 2323 0674 e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAIOffice # 3E, 2nd FloorApeejay House5, Dinshaw Vachha RoadChurchgateMumbai 400 020Tel: +(91-22) 6636 4344Fax: +(91-22) 2202 9967e-mail: [email protected]

ww

w.s

agep

ub.in

Sunanda GhoshTel: (+91 11) 4063 9233Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]

BOOKS

NEW DELHIT S VenkateshMob: 98733 55423e-mail: [email protected]

Rahul MalhotraMob: 98117 88266e-mail: [email protected]

Devashish DhasmanaMob: 98188 99787e-mail: [email protected]

Prashant AgrahariMob: 98912 06020e-mail: [email protected]

LUCKNOWVimlesh MishraMob: 94154 68442e-mail: [email protected]

BHOPALRaj Narayan YadavMob: 98934 43507e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAIS J Premkumar Mob: 98403 46258e-mail: [email protected]

S ShreeramMob: 98402 71318e-mail: [email protected]

BANGALOREA G ChakrapaniMob: 98457 48031e-mail: [email protected]

KERALAUmasankar M NMob: 81297 88366e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAIAnand VithalkarMob: 98202 83677e-mail: [email protected]

BHUBANESWARRajendra MohapatraMob: 88959 97229e-mail: [email protected]

HYDERABADB Lohith KumarMob: 92987 02319e-mail: [email protected]

G. Venkateswara GuptaMob: 98495 43342e-mail: [email protected]

KOLKATAAjit DeMob: 98310 87661e-mail: [email protected]

Biplab BiswasMob: 94341 41743 / 98741 81444e-mail: [email protected]

GUWAHATIMrinal Kr BorahMob: 98645 07153e-mail: [email protected]

PATNAPremendra SharmaMob: 94310 20354e-mail: [email protected]

PUNESandeep NalawadeMob: 98220 43082e-mail: [email protected]

VADODARAZuzar Z SanjeliwalaMob: 98256 84415e-mail: [email protected]

CUSTOMER SERVICE – BOOKSSunil RainaTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 415Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234 e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

Saroj K SahooTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 407Fax: (+91 11) 4053 9234e-mail: [email protected]@sagepub.in

FOR RETAIL, ONLINE AND CORPORATE ORDERSManoj V NeemkarMob: 94406 89736e-mail: [email protected]

JOURNALS

NEW DELHIMukesh JainMob: 98730 88255e-mail: [email protected]

Mohit KapoorMob: 98109 66348e-mail: [email protected]

Shashank Pratap SinghMob: 97184 84201e-mail: [email protected] KumarMob: 95820 32151e-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAISameer JangamMob: 99237 72109e-mail: [email protected]

KOLKATANiladri Kumar ChakrabortyMob: 98310 18913e-mail: [email protected]

Souvik MazumderMob: 98310 23104e-mail: [email protected]

Rajkumar GhoshMob: 98310 74541e-mail: [email protected]

CHENNAIB Rehaman SheriffMob: 99620 87780e-mail: [email protected]

HYDERABADRajesh ShagantiMob: 93920 09007e-mail: [email protected]

BANGALORERohit P AravindekarMob: 99649 99517 e-mail: [email protected]

CUSTOMER SERVICE – JOURNALSGajendra SinghTel: (+91 11) 4053 9222; Extn 406Mob: 99530 28060e-mail: [email protected]@[email protected]

Page

24A

Page

2A

Page

15A

Page

8A

Page

16A

Page

6A

Selected frontlist titles now available as ebooks and in print!

We are delighted to announce Learning Matters as part of the SAGE family. Learning Matters product range includes:

• Market focused books and ebooks for professional and vocational courses

• Strengthens SAGE list in social work, nursing, policing, youth work, sport, counselling, public health, medicine and psychology

SAGE currently has over 2,000 ebook titles from across the range of our publishing programme available via aggregators and we are adding new titles all the time. We are delighted to partner with the following vendors:

Sociology

2012-2013

Documents

The SAGE Sociology